SEAT Mii - Owner's manual

Owner’s manualSEAT Mii

1SL012720BK

Ingl

és 1

SL01

2720

BK (

07.18

)

SEA

T M

ii In

glés

(07

.18)

SEAT S.A. is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models. For this reason we ask you to understand, that at any given time, changes regarding shape, equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered. For this reason no right at all may derive based on the data, drawings and descriptions in this current handbook.All texts, illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing. Except for error or omission, the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print.Re-printing, copying or translating, whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form.SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the “Copyright” Act.All rights on changes are reserved.

❀ This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose.

© SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.07.18

Vehicle identification data

Model:

Vehicle Registration:

Vehicle identification number:

Date of vehicle registration or vehicle delivery:

SEAT Official Service:

Service advisor:

Telephone:

Confirmation of receipt of documentation and vehicle keys

The following items were delivered with the vehicle: YES NO

On-board documentation

First key

Second key

Correct working order of all keys was checked

Location: Date:

Signature of owner:

IntroductionThank you for your trust choosing a SEAT ve-hicle.

With your new SEAT, you will be able to enjoya vehicle with state-of-the-art technologyand top quality features.

We recommend reading this Instruction Man-ual carefully to learn more about your vehicleso you can enjoy all its benefits in your dailydriving.

Information about handling is complementedwith instructions regarding the operation andmaintenance of the vehicle in order to ensureits safety and maintain its value. Moreover, wewant to give you valuable advice and tips todrive your vehicle efficiently and respectingthe environment.

We wish you safe and enjoyable motoring.

SEAT, S.A.

WARNINGRead and always observe safety infor-mation concerning the passenger'sfront airbag ››› page 67, Important in-formation regarding the front passeng-er's airbag.

About this manualThis manual describes the features of the ve-hicle at the time of drafting this text. Some ofthe features described below will be intro-duced in the future or will only be available incertain markets.

Some of the features described here arenot included in all the types or variationsof the model and they can be varied ormodified based on technical or marketingrequirements without it being consideredmisleading advertising.

Some details on the drawings may vary fromits vehicle and must be interpreted as astandard representation.

The direction indicators (left, right, forwards,backwards) in this manual refer to the traveldirection of the vehicle unless otherwise sta-ted.

The audiovisual material is only meant tohelp the users better understand some fea-tures of the car. It is not a replacement for theinstruction manual. Access the instructionmanual to see the complete information andwarnings.

The features marked with an asteriskare included by default only in certainversions of the model, supplied as op-tional only for certain versions or only of-fered in certain countries.

Trademarks are marked with ®. The ab-sence of this symbol does not guaranteethat the term is not a trademark.It indicates that the section continues onthe next page.Important warnings on the page.

More in-depth content on the page.

General information on page indicated.

Emergency Information on page indica-ted.

You can access the information in this manualusing:

● Thematic table of contents that follows themanual’s general chapter structure.● Visual table of contents that uses graphicsto indicate the pages containing “essential”information, which is detailed in the corre-sponding chapters.● Alphabetical index with many terms andsynonyms to help you find information.

WARNINGTexts after this symbol contain informa-tion about safety and warn you aboutpossible accident or injury risks.

®

CAUTIONTexts after this symbol indicate possibledamage to the vehicle.

For the sake of the environmentTexts after this symbol contain informa-tion about the protection of the environ-ment.

NoteTexts after this symbol contain addition-al information.

Printed Instruction ManualThe printed instruction manual contains rele-vant information about the use of the vehicleand the Infotainment System.

The digital version of the manuals containsmore in-depth information.

Digital Version of the Infotainment SystemManual

Fig. 1 SEAT website

The digital version available on the websiteofficial SEAT.

To display the manual's digital version:

● scan the QR code ››› Fig. 1● OR enter the following address in the navi-gator website:

http://www.seat.com/owners/your-seat/manuals-offline.html

choose your vehicle and then “Infotainment”.

Frequently Asked Ques-tions

Before driving

How do you adjust the seat? ››› page 14

How do you adjust the steering wheel?››› page 16

How do you adjust the exterior mirrors?››› page 15

How do you turn on the exterior lights?››› page 23

How does the automatic gearbox selector leverwork? ››› page 29

How do you refuel? ››› page 33

How do you activate the windscreen wipers andwindscreen washer system? ››› page 24

Emergency situations

A warning lamp lights up or flashes. What doesthis mean? ››› page 27

Where are the first-aid kit and the warning trian-gle in the vehicle? ››› page 71

How do you open the bonnet? ››› page 12

How do you perform a jump start? ››› page 45

Where is the vehicle tool kit located?››› page 71

How do you repair a tyre with the anti-puncturekit? ››› page 37

How do you change a wheel? ››› page 38

How do you change a fuse? ››› page 36

How do you change a light? ››› page 80

How do you tow a vehicle? ››› page 44

Useful tips

How do you set the time? ››› page 89

When should the vehicle inspection should beperformed? ››› page 90

How do you remove the luggage compartmentcover? ››› page 125

How do you drive in an economical and environ-mentally-friendly way? ››› page 167

How do you check and top up the engine oil?››› page 33

How do you check and top up the engine cool-ant? ››› page 34

How do you top up the windscreen washer fluid?››› page 35

How do you check and top up the brake fluid?››› page 35

How do you check and adjust tyre pressure val-ues? ››› page 210

Vehicle washing tips ››› page 221

Functions of interest

How does the START-STOP system work?››› page 171

What parking assistants are available?››› page 173

How does tyre pressure monitoring work?››› page 213

Interior lighting ››› page 24

Table of Contents

Table of ContentsThe essentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Exterior view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Exterior view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Interior view (left-hand drive) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9How it works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Unlocking and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Lights and visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23SEAT information system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Gearbox lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Fluid level control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Action in the event of a puncture . . . . . . . . . . . 37Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Emergency towing of the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 44How to jump start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Changing the wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Safe driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Safety first! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Driving advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Correct position of the vehicle occu-pants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Pedal area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Why wear a set belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54How to properly adjust your seat belt . . . . . . 58Seat belt tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Brief introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Airbag safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Deactivating airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Transporting children safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Safety for children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Self-help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71In case of emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Vehicle tool kit* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Tyre repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Changing the windscreen wiper blades . . . . 76Tow-starting and towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . . . . . 78Fuses and bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87General instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Vehicle key set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Central locking* and locking system . . . . . . . 94Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Controls for the windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof . . . 102Lights and visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Windscreen wiper and window wiper sys-tems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Seats and head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Adjusting the seat and head restraints . . . . . . 112Seat functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Transport and practical equipment . . . . . . 114Transporting objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Practical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Roof carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Heating, ventilation and air conditioning . . . . 129

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Safety warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Overview of the unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136General operating information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Audio Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Radio Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Media Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Phone management* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Drive Mii App* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Start and driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Stopping and starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . 150Braking and parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Braking and stability systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

5

Table of Contents

Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Run-in and economical driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Engine management and exhaust gas puri-fication system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Driver assistance systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Start-Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Cruise control system (CCS)* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Parking distance warning system* . . . . . . . . . 173City safety assist (Safety Assist)* . . . . . . . . . . . 175Hill driving assistant* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Towing bracket device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Driving with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Practical tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Care and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Accessories, replacement of parts andmodifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Checking and refilling levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Filling the tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Windscreen washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218SEAT Maintenance Programme . . . . . . . . . . 218Service intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Additional service offers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Vehicle maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Maintenance and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Remove the vehicle from traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

Information for the user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Information stored in control units . . . . . . . 227Description and operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Other important information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Labels and plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Using your vehicle in other countries andcontinents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Radio and antenna reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Notes on SEAT repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Conformity certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Collection and scrapping of end-of-life ve-hicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Information about the EU Directive2014/53/EU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Simplified EU compliance declaration . . . . . . 230Table of correspondences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Addresses of the manufacturers . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Frequency bands, station power . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Technical features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Important information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Engine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

6

The essentials

Exterior view

››› page 11››› page 33››› page 10››› page 33

1

2

3

4

››› page 44››› page 12››› page 37

5

6

7

7

The essentials

Exterior view


1

2

3

4


5

6

7

8

››› page 38››› page 37

9

10

8

The essentials

Interior view (left-hand drive)

1 ››› page 152 ››› page 233 ››› page 234 ››› page 26




17 ››› page 1618 ››› page 14

9

The essentials

How it works

Unlocking and locking

Doors

Fig. 2 Remote control key: keys.

Fig. 3 On the driver's door: central locking but-ton.

Locking and unlocking the vehicle usingthe key● Locking: press the button ››› Fig. 2.● Unlocking: press the button ››› Fig. 2.● Unlock the trunk lid: hold down the ››› Fig. 2 button for at least 1 second.

Locking and unlocking with the centrallocking switch● Locking: press the button ››› Fig. 3. Noneof the doors can be opened from the outside.The doors can be opened from the inside bypulling the inside door handle.● Unlocking: press the button ››› Fig. 3.

››› in Introduction on page 94

››› page 94

››› page 11

Locking and unlocking the driverdoor manually

Fig. 4 Driver-side door handle with lock cylin-der.

As a general rule, when the driver door islocked all other doors are locked. Unlockingmanually only opens the driver door.

● Unfold the key shaft if necessary››› page 92.● Insert the key shaft into the lock cylinder tounlock or lock the vehicle ››› Fig. 4.

10

The essentials

Locking the passenger door man-ually

Fig. 5 On the front part of the passenger door:emergency locking, hidden behind a rubbergasket.

Fig. 6 Emergency locking of the vehicle usingthe vehicle key

The passenger door can be manually locked.

● Open the door.

● Remove the rubber cap to the front of thedoor. The rubber cap is marked with a locksymbol ››› Fig. 5.● Unfold the key shaft if necessary››› page 92.● Insert the key shaft horizontally into theopening and moved the coloured lever for-ward ››› Fig. 6.● Replace the rubber cap and close the door.● Check if the door is locked.● Have the vehicle checked by a specialisedworkshop.

NoteThe doors can be opened and unlocked in-dividually from the inside by pulling thedoor handle. To open, pull the inner doorrelease lever twice ››› page 94.

Rear lid

Fig. 7 Rear lid open: space for pulling.

Opening● Press the button on the vehicle key››› Fig. 2 for about one second to unlock therear lid.● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinderof the driver door and turn the key in an anti-clockwise direction ››› page 94.

Closing● Grab the handgrip inside the rear lid››› Fig. 7 (arrow).● Push the rear lid downwards until it locks in-to place in the lock.● Ensure that it is correctly closed by pullingon it firmly. »

11

The essentials


››› page 99

››› page 12

Manual release mechanism for therear lid

Fig. 8 From the trunk: emergency unlocking ofthe rear lid.

● If necessary, fold the rear seat bench back-rest forward ››› page 14.● Remove equipment to access the inside ofthe rear lid.● Unfold the key shaft ››› page 92.

● Insert the key shaft into the rear lid opening››› Fig. 8 and press the release lever in the di-rection of the arrow to unlock the rear lid.

Bonnet

Fig. 9 A: Release lever in the footwell on thedriver side B: Release lever on the bonnet

Fig. 10 C: Bonnet securing rod in the bonnet.D: Bonnet supported by the bonnet securingrod

Opening the bonnetThe bonnet is released from inside the vehi-cle.

Before opening the bonnet, make sure thatthe windscreen wiper arms are in place

12

The essentials

against the windscreen ››› in Working inthe engine compartment on page 195.

● Pull the release lever ››› Fig. 9 1 in the di-rection of the arrow. The bonnet is releasedfrom the lock carrier by a spring mechanism››› in Working in the engine compart-ment on page 195.● Lift the bonnet up slightly while pressing therelease lever 2 in the direction of the arrowto completely open the bonnet.● Take out the bonnet support rod from itsclip in the direction of the arrow 3 and placeit in the corresponding open position 4 (ar-row).

Closing the bonnet● Slightly lift the bonnet.● Release the bonnet stay and replace it in itssupport.● At a height of approximately 30 cm let it fallso it locks.

If the bonnet does not close, do not pressdownwards. Open it again and let it fall asmentioned above.

››› in Working in the engine com-partment on page 194

››› page 194

Controls for the windows*

Fig. 11 On the driver door: buttons for frontelectric windows.

● Opening the window: press the button .● Closing the window: pull the button .

Window on the front left doorWindow on the front right door

››› in Opening and closing the win-dows electrically on page 101

1

2

Panoramic sunroof*

Fig. 12 On the internal roof: turn the knob toopen and close

Fig. 13 On the internal roof: press or pull theknob to raise the sunroof and close it.

To raise the sliding/tilting sunroof, the knobmust be in the basic position 1 .

● Open: turn the switch to position ››› Fig. 123 . »

13

The essentials

● Comfort position: turn the switch to position››› Fig. 12 2 .● Close: turn the switch to position ››› Fig. 12

1 .● Lift: Push the switch to position ››› Fig. 13 4 .For an intermediate position, hold down theswitch until you reach the desired position.● Lower: pull the switch to position ››› Fig. 135 . For an intermediate position, hold down

the switch until you reach the desired posi-tion.

››› in Opening and closing thepanoramic sunroof on page 102

››› page 102

Before driving

Manually adjusting the seats

Fig. 14 Front left seat controls

The front seat head restraints are integratedin the backrests and adjusting them is notpossible.

Forwards/backwards: pull the lever andmove the seat. The front seat must be en-gaged when the lever is released!Raise/lower: pull the lever up or pushdown (several times if necessary) from itshome position.Tilt backrest: pull the lever and adjustthe backrest seat angle until you reachthe desired position. The seat backrestmust be engaged.Fold/Extend (Easy Entry only in 3-doorvehicles): to fold, push the lever and movethe seat forwards at the same time. To

1

2

3

3

raise it, move the seat back until thecatch engages. Pull the lever and tiltopen the backrest. The backrest must en-gage in the upright position.

››› in Manual front seat adjust-ment on page 112

14

The essentials

Seat belt adjustment

Fig. 15 Positioning and removing the seat beltbuckle.

Fig. 16 Correct seat belt and head restraintpositions, viewed from front and the side.

To adjust the seat belt around your shoulders,adjust the height of the seats.

The shoulder part of the seat belt should bewell centred over it, never over the neck. Theseat belt lies flat and fits comfortably on theupper part of the body.

The lap part of the seat belt lies across thepelvis, never across the stomach. The seatbelt lies flat and fits comfortably on the pel-vis.


››› page 58

Seat belt tensioners

During a head-on, lateral or rear collision, theseat belts on the front seats tighten automati-cally.

The tensioner can be triggered only once.

››› in Service and disposal of belttension devices on page 60

››› page 60

Adjusting the exterior mirrors

Fig. 17 On the driver door: rotating control forelectric windows.

Adjust external rear-view mirrors: rotate theswitch to the corresponding position:

Turning the knob to the desired position,adjust the mirrors on the driver side (L, »

L/R

15

The essentials

left) and the passenger side (R, right) tothe direction desired.Depending on the equipment fitted onthe vehicle, the mirrors may be heatedaccording to the outside temperature.

››› in Exterior mirrors on page 111

››› page 111

Adjusting the steering wheel

Fig. 18 Mechanical steering wheel adjustment

● Push the lever ››› Fig. 18 1 downwards.● Adjust the steering wheel so that you canhold onto the steering wheel with both handson the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and

3 o'clock positions and your arms slightlybent.● Push the lever firmly upwards until it is flushto the steering column ››› in Adjusting thesteering wheel position on page 51.

››› in Adjusting the steering wheelposition on page 51

››› page 51

Airbags

Front airbags

Fig. 19 Location and deployment area of thefront airbag for the driver.

16

The essentials

Fig. 20 Location and deployment area of thefront airbag for the passenger.

In conjunction with the seat belts, the frontairbag system gives the driver and the frontpassenger additional protection for the headand chest in the event of a severe frontal col-lision. Always remain as far away as possiblefrom the front airbag ››› page 50. Thisway, in the event of an accident, the front air-

bags can deploy fully when triggered, provid-ing maximum protection.

The front airbag for the driver is located in thesteering wheel ››› Fig. 19 and the airbag forthe front passenger is located in the dashpanel ››› Fig. 20. Airbags are identified by theword “AIRBAG”.

When the front airbags are triggered they fillthe zones marked in red ››› Fig. 19 and ››› Fig. 20 (radius of action). Therefore, ob-jects should never be placed or mounted inthese areas ››› in Front airbags onpage 64, Factory-fitted accessories are out-side the range of the front airbag for the driv-er and the front passenger, e.g. the baseplatefor the mobile phone support.

The airbag covers fold out of the steeringwheel ››› Fig. 19 and the dash panel››› Fig. 20 when the driver and front passen-ger airbags, respectively, are triggered.

››› in Front airbags on page 64

Disabling the front passenger frontairbag

Fig. 21 On the passenger side: switch to acti-vate and deactivate the front passenger air-bag.

The front passenger front airbag must bedisabled when a rear-facing child seat ismounted.

Disabling the front passenger front airbag● Switch the ignition off.● Open the door on the front passenger side.● Unfold the vehicle key blade››› page 92.● Using the vehicle key, turn the key switch toOFF ››› Fig. 21.● Close the door on the front passenger side.● The control lamp onthe dash panel will remain lit while the ignitionis switched on ››› page 65. »

17

The essentials

››› in Manual disabling and ena-bling of the front passenger front air-bag with the key switch on page 66

››› page 65

Side airbags

Fig. 22 On the front seat side: location of sideairbag.

Fig. 23 On the left side of the vehicle: side air-bag deployment zone.

The side airbags are located in the outercushion of the driver and front passengerseat backrests ››› Fig. 22. Their position is in-dicated by the word “AIRBAG”. The areamarked in red ››› Fig. 23 indicates the side air-bag deployment zone.

In the event of a side-on collision, the side air-bag will deploy in the side of the vehicle af-fected ››› Fig. 23, thus reducing the risk of in-juries to passengers on the side of the bodyand the head facing the accident side.

››› in Side airbags* on page 64

Child seats

Important information regardingthe front passenger's airbag

Fig. 24 Passenger side sun blind.

Fig. 25 On the rear frame of the passengerside door: adhesive in relation to the airbag.

A sticker with important information about thepassenger airbag is located on the passeng-er's sun visor and/or on the passenger sidedoor frame.

18

The essentials

››› in Important information re-garding the front passenger's airbagon page 67

››› page 66

Mounting systems

Fig. 26 On rear seats: possible assemblies of chil-dren seats.

Always secure child seats properly and safe-ly in the vehicle according to the child seatmanufacturer's installation instructions.

Mounted child seats must rest correctly onthe vehicle's seat and must not move or rockmore than 2.5 cm.

Child seats equipped for a Top Tether strapmust also be secured using the Top Tether re-taining strap in the vehicle ››› page 22. At-tach the retaining strap to the corresponding

retaining rings only. Not all rings can be usedwith the Top Tether system. Always tightenthe Top Tether retaining strap so that the childseat fits snugly against the correspondingseat in the vehicle.

Specific mounting systems for each coun-tryAttachment variants ››› Fig. 26:

Europe: ISOFIX retaining rings and upperretaining strap ››› page 20 and››› page 22.Three-point seat belt and upper retainingstrap ››› page 20.

The systems include the child restraintsystem mounting with an upper retainingstrap (Top Tether) and lower anchoringpoints on the seat.

A

B

19

The essentials

Securing child seats with the seatbelt

The seat belt may be used to secure childseats with the universal marking (on the or-ange label) to the vehicle seats marked witha u in the table below.

Category Front pas-sengera) Rear seats

Group 0Up to 10 kg u u

Category 0+Up to 13 kg u u

Group 19 to 18 kg u u



a) Compliance with current national legislation andthe manufacturer's instructions is required when usingor installing child seats.

Securing the child seat using the seat belt● Please read and observe the child seatmanufacturer's handling instructions.● Move the front passenger seat, or the rearseat bench back as far as possible and, in thecase of an adjustable backrest, set it in theupright position ››› page 50.

● Positioning the child seat on the seat ac-cording to the manufacturer's instructions.● Fasten the seat belt or pass it around thechild seat structure in the manner describedin the manufacturer's instructions.● Make sure the seat belt is not twisted.● Insert the latch plate into the buckle for theappropriate seat and push it down until it issecurely locked with an audible click.● Ensure that the upper belt web lies tightlyon the child seat.● Pull the belt (it must be no longer possibleto pull the lower belt webbing out).

Removing the child seatThe seat belt must not be unfastened until thevehicle has come to a standstill.

● Press the red button on the buckle. Thelatch plate is released from the buckle.● Guide the belt back by hand so that it rollsup easily and the trim will not be damaged.● Remove the child seat from the vehicle.

››› in Safety instructions onpage 68

Fixing the child seat with the ISOFIXsystem

Fig. 27 On the seat of the vehicle: identifica-tion variants of the anchor points for the childseats

Both outermost rear seats have two retainersnamed lower anchor points.

Summary chart for assembly with the ISO-FIX systemThe following table shows the assembly pos-sibilities for ISOFIX or i-Size child seats on theISOFIX anchorage points of the different vehi-cle seats.

Agegroup

Classaccord-

ing tosizea)

Frontpassen-ger seat

Rearseats

Group 0:up to 10 kg E X IL-SU

20

The essentials

Agegroup

Classaccord-

ing tosizea)


Rearseats

Group 0+:up to 13 kg

E X

IL-SUD X

C X

Group 1:9 to 18 kg

D X

IL-SUIUF

C X

B X

B1 X

A X

Group 2:15 to 25 kg – X IL-SU

Group 3:22 to 36 kg – X IL-SU

i-Sizechild re-straintsystem

– X X

Agegroup

Classaccord-

ing tosizea)


Rearseats

X: seat not suitable for an o i-Size ISOFIX child seat ofthis group.IL-SU: seat suitable for an ISOFIX child seat withsemi-universal certification. Take into account the listof vehicles of the manufacturer of the child seat.IUF: seat suitable for an ISOFIX child seat with univer-sal certification.

a) The indication of class according to size corre-sponds to the authorised bodyweight for the childseat. In child seats with universal or semi-universalapproval, the class according to size is indicated onthe ECE approval label. The indication of class ac-cording to size is stated on the corresponding childseat.

Child seats with rigid mountingFor the installation of a child seat with rigidmounting auxiliary introduction elements canbe used. These elements facilitate fitting andprotect the upholstery. They form part of thesupply volume of the child seat or can be ac-quired at a SEAT dealership. If necessary,these elements are inserted in both anchorpoints of the vehicle ››› in Safety instruc-tions on page 68.

● Observe the manufacturer's instructionswhen installing and removing the child seat››› in Safety instructions on page 68.

● Press the child seat onto the retaining rings››› Fig. 27 in the direction of the arrow. Thechild seat must be safely engaged and clickaudibly into place.● Pull on both sides of the child seat to ensurethat it is secure.

Child seat with adjustable retaining straps● Observe the manufacturer's instructionswhen installing and removing the child seat››› in Safety instructions on page 68.● Place the child seat on the seat cushionand attach the retaining strap hooks to theretaining rings ››› Fig. 27.● Tighten the straps evenly using the corre-sponding adjustment device. The child seatmust sit flush against the vehicle seat.● Pull on both sides of the child seat to ensurethat it is secure.


21

The essentials

Securing a child seat with the TopTether retaining strap

Fig. 28 Example of an upper retaining strapconnected.

● Observe the manufacturer's instructionswhen installing and removing the child seat››› in Safety instructions on page 68.● Unlock the seat backrest and fold it gentlyforward ››› page 14.● Remove the head restraints situated behindthe child seat and store them safely in the ve-hicle ››› page 50.● Guide the upper retaining strap from of thechild seat back to the luggage compartment,feeding it through the seat backrest and therear shelf.● Fold back the seat backrest and push itfirmly into the lock.● Secure the child seat to the lower anchorpoints ››› page 20

● Hook the upper retaining strap in the lug-gage compartment, to the corresponding re-taining ring ››› Fig. 28.● Tighten the strap so that the top of the childseat rests on the seat backrest.


Starting the vehicle

Ignition lock

Fig. 29 Ignition key positions.

Turn on the ignition: place the key in the igni-tion and start the engine.

Locking and unlocking the steering wheel● Lock the steering wheel: remove the keyfrom the ignition and turn the wheel until it

locks. In vehicles with automatic transmission,in order to remove the key, move the gearshift to the N position. If necessary, press thegear shift blocking key and release it.● Unlock the steering wheel: put the key intothe ignition and turn it at the same time as thesteering wheel in the direction indicated bythe arrow. If it is not possible to turn the steer-ing wheel, it may be because it is locked.

Turning on/switching off the ignition, glowplugs reheating● Turn on the ignition: turn the key to the 2position.● Turn off the ignition: turn the key to the 1position.● Diesel vehicles : the glow plugs reheatwhen the ignition is switched on.

Starting the engine● Manual transmission: press the clutch ped-al all the way down and move the gearboxlever into neutral.● Automatic transmission: press the brakepedal and move the selector lever to N.● Turn the key to the 3 position. The key au-tomatically returns to the 2 position. Do notpress the accelerator.

22

The essentials

Start-Stop system*When you stop and release the clutch pedal,the Start-Stop system* turns off the engine.The ignition remains switched on.

››› in Switching on the ignition andstarting the engine on page 150

››› page 150

Lights and visibility

Light switch

Fig. 30 Instrument console: light panel.

Turn the switch to the required position››› Fig. 30.

Sym-bol

Ignition switch-ed off

Ignition isswitched on

Fog lights, dippedbeam and sidelights off.

Light off or day-time driving lighton.

The “Cominghome” and “Leavinghome” guide lightsmay be switchedon.

Automatic controlof dipped beamand daytime run-ning light.

Side light on.

Dipped beam head-light off

Dipped beamswitched on.

Fog lamps: pull the switch to the first posi-tion, from positions , o .

Rear fog light: move the switch complete-ly from positions , or .

Turn on fog lights: push the switch or turn it tothe position.

››› in Switching lights on and off onpage 104

››› page 103

Turn signal and main beam lever

Fig. 31 Turn signal and main beam lever intheir initial position

More the lever to the required position:

Right turn light: right-hand parking light(ignition switched off).Left turn light: left-hand parking light (ig-nition switched off).Main beam on: control lamp lit up onthe instrument panel.Light flash: on with the lever pushed. Con-trol lamp lit up.

Lever all the way down to switch it off.

››› in Turn signal and main beamlever on page 105

››› page 105

1

2

3

4

23

The essentials

Hazard warning lights

Fig. 32 Dashboard: switch for hazard warninglights.

Switched on, for example:

● When approaching a traffic jam● In an emergency● The vehicle has broken down● When towing or being towed

››› in Hazard warning lights onpage 106

››› page 106

Interior lights

Position: Function

Switching off the reading light.

Switching on the reading light.

Switches door contact control on (centralposition).The reading light comes on automaticallywhen the vehicle is unlocked, a door isopened or the key is removed from the ig-nition.The light goes off a few seconds after allthe doors are closed, the vehicle is lockedor the ignition is switched on.

NoteThe reading lights go out when the vehicleis locked, or a few minutes after the key isremoved from the ignition. This preventsthe vehicle's battery from discharging.

Windscreen wipers and windowwiper blade

Fig. 33 Operating the windscreen wiper andrear wiper.


0 Windscreen wipers off.

1 Windscreen interval wipe.

2 Slow wipe.

3 Continuous wipe.

4 Brief wipe - short wipe. Hold the leverdown for more time to increase thewipe frequency.

5 Automatic wipe for cleaning wind-screens with the lever up.

6 Interval wipe for rear window. Thewiper will wipe the window approxi-mately every six seconds.

24

The essentials


7 Automatic wipe for cleaning rear win-dows with the lever pressed.

››› page 108

››› page 47

SEAT information system

Introduction

With the ignition switched on it is possible toaccess different messages via the display onthe instrument panel display.

The number of messages displayed on the in-strument panel display will vary according tothe vehicle electronics and equipment.

A specialised workshop will be able to pro-gramme or modify additional functions, ac-cording to the vehicle equipment. SEAT rec-ommends taking your car in for technicalservice.

WARNINGAny distraction may lead to an accident,with the risk of injury.

● Do not consult the messages on the in-strument panel screen when driving.

Management of indications on thedisplay

Fig. 34 Windscreen wipers lever: control but-tons.

Calling up options● Switch the ignition on.● If a message or vehicle symbol is displayed,press OK/RESET (››› Fig. 34 A ).● Press the top or bottom part of the rockerswitch ››› Fig. 34 B until the desired optionappears.

Multifunction display (MFI)

The multifunction display (MFD) has two au-tomatic memories: 1 - Partial memory and 2- Total memory. The selected memory willbe shown in the lower right-hand corner ofthe display.

With the ignition switched on, and memo-ry 1 or 2 displayed, briefly press OK tochange from one memory to another.

Trip memo-ry (for a sin-

gle jour-ney).

The memory stores the values for thejourney and the consumption from themoment the ignition is switched on un-til it is switched off again.If the journey is broken for more than 2hours, the memory is automaticallyerased. If the journey is continued inless than 2 hours after the ignition isswitched off, the new data is added tothe data already stored in the memo-ry.

Total mem-ory (for alljourneys).

The memory stores the values of anynumber of journeys, until it counts atotal of 19 hours and 59 minutes ofdriving, or 1999.9 km or miles of driv-ing, depending on the type of instru-ment panel fitted. On reaching eitherof these limits, the memory is auto-matically erased and starts to countfrom 0 again. »

25

The essentials

Possible displays

Menu Function

Time Current time in hours (h) and mi-nutes (min).

Travellingtime

This indicates the hours (h) and mi-nutes (min) since the ignition wasswitched on.

Currentfuel con-sumption

The current fuel consumption dis-play operates throughout the jour-ney, in l/100 km; with the enginerunning and the vehicle stopped, inl/hour.

Averagefuel con-sumption

After turning on the ignition, aver-age fuel consumption in li-tres/100 km will be displayed aftertravelling about 100 metres. Oth-erwise horizontal lines are dis-played. The value shown is upda-ted approximately every 5 sec-onds.

Operatingrange

Approximate distance in km thatcan still be travelled with the fuelremaining in the tank, assumingthe same style of driving is main-tained. This is calculated using thecurrent fuel consumption.

Distancecovered

Distance travelled, after ignition isswitched on, in km.

Menu Function

Averagespeed

The average speed will be shownafter a distance of about 100 me-tres has been travelled. Otherwisehorizontal lines are displayed. Thevalue shown is updated approxi-mately every 5 seconds.

Digitaldisplay ofspeed

Current speed displayed digitally.

Digitalcoolanttempera-ture gauge

Digital display of the current tem-perature of the engine liquid cool-ant.

Warning at--- km/h

If the stored speed is exceeded(between 30 - 250 km/h, or 18 -155 mph), an audible warning isgiven together with a visual warn-ing.

Changing between display modes● Press the rocker switch in the windscreenwiper lever.

Storing a speed for the speed warning● Select the display Speed warning at--- km/h.● Press OK on the windscreen wiper lever tostore the current speed and switch off thewarning.● In addition, set the required speed by press-ing the rocker switch on the windscreen wiper

lever or or buttons on the multifunctionsteering wheel for 5 seconds. Next, press OKagain or wait a few seconds. The speed isstored and the warning activated.● To switch off, press OK . The stored speed isdeleted.

Manually erasing memory 1 or 2● Select the memory to be erased.● Press and hold the eject button OK for ap-proximately 2 seconds.

Cruise control

Operating the cruise control sys-tem (CCS)*

Fig. 35 Switch and controls for operating theCCS.

26

The essentials

● Switching on the CCS: Move switch››› Fig. 35 1 to . The system is on. If nospeed has been programmed, the system willnot control it.● Activate the CCS: Press button ››› Fig. 35

2 in the area. The current speed ismemorised and controlled.● Temporarily switching off the CCS: Moveswitch ››› Fig. 35 1 to or push thebrake. The cruise control system is switchedoff temporarily.● Reactivating the CCS: Press button››› Fig. 35 2 in . The memorised speed issaved and controlled again.● Increasing stored speed during CCS regu-lation: press button 2 in . The vehicleaccelerates until the new stored speed.● Reducing stored speed during CCS regula-tion: press button 2 in to lower thespeed by 1 km/h (1 mph). Speed is reduceduntil reaching the new stored speed.● Switching off the CCS: Move switch››› Fig. 35 1 to . The system is disconnec-ted and the memorised speed is deleted.

››› in Cruise control operation onpage 173

››› page 172

Warning lamps

Control and warning lamps

The control and warning lamps are indicatorsof warnings, ››› , faults ››› or certain func-tions. Some control and warning lamps comeon when the ignition is switched on, andswitch off when the engine starts running, orwhile driving.

When certain control and warning lamps arelit, an audible warning is also heard.

Handbrake ››› page 153.

Fault in the brake system ››› page 153.

Engine cooling fluid ››› page 199.

Engine oil pressure ››› page 196.

Fault in the steering system››› page 165.

Driver or passenger has not fastenedseat belt ››› page 55.

Fault in the generator ››› page 204; ORthe Start-Stop system cannot start theengine ››› page 171.

Fault in ESC or disconnection causedby the system; OR ESC or ASR in oper-ation ››› page 157.

Fault in Traction Control* or discon-nection caused by the system; ORTraction Control* in operation››› page 157.

Fault in the ABS ››› page 157.

Rear fog light switched on››› page 103.

Fault in the emission control system››› page 169.

Fault in the petrol engine management››› page 169.

Fuel tank almost empty ››› page 191.

Natural gas tank is almost empty››› page 191.

Fault in airbag system and seat belttensioners ››› page 65.

Tyre monitor system ››› page 213.

Turn lights or emergency lights on››› page 103.

Cruise control ››› page 172.

Main beam on or flasher on››› page 103.

A passenger in the rear seats has fas-tened their seat belt ››› page 55.

A passenger in the rear seats has notfastened their seat belt ››› page 55.

City Safety Assist ››› page 176. »27

The essentials

City Safety Assist switched on manual-ly ››› page 176.

City Safety Assist switched off manual-ly ››› page 176.

Service interval display ››› page 90.

Start-Stop system activated››› page 171.

Start-Stop system unavailable››› page 171.

WARNINGIf the warning lamps are ignored, the vehi-cle may stall in traffic, or may cause acci-dents and severe injuries.● Never ignore the warning lamps.● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possi-ble.● Park the vehicle away from traffic andensure that there are no highly flammablematerials under the vehicle that couldcome into contact with the exhaust system(e.g. dry grass, fuel).● A faulty vehicle represents a risk of acci-dent for the driver and for other road users.If necessary, switch on the hazard warninglamps and put out the warning triangle toadvise other drivers.● Before opening the bonnet, switch off theengine and allow it to cool.

● In any vehicle, the engine compartment isa hazardous area and could cause severeinjuries ››› page 194.

CAUTIONFailure to heed the warning lamps whenthey appear may result in faults in the vehi-cle.

Gearbox lever

Manual gearbox

Fig. 36 Gear shift pattern of a 5-speed man-ual gearbox

The position of each of the gears is shown onthe gear stick ››› Fig. 36.

● Keep the clutch pedal pushed all the waydown.

● Move the gearbox lever to the required po-sition ››› in Manual gear change onpage 160.● Release the clutch pedal to engage clutch.

Selecting reverse gear● Engage reverse gear only when the vehicleis stopped.● Keep the clutch pedal pushed all the waydown ››› in Manual gear change onpage 160.● Place the gearbox lever into neutral andpush the lever downwards.● Slide the gearbox lever to the right, andthen backward as shown on the lever.● Release the clutch pedal to engage clutch.

››› in Manual gear change onpage 160

››› page 160

28

The essentials

Automatic gearbox

Fig. 37 Automatic gearbox diagram of gears

Reverse gearNeutral (idling)Drive (forward)Tiptronic mode: pull the lever forwards(+) to go up a gear or backwards (–) togo down a gear.

››› in Automatic gear change onpage 161

››› page 161

RNDM

Air conditioning

How does the Climatronic* work?

Fig. 38 In the centre console, top section: Clima-tronic control panel. »

29

The essentials

Switching off Switch the system off by pressing several times on the lower button ››› Fig. 38

Cooling modeThe button switches cooling mode on and off.

Automatic modeThe button switches the automatic mode on and off. The automatic mode maintains temperature constant in the vehicle’s interior.Temperature and the amount and distribution of air are controlled automatically. Modifying ventilation automatically switches off the auto-matic mode.

Temperature Press buttons 1 and 2 ››› Fig. 38 to adjust the temperature. The adjusted temperature is displayed on the screen.

FanThe ››› Fig. 38 buttons are used to adjust fan speed.

Air distribution: The air is distributed towards the upper part of the body through the dash panel air vents.

: Air distribution to footwells

: Air distribution to the windscreen

Removing ice from the windscreenThe ››› Fig. 38 button is used to remove ice from the windscreen as quickly as possible and to demist it (defrost/demist function).When the temperature is above +3°C (+38°F), the air is dehumidified and fan speed increases.

Air recirculationThe ››› Fig. 38 button switches that air recirculation on and off ››› page 130.

Heated rear windowThe button, located in the upper part of the centre console, switches the heated rear window on and off when the engine is running. Theheated rear window switches off automatically after 10 minutes at most.


››› page 129

30

The essentials

How does the manual air conditioning and the heating and fresh air system work?

Fig. 39 Centre console, top section: controls forthe manual air conditioning and the heating andfresh air system.

Switching off It is switched off by turning the central control 2 to the ››› Fig. 39 position.

Cooling modea)

The button switches cooling mode on and off.

Temperature The left rotary adjuster 1 ››› Fig. 39 is used to adjust the temperature.

FanThe central rotary adjuster 2 ››› Fig. 39 is used to adjust fan speed.

Air distribution

The right rotary adjuster 3 ››› Fig. 39 is used to adjust air distribution.

: The air is distributed towards the upper part of the body through the dash panel air vents.

: Air distribution to footwells.

: Air distribution towards the windscreen and the footwell.

: Removing ice from the windscreen. Ice is removed from the windscreen as fast as possible and the windscreen is demisted (defrostfunction).

Air recirculationThe slider 4 ››› Fig. 39 is used to switch air recirculation on and off ››› page 130. »

31

The essentials

Heated rear windowThe button, located in the upper part of the centre console, switches the heated rear window on and off when the engine is running. Theheated rear window switches off automatically after 10 minutes at most.

a) Valid for vehicles with manual air conditioning.


››› page 129

32

The essentials

Fluid level control

Filling the fuel tank

Fuel tank capacity

Petrol engines Around 35.0 lof which approx. 4.0 l are reserve.

Natural gasengine

Natural gas: approx. 11.0 kg; ofwhich max. 1.5 kg are reserve

Petrol: approx. 10.0 l; of which ap-prox. 5.0 l are reserve

Windscreen washer tank capacity

The washer bottle capacity is approximately 3 litres.

Fuel

Fig. 40 Open fuel tank flap with tank cap inthe holder

Opening the fuel tank capThe tank flap is at the rear of the vehicle onthe right.

● Pull the rear zone of the fuel tank flap toopen.● Unfold the key shaft if necessary››› page 92.● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinderof the fuel tank plug and turn the key in ananticlockwise direction.● Take out the fuel tank plug by turning it in ananticlockwise direction and rest it on the up-per part of the fuel tank flap ››› Fig. 40.

Closing the fuel tank cap● Screw on the fuel tank filler plug in a clock-wise direction until it is fully inserted with aclick.● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinderof the fuel tank plug, turn the key in a clock-wise direction and remove the key.● Press the tank flap until you hear it click intoplace. The tank flap must be flush with thebody contour.


››› page 192

Oil

Fig. 41 Engine oil dipstick.

Fig. 42 In the engine compartment: Engine oilfiller cap.

The level is measured using the dipstick loca-ted in the engine compartment.

The oil indicator must be between zones Aand C . It can never go above zone A .

● Zone A : do not add oil. »33

The essentials

● Zone B : you can add oil but keep the levelin that zone.● Zone C : add oil until zone B .

Topping up engine oil● Unscrew cap from oil filler opening.● Add oil slowly.● At the same time, check the level to ensureyou do not add too much.● When the oil level reaches at least zone B ,unscrew the engine oil filler cap carefully.

If the engine oil level is too lowYou can get information about the correct en-gine oil for your vehicle in your specialisedshop. If you have to change your engine oil,use this oil.

If the recommended engine oil is not availa-ble, in the event of an emergency you canchange the oil once with a maximum of 0.5 Lof the next oil until the next oil change:

Gasoline engines: standard VW 504 00,VW 502 00, VW 508 00, ACEA C3 orAPI SN.Diesel engines: standard VW 507 00,VW 509 00, ACEA C3 or API CK-4.

Have the oil changed by a specialised work-shop.

–

–

Recommended by SEAT

SEAT recommends the use of SEAT GenuineOil to guarantee the high performance ofLongLife Service engines.

››› in Topping up engine oil onpage 198

››› page 196

Coolant

Fig. 43 Engine compartment: coolant expan-sion tank cap.

The coolant tank is located in the enginecompartment.

When the engine is cold, replace the coolantwhen the level is below .

Coolant specificationsThe engine cooling system is supplied fromthe factory with a specially treated mixture ofwater and at least 40 % of the additive G13(TL-VW 774 J), purple. This mixture gives thenecessary frost protection down to -25°C(-13°F) and protects the light alloy parts ofthe engine cooling system against corrosion.It also prevents scaling and considerably rai-ses the boiling point of the coolant.

To protect the cooling system, the percent-age of additive must always be at least 40 %,even in warm climates where anti-freeze pro-tection is not required.

If for weather reasons further protection isnecessary, the proportion of additive may beincreased, but only up to 60 %; otherwise an-tifreeze protection will diminish and this willworsen cooling.

When the coolant is topped up, use a mixtureof distilled water and at least 40 % of theG13 or G12 plus-plus (TL-VW 774 G) additive(both are purple) to obtain an optimum anti-corrosion protection ››› in Checking thecoolant level and topping up on page 201.The mixture of G13 with G12 plus (TL-VW 774F), G12 (red) or G11 (green-blue) engine cool-ants will significantly reduce anti-corrosionprotection and should therefore be avoided

34

The essentials

››› in Checking the coolant level andtopping up on page 201.

››› in Checking the coolant leveland topping up on page 200

››› page 199

Brake fluid

Fig. 44 Engine compartment: brake fluid res-ervoir cap.

The brake fluid reservoir is located in the en-gine compartment.

The level should be between the and marks. If it is below , please visit a TechnicalService.

››› in Checking the brake fluid lev-el on page 202

››› page 201

Windscreen washer

Fig. 45 In the engine compartment: cap of thewindscreen washer tank.

The windscreen washer reservoir is located inthe engine compartment.

To top up, mix water with a product recom-mended by SEAT.

In cold temperatures, add anti-freeze for thewindshield cleaner.

››› in Checking and topping up thewindscreen washer reservoir withwater on page 203

››› page 202

Battery

The battery is located in the engine compart-ment. It does not require maintenance. It ischecked as part of the Inspection Service.


››› page 203

35

The essentials

Emergencies

Fuses

Fuse location

Fig. 46 On the dashboard on the driver side:lid of the fuse box.

Fig. 47 In the engine compartment: lid of thefuse box.

Underneath the instrument panelThe fuse box is located underneath the dashpanel on the driver side ››› Fig. 46.

In the engine compartmentPress the locking tabs to release the fuse boxcover ››› Fig. 47.

Identifying fuses situated below the dashpanel by colours

Colour Amp rating

Purple 3

Light brown 5

Brown 7.5

Red 10

Blue 15

Yellow 20

White or transparent 25

Green 30

Orange 40


››› page 79

Replacing a blown fuse

Fig. 48 Image of a blown fuse.

Preparation● Switch off the ignition, lights and all electri-cal equipment.● Open the corresponding fuse box››› page 80.

Identifying a blown fuseA fuse is blown if its metal strip is ruptured››› Fig. 48.

Point a lamp at the fuse to see if the fuse hasblown.

To replace a fuse● Remove the fuse.● Replace the blown fuse by one with anidentical amperage rating (same colour andmarkings) and identical size.

36

The essentials

● Replace the cover again or close the fusebox lid.

Bulbs

Bulbs (12 V)

Light source used for each function

Halogen headlights. Type

Daytime running light/sidelight W21/5W

Dipped beam headlights H4 LL

Main beam headlights H4 LL

Turn signal PY21W NA

Front fog light Type

Fog lights* HB4

Rear bulb light Type

Brake/side lights P21/5W LL

Side lights P21/5W LL

Turn signal PY21W NA LL

Retro fog light P21W

Reverse lights R10W

Action in the event of a punc-ture

What to do first

● Park the vehicle on a horizontal surface andin a safe place as far away from traffic aspossible.● Apply the handbrake.● Switch on the hazard warning lights.● Manual transmission: select the 1st gear.● Automatic transmission: Move the selectorlever to position D or R.● If you are towing a trailer, unhitch it fromyour vehicle.● Have the vehicle tool kit ››› page 72and the spare wheel* ready››› page 214.● Observe the applicable legislation for eachcountry (reflective vest, warning triangles,etc.).● All occupants should leave the vehicle andwait in a safe place (for instance behind theroadside crash barrier).

WARNING● Always observe the above steps and pro-tect yourself and other road users.● If you change the wheel on a slope, blockthe wheel on the opposite side of the car

with a stone or similar to prevent the vehi-cle from moving.

Repairing a tyre with the anti-punc-ture kit

Fig. 49 Standard display: contents of the anti-puncture kit.

The anti-puncture kit is located under thefloor panel in the luggage compartment.

Sealing the tyre● Unscrew the tyre valve cap and insert. Usethe ››› Fig. 49 1 tool to remove the insert.Place it on a clean surface.● Shake the tyre sealant bottle vigorously››› Fig. 49 10 . »

37

The essentials

● Screw the inflator tube ››› Fig. 49 3 intothe sealant bottle. The bottle's seal will breakautomatically.● Remove the lid from the filling tube››› Fig. 49 3 and screw the open end of thetube into the tyre valve.● With the tyre sealant bottle upside down, fillthe tyre with the contents of the sealant bot-tle.● Remove the bottle from the valve.● Place the insert back into the tyre valve us-ing the tool ››› Fig. 49 1 .

Inflating the tyre● Screw the compressor tyre inflator tube››› Fig. 49 5 into the tyre valve.● Check that the air bleed screw is closed››› Fig. 49 7 .● Start the engine and leave it running.● Insert the connector ››› Fig. 49 9 into thevehicle's 12-volt socket ››› page 120.● Turn the air compressor on with theON/OFF switch ››› Fig. 49 8 .● Keep the air compressor running until it rea-ches 2.0 to 2.5 bar (29-36 psi/200-250 kPa).A maximum of 8 minutes.● Disconnect the air compressor.● If it does not reach the pressure indicated,unscrew the tyre inflator tube from the valve.

● Move the vehicle 10m so that the sealant isdistributed throughout the tyre.● Screw the compressor tyre inflator into thevalve.● Repeat the inflation process.● If the indicated pressure still cannot bereached, the tyre is too badly damaged. Stopand request assistance from an authorisedtechnician.● Disconnect the air compressor. Unscrewthe tyre inflator tube from the tyre valve.● When the tyre pressure is between 2.5 and2.0 bars, continue driving without exceeding80 km/h (50 mph).● Check the pressure again after 10 minutes››› page 75.

››› in TMS (Tyre Mobility System)*on page 74

››› page 74

Changing a wheel

Vehicle tool kit

Fig. 50 Components of the vehicle tool kit

Screwdriver with hexagon socket in thehandleAdapter for anti-theft bolt.Towline anchorage, removable.Wire hook for removing the hub caps.Jack.Wheel spanner.Wheel bolt cap clips.

››› in What to do first on page 37

››› page 71

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

38

The essentials

Hubcaps

Fig. 51 Remove the hubcap of the steel wheeltrim

In order to access the wheel bolts, first re-move the hubcap.

Removing and fitting the hubcap● To remove, take the vehicle tool kit wirehook and attach it to the edge of the wheeltrim ››› Fig. 51.● Remove the trim by pulling it in the directionof the arrow.● To replace the hubcap, press the hubcapagainst the trim until it clicks into place.

The caps protect the wheel bolts and shouldbe remounted after changing the tyre.

Full hubcaps

Fig. 52 Removing the full hubcap

Removing the full hubcap● Take the wheel brace and the wire hookfrom the vehicle tool kit ››› page 71.● Hook the wire through one of the grooveson the hubcap.● Insert the wheel brace onto the wire hook››› Fig. 52 and pull the hub cap in the direc-tion shown by the arrow.

Fitting hubcaps● It is necessary to press the hubcap againstthe wheel so that the space for the valve fitsover the tyre valve.● Make sure that the hubcap is correctly fit-ted all the way around the wheel. If you areusing an anti-theft wheel lock, screw it in theopposite position to the valve.

Wheel bolt caps

Fig. 53 Removing the wheel bolt caps

Removal● Fit the plastic clip (vehicle tools››› page 71) over the cap until it clicksinto place ››› Fig. 53.● Remove the cap with the plastic clip.

The caps protect the wheel bolts and shouldbe remounted after changing the tyre.

The anti-theft wheel bolt has a special capwhich is only compatible with anti-theft boltsand cannot be used for conventional bolts.

39

The essentials

Loosening the wheel bolts

Fig. 54 Tyre change: slacken the wheel bolts.

Fig. 55 Tyre change: tyre valve 1 and posi-tion of anti-theft wheel locking bolt 2 .

● Only use the tool supplied with the vehicleto loosen the wheel bolts.● Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turnbefore raising the vehicle with the jack.● If the wheel bolt is very tight, you may beable to loosen it by pushing down on the end

of the wheel brace carefully with your foot.Hold on to the vehicle for support and takecare not to slip.

Loosening wheel bolts● Fit the wheel brace as far as it will go overthe wheel bolt ››› Fig. 54.● Hold the wheel brace at the end and rotatethe bolt approximately one turn anticlockwise››› .

Loosening anti-theft wheel boltsFor wheels with full hubcap, the anti-theftwheel lock must be threaded into position››› Fig. 55 2 before mounting the hubcap.Otherwise it will not be possible to mount theentire hubcap.

● Take the adapter for anti-theft wheel boltsout of the vehicle tool kit.● Insert the adapter onto the wheel bolt››› Fig. 55. Push it on as far as it will go.● Fit the wheel brace onto the adapter as faras possible.● Hold the wheel brace at the end and rotatethe bolt approximately one turn anticlockwise››› .

Important information about wheel boltsThe wheel rims and bolts have been de-signed to be fitted to factory options. If differ-ent rims are fitted, the correct wheel bolts

with the right length and correctly shapedbolt heads must be used. This ensures thatwheels are fitted securely and that the brakesystem functions correctly.

In some circumstances, wheel bolts from thesame model vehicle should not be used.

Wheel bolt tightening torqueThe prescribed tightening torque for wheelbolts for steel and alloy wheels is 110 Nm.Have the tightening torque of the wheel boltschecked as soon as possible with a reliabletorque wrench.

If wheel bolts are rusty and it is difficult totighten them, the threads should be replacedand cleaned before checking the tighten-ing torque.

Never grease or lubricate wheel bolts or thewheel hub threads. Although they have beentightened to the prescribed torque, theycould come loose while driving.

WARNINGIf the wheel bolts are not fitted correctlythey could be released while driving lead-ing to loss of vehicle control and seriousdamage.● Only use wheel bolts which correspondto the wheel rims in question.● Never use different wheel bolts.

40

The essentials

● The bolts and threads should be clean,free of oil and grease and easy to thread.● To loosen and tighten the wheel bolts, al-ways use the wheel brace supplied with thevehicle.● Loosen the wheel bolts only about oneturn before raising the vehicle with the jack.● Never grease or lubricate wheel bolts orthe wheel hub threads. Although they havebeen tightened to the prescribed torque,they could come loose while driving.● Never loosen the bolted joints of wheelrims with bolted ring trims.● If the wheel bolts are not tightened to thecorrect torque, they may come loose whiledriving, and the bolts and rims may comeout. If the tightening torque is too high, thewheel bolts and threads can be damaged.

Raising the vehicle with the jack

Fig. 56 Jack position points.

Fig. 57 Jack mounted on the left rear part ofthe vehicle

The jack may be applied only at the jackingpoints shown (marks on chassis) ››› Fig. 56.Always the relevant jacking point for thewheel to be changed ››› .

Raise the vehicle using only the designatedjacking points. »

41

The essentials

WARNINGIf the vehicle is not correctly raised, it couldfall off the jack causing serious injury.Please observe the following rules to mini-mise the risk of injury:● You should only use a jack approved bySEAT for your vehicle. Other jacks, eventhose approved for other SEAT models,might slip out of place.● The ground should be firm and flat. If theground is sloped or soft then the vehiclecould slip and fall off the jack. If necessary,support the jack on a wide solid base.● If the ground is slippery, such as tiles,place a non-slip surface (a floor mat, for in-stance) beneath the jack to avoid slipping.● Only fit the jack at the prescribed jackingpoints. The claw of the jack should grip thereinforcement nerve on the underbody››› Fig. 57.● You should never place a body limb suchas an arm or leg under a raised vehicle thatis solely supported by the jack.● If you have to work underneath the vehi-cle, you must use suitable stands addition-ally to support the vehicle, there is a risk ofaccident!.● Never raise the vehicle if it is tilting to oneside or the engine is running.● Never start the engine when the vehicle israised. The vehicle may come loose fromthe jack due to the engine vibrations.

Removing and fitting a wheel

Fig. 58 Changing the tyre: loosen wheel boltswith the socket at the end of the wheel brace

Change the wheel after loosening the wheelbolts and raising the vehicle with the jack.

Removing the wheel● Slacken the wheel bolts ››› page 40.● Raise the vehicle ››› page 41.● Using the hexagonal socket in the wheelbrace ››› Fig. 58, unscrew the slackenedwheel bolts and place them on a clean sur-face.● Take off the wheel.

How to use the spare wheel or temporaryspare wheelCheck the direction of rotation of the tyre››› page 215, Tyre code.

● Place the spare wheel or temporary sparewheel into position.● Replace the wheel bolts and tighten slight-ly using the hexagonal socket on the end ofthe wheel brace.● To tighten the anti-theft locking wheel boltsuse the corresponding adaptor.● Lower the car with the jack.● Tighten all of the wheel bolts clockwise››› . Tighten the bolts in diagonal pairs (notin a circle).● Put the caps, trim or full hubcap back on››› page 39.

WARNINGIf the wheel bolts are not treated suitablyor not tightened to the correct torque thenthis could lead to loss of vehicle controland to a serious accident.● All the wheel bolts and hub threadsshould be clean and free of oil and grease.The wheel bolts should be easily tightenedto the correct torque.● The hexagonal socket in the wheel braceshould be used for turning wheel bolts only.Do not use it to loosen or tighten the wheelbolts.

42

The essentials

Tyres with compulsory direction ofrotation

A directional tread pattern can be identifiedby the arrows on the sidewall that point in thedirection of rotation. Always observe the di-rection of rotation indicated when fitting thewheel to guarantee optimum properties ofthis type of tyres with regard to grip, noises,wear and aquaplaning.

If it is absolutely necessary to fit the sparetyre* against the direction of rotation, drivewith care as this means the tyre does not of-fer optimum driving properties. This is of par-ticular importance when the road surface iswet.

To return to directional tread tires, replace thepunctured tyre as soon as possible and re-store the obligatory direction of rotation of alltyres.

After the wheel change

● Clean the vehicle tools, if necessary andput them away in the luggage compartmentfoam holder ››› page 71.● Store the spare wheel, the temporary sparewheel or the changed wheel securely in theluggage compartment.

● Have the tightening torque of the wheelbolts checked as soon as possible with a tor-que wrench ››› page 40.● Have the flat tyre replaced as quickly aspossible.

Snow chains

Use

When using snow chains, applicable locallegislation and maximum permitted speedlimits must be observed.

In winter weather, snow chains not only helpto improve grip but also improve the brakingcapacity.

The fitting of chains is permitted only onfront wheels and with the following combi-nations of wheel trims and tyres:

Tyre size Wheel rim

165/70 R145 J x 14 offset of 35

175/65 R14

SEAT recommends you ask a technical serv-ice for further information on wheel, tyre andchain sizes.

Wherever possible use fine-link chains meas-uring less than 15 mm including the lock.

Remove wheel hub covers and trim rings be-fore fitting snow chains ››› . The wheel boltsshould be covered with caps for safety rea-sons. These are available from technicalservices.

Temporary spare wheelFor technical reasons, snow chains must notbe used on the compact temporary sparewheel ››› page 214.

If it is necessary to fit chains with the tempo-rary spare wheel in use, install the wheel onthe rear axle in the event of a fault in a frontwheel. Then, fit the rear wheel that is free, in-stead of the damaged front wheel. In this sit-uation, observe the rotating direction of thewheels. SEAT recommends attaching thesnow chains before fitting the wheel.

WARNINGThe use of unsuitable or incorrectly fittedchains could lead to serious accidents anddamage.● Always the appropriate snow chains.● Observe the fitting instructions providedby the snow chain manufacturer.● Never exceed the maximum permittedspeeds when driving with snow chains.

CAUTION● Remove the snow chains to drive onroads without snow. Otherwise they will »

43

The essentials

impair vehicle handling, damage the tyresand wear out very quickly.● Wheel rims may be damaged or scratch-ed if the chains come into direct contactwith them. SEAT recommends the use ofcovered snow chains.

NoteSnow chains are available in different sizesaccording to the vehicle type.

Emergency towing of the ve-hicle

Towing

Fig. 59 Right side of the front bumper: towlineanchorage screwed in.

Towline anchoragesAttach the bar or rope to the towline ancho-rages.

It is located with the vehicle's tools››› page 71.

Screw the front towline anchorage into thescrew connection ››› Fig. 59 and tighten itwith the wheel brace.

Tow rope or tow barWhen towing, the tow bar is the safest andvehicle friendly way. You should only use atow rope if you do not have a tow bar.

A tow rope should be slightly elastic to avoiddamage to both vehicles. It is advisable touse a tow rope made of synthetic fibre or sim-ilarly elastic material.

● Only secure the tow rope or tow bar to thetowline anchorage or specially designed fit-ting.

Notes for the driver of the towed vehicle● Keep the ignition running to prevent thesteering wheel from locking and also to allowthe use of the turn signals, horn, windscreenwipers and washers.● As the power assisted steering does notwork if the engine is not running, you will needmore strength to steer than normally.

● The brake must be depressed much harderas the brake servo does not operate. Avoidhitting the towing vehicle.● Note the instructions and information con-tained in the Instruction Manual for the vehi-cle to be towed.

Notes for the driver of the towing vehicle● Accelerate gently and carefully. Avoid sud-den manoeuvres.● Brake well in advance than usual and brakegently.● Note the instructions and information con-tained in the Instruction Manual for the vehi-cle to be towed.

Driving styleTowing requires some experience, especiallywhen using a tow rope. Both drivers shouldrealise how difficult it is to tow a vehicle. Inex-perienced drivers should not attempt to tow.

Do not pull too hard with the towing vehicleand take care to avoid jerking the tow rope.When towing on an unpaved road, there is al-ways a risk of overloading and damaging theanchorage points.

Switch on the ignition so that the turn signals,windscreen wipers and windscreen washercan work. Ensure that the steering wheel isunlocked and moves freely.

44

The essentials

Place the gear lever in neutral on vehicleswith a manual gearbox. With an automaticgearbox, place the lever in N.

To brake, press the brake pedal firmly. Thebrake servo does not work when the engine isswitched off.

The power steering only works when the igni-tion is switched on and the vehicle is moving,provided that the battery is sufficientlycharged. Otherwise, it will need more force.

Ensure that the tow rope remains taut at alltimes.

››› in Instructions for tow-startingon page 77

››› page 76

Tow-starting

In general, the vehicle should not be star-ted by towing. Jump-starting is much morepreferable ››› page 45.

For technical reasons, the following vehiclescan not be tow started:

● Vehicles with an automatic gearbox.● If the vehicle battery is flat, it is possible thatthe engine control unit does not operate cor-rectly.

However, if your vehicle must absolutelybe tow-started (manual gearbox):● Put it into second or third gear.● Keep the clutch pressed down.● Switch on the ignition and the hazard warn-ing lights.● Release the clutch when both vehicles aremoving.● As soon as the engine starts, press theclutch and move the gear lever into neutral.This helps to prevent a collision with the tow-ing vehicle.

How to jump start

Jump leads

If the engine fails to start because of a dis-charged battery, the battery of another vehi-cle can be used to start the engine. Beforestarting, check the magic eye on the battery››› page 203.

For starting assistance, jump lead cablesconforming to the standard DIN 72553 are re-quired (see the cable manufacturer instruc-tions). The cable section in vehicles with pet-rol engine must be at least 25 mm2.

WARNINGIncorrect use of jump leads and incorrectlyjump starting could cause the battery toexplode resulting in serious injury. Pleaseobserve the following rules to minimise therisk of a battery explosion:● The battery providing current must havethe same voltage (12V) and approximatelythe same capacity (see markings on bat-tery) as the flat battery.● Never charge a frozen or recently thawedbattery. A flat battery can also freeze attemperatures close to 0°C (+32°F).● If a battery is frozen and/or has been fro-zen then it must be replaced.● A highly explosive mixture of gases is re-leased when the battery is being charged.Always keep lit cigarettes, flames, sparksand fire far from the battery. Never use amobile telephone when connecting and re-moving the jump leads.● Charge the battery only in well ventila-ted areas given that when the battery ischarged by outside assistance, it creates amix of highly explosive gases.● Jump leads should never enter into con-tact with moving parts in the engine com-partment.● Never switch the positive and negativepoles or connect the jump leads incorrect-ly.● Note the instruction manual provided bythe manufacturer of the jump leads. »

45

The essentials

CAUTIONTo avoid considerable damage to the vehi-cle electrical system, note the followingcarefully:● If the jump leads are incorrectly connec-ted, this could result in a short circuit.● The vehicles must not touch each other,otherwise electricity could flow as soon asthe positive terminals are connected.

How to jump start: description

Fig. 60 Diagram of connections for vehicleswithout Start Stop system

Fig. 61 Diagram of connections for vehicleswith Start Stop system

Jump lead terminal connectionsSwitch off the ignition of both vehicles››› .Connect one end of the red jump lead tothe positive + terminal of the vehiclewith the flat battery A ››› Fig. 60.Connect the other end of the red jumplead to the positive terminal + in the ve-hicle providing assistance B .In vehicles without a Start-Stop system:connect one end of the black jump leadto the negative terminal – of the vehicleproviding the current B ››› Fig. 60.In vehicles with a Start-stop system:connect one end of the black jump leadX to a suitable ground terminal, to a sol-

id piece of metal in the engine block, orto the engine block itself ››› Fig. 61.

1.

2.

3.

4a.

4b.

Connect the other end of the black jumplead X to a solid metal component bol-ted to the engine block or to the engineblock itself of the vehicle with the flatbattery. Do not connect it to a point nearthe battery A .Position the leads in such a way thatthey cannot come into contact with anymoving parts in the engine compart-ment.

StartingStart the engine of the vehicle with theboosting battery and let it run at idlingspeed.Start the engine of the vehicle with theflat battery and wait for 2 or 3 minutesuntil the engine is running.

Removing the jump leadsBefore you remove the jump leads,switch off the dipped beam headlights ifthey are switched on.Turn on the heater blower and heatedrear window in the vehicle with the flatbattery. This helps minimise voltagepeaks which are generated when theleads are disconnected.When the engine is running, disconnectthe leads in reverse order to the detailsgiven above.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

46

The essentials

Make sure the battery clamps have sufficientmetal-to-metal contact with the battery ter-minals.

If the engine fails to start after about 10 sec-onds, switch off the starter and try again afterabout 1 minute.

WARNING● Please note the safety warnings referringto working in the engine compartment››› page 194.● The battery providing assistance musthave the same voltage as the flat battery(12V) and approximately the same capaci-ty (see imprint on battery). Failure to com-ply could result in an explosion.● Never use jump leads when one of thebatteries is frozen. Danger of explosion!Even after the battery has thawed, batteryacid could leak and cause chemical burns.If a battery freezes, it should be replaced.● Keep sparks, flames and lighted ciga-rettes away from batteries, danger of ex-plosion. Failure to comply could result in anexplosion.● Observe the instructions provided by themanufacturer of the jump leads.● Do not connect the negative cable fromthe other vehicle directly to the negativeterminal of the flat battery. The gas emit-ted from the battery could be ignited bysparks. Danger of explosion.

● Never attach the negative cable to fuelsystem components or the brake lines inthe other vehicle.● The non-insulated parts of the batteryclamps must not be allowed to touch. Thejump lead attached to the positive batteryterminal must not touch metal parts of thevehicle, this can cause a short circuit.● Position the leads in such a way that theycannot come into contact with any movingparts in the engine compartment.● Do not lean on the batteries. This couldresult in chemical burns.

NoteThe vehicles must not touch each other,otherwise electricity could flow as soon asthe positive terminals are connected.

Changing the wiper blades

Windscreen wipers service posi-tion

Fig. 62 Wipers in service position.

The wiper arms can be raised when the wip-ers are in service position ››› Fig. 62.

● Close the bonnet ››› page 194.● Switch the ignition on and off.● Press the windscreen wiper lever down-wards briefly ››› Fig. 33 4 .

Before driving, always lower the wiper arms.When the ignition is switched on, the wind-screen wiper arms return to their initial posi-tion upon activating the windscreen wiperlever.

››› page 76

47

The essentials

Changing the front wiper blades

Fig. 63 Changing the front wiper blades

Fig. 64 Changing the rear wiper blade

Lifting and unfolding the wiper armsThe wiper arm may only be lifted at the pointwhere it is fastened to the blade.

The wiper should be in service position beforeunfolding it ››› page 108.

Cleaning windscreen wiper blades● Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms.● Use a soft cloth to remove dust and dirtfrom the windscreen wiper blades.● If the blades are very dirty, a sponge ordamp cloth may be used ››› in Changingthe windscreen and rear window wiperblades on page 76.

Changing the windscreen wiper blades● Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms.● Hold down the release button ››› Fig. 63 1while gently pulling the blade in the directionof the arrow.● Fit a new wiper blade of the same lengthand design on to the wiper arm and hook itinto place.● Rest the wiper arms back onto the wind-screen.

Changing the rear wiper blade● Lift the windscreen wiper arm and fold it atan angle of approximately 60° ››› Fig. 64.● Press and hold the release button 1 .● Fold the wiper blade towards the wind-screen wiper arm ››› Fig. 64 (arrow A ) whilepulling in the direction of arrow B . You mighthave to apply a lot of force.● Insert a new blade of the same length andtype in the windscreen wiper arm in the op-

posite direction to the arrow B and hook intoplace. This feature is operational when theknob is in position (arrow A ).● Return the windscreen wiper arm to thewindscreen. Do not let it simply drop down!

››› in Changing the windscreenand rear window wiper blades onpage 76

››› page 76

48

Safe driving

Safety

Safe drivingSafety first!

WARNING● This manual contains important informa-tion about the operation of the vehicle,both for the driver and the passengers. Theother sections of the on-board documenta-tion also contain further information thatyou should be aware of for your own safetyand for the safety of your passengers.● Ensure that the on-board documentationis kept in the vehicle at all times. This is es-pecially important when lending or sellingthe vehicle to another person.

WARNINGDriving under the influence of alcohol,drugs, medication or narcotics may resultin severe accidents and even loss of life.● Alcohol, drugs, medication and narcoticsmay significantly alter perception, affectreaction times and safety while driving,which could result in the loss of control ofthe vehicle.

Driving advice

Before driving

For your own safety and the safety of yourpassengers, always note the following pointsbefore every trip:

– Make sure that the vehicle's lights and turnsignals are working properly.

– Check tyre pressure.

– Ensure that all windows provide a clear andgood view of the surroundings.

– Make sure all luggage is secured››› page 114.

– Make sure that no objects can interfere withthe pedals.

– Adjust front seat, head restraint and mirrorsproperly according to your size.

– Ensure that the passengers in the rear seatsalways have the head restraints in the in-use position ››› page 53.

– Instruct passengers to adjust the head re-straints according to their height.

– Protect children with appropriate childseats and properly applied seat belts››› page 66.

– Assume the correct sitting position. Instructyour passengers also to assume a propersitting position ››› page 50.

– Fasten your seat belt securely. Instruct yourpassengers also to fasten their seat beltsproperly ››› page 54.

What affects driving safety?

As a driver, you are responsible for yourselfand your passengers. When your concentra-tion or driving safety is affected by any cir-cumstance, you endanger yourself as well asothers on the road ››› , for this reason:

– Always pay attention to traffic and do notget distracted by passengers or telephonecalls.

– Never drive when your driving ability is im-paired (e.g. by medication, alcohol, drugs).

– Observe traffic laws and speed limits.

– Always reduce your speed as appropriatefor road, traffic and weather conditions.

– When travelling long distances, take breaksregularly - at least every two hours.

– If possible, avoid driving when you are tiredor stressed.

WARNINGWhen driving safety is impaired during atrip, the risk of injury and accidents increa-ses.

49

Safety

Safety equipment

Never put your safety or the safety of yourpassengers in danger. In the event of an acci-dent, the safety equipment may reduce therisk of injury. The following points cover partof the safety equipment in your SEAT:

● three-point seat belts,● belt tension limiters for the front seats,● Belt tensioners for the front seats,● front airbags,● side airbags in the front seat backrests,● “ISOFIX” anchor points for child seats in therear side seats with the “ISOFIX” system,● rear head restraints with in-use position andnon-use position,● adjustable steering column.

The safety equipment mentioned aboveworks together to provide you and your pas-sengers with the best possible protection inthe event of an accident. However, thesesafety systems can only be effective if youand your passengers are sitting in a correctposition and use this equipment properly.

Safety is everyone's business!

Correct position of the vehi-cle occupants

Correct sitting position

Fig. 65 The proper distance between driverand steering wheel.

Fig. 66 Correct belt web and head restraintpositions

The correct sitting positions for the driver andpassengers are shown below.

If your physical constitution prevents youfrom maintaining the correct sitting position,contact a specialised workshop for help withany special devices. The seat belt and airbagcan only provide optimum protection if a cor-rect sitting position is adopted. SEAT recom-mends taking your car in for technical serv-ice.

For your own safety and to reduce the risk ofinjury in the event of an accident or suddenbraking or manoeuvre, SEAT recommend thefollowing positions:

Valid for the driver:● Adjust the seat backrest to an upright posi-tion so that your back rests completelyagainst it.● Adjust the seat so that there is a distance ofat least 25 cm between the steering wheeland your chest ››› Fig. 65 and so that you canhold the steering wheel with both hands onthe outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and 3o'clock positions with your arms slightly bent.● The adjusted steering wheel must face yourchest and not your face.● Adjust the driver seat forwards or back-wards so that you are able to press the ac-celerator, brake and clutch pedals to the floorwith your knees slightly angled and the dis-tance between your knees and the dash pan-el is at least 10 cm ››› Fig. 65.

50

Safe driving

● Adjust the height of the driver seat so thatyou can easily reach the top of the steeringwheel.● Keep both feet in the footwell so that youhave the vehicle under control at all times.● Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly››› page 54.

Valid for the passenger:● Adjust the seat backrest to an upright posi-tion so that your back rests completelyagainst it.● Move the front passenger seat back as faras possible for optimum protection should theairbag deploy.● Always keep your feet in the footwell whilethe vehicle is in motion.● Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly››› page 54.

Valid for the passengers in the rear sec-tion:● Adjust the head restraint so that its upperedge is at the same level as the top of yourhead, or as close as possible to the same lev-el as the top of your head and under no cir-cumstances below eye level. Keep the backof your neck as close as possible to the headrestraint ››› Fig. 65 and ››› Fig. 66.

● Short people must lower the head restraintto the first anchorage position, even if yourhead is below its upper edge.● Tall people must raise the head restraintcompletely.● Always keep your feet in the footwell whilethe vehicle is in motion.● Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly››› page 54.

Adjusting the steering wheel posi-tion

Read the additional information carefully››› page 16.

Adjust the steering wheel before your trip andonly when the vehicle is stationary.

Adjust the correct distance between the driv-er and the steering wheel ››› Fig. 65 using thecontrols on the driver seat ››› page 14.

WARNINGIncorrect use of the steering wheel adjust-ment function and an incorrect adjustmentof the steering wheel can result in severe orfatal injury.● After adjusting the steering column, pushthe lever firmly upwards to ensure thesteering wheel does not accidentallychange position while driving.

● Never adjust the steering wheel while thevehicle is in motion. If you need to adjustthe steering wheel while the vehicle is inmotion, stop safely and make the properadjustment.● The adjusted steering wheel should befacing your chest and not your face so asnot to hinder the driver's front airbag pro-tection in the event of an accident.● When driving, always hold the steeringwheel with both hands on the outside of thering at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positionsto reduce injuries when the driver's frontairbag deploys.● Never hold the steering wheel at the 12o'clock position or in any other manner(e.g. in the centre of the steering wheel). Insuch cases, if the driver's airbag deploys,you may sustain injuries to your arms,hands and head.

Danger of injuries due to an incor-rect sitting position

Number of seatsThe vehicle has a total of 4 seats: 2 frontseats and 2 rear seats. Each seat is equippedwith a seat belt.

If the seat belts are worn incorrectly or not atall, the risk of severe injuries increases. Seatbelts can provide optimal protection only ifthe belt web is properly worn. Being seated in »

51

Safety

an incorrect position means the seat beltcannot offer its full protection. This could re-sult in severe and even fatal injuries. The riskof severe or fatal injuries is especially height-ened when a deploying airbag strikes a vehi-cle occupant who has assumed an incorrectsitting position. The driver is responsible for allpassengers in the vehicle, particularly chil-dren.

The following list shows just some examplesof incorrect sitting positions which can bedangerous to all vehicle occupants.

When the vehicle is in motion:● Never stand in the vehicle.● Never stand on the seats.● Never kneel on the seats.● Never tilt your seat backrest too far to therear.● Never lean against the dash panel.● Never lie on the rear seats.● Never sit on the front edge of a seat.● Never sit sideways.● Never lean out of a window.● Never put your feet out of a window.● Never put your feet on the dash panel.● Never put your feet on the surface of a seator seat backrest.● Never travel in a footwell.

● Never travel on a seat without wearing theseat belt.● Never carry any person in the luggagecompartment.

WARNINGAn incorrect sitting position in the vehiclecan lead to severe injuries or death in theevent of sudden braking or manoeuvres,collision or accidents or if the airbag de-ploys.● Before the vehicle moves, assume theproper sitting position and maintain itthroughout the trip. This also includes fas-tening the seat belt.● Never transport more people than thereare seats with a seat belt available in thevehicle.● Children must always be protected withan approved child restraint system suitedto their height and weight ››› page 66,››› page 61.● Always keep your feet in the footwellwhile the vehicle is in motion. Never, for ex-ample, put your feet on the surface of aseat or on the dash panel and never putthem out of a window. Otherwise the airbagand seat belt offer insufficient protectionand the risk of injury in the event of an acci-dent is increased.

WARNINGBefore every trip, adjust the seat, the seatbelt and the head restraints and instructyour passengers to fasten their seat beltsproperly.● Move the front passenger seat back asfar as possible.● Adjust the driver seat so that there is atleast 25 cm distance between your chestand the hub of the steering wheel. Adjustthe driver seat so that you are able to pressthe accelerator, brake and clutch pedals tothe floor with your knees slightly angledand that the distance between your kneesand the dash panel is at least 10 cm. If yourphysical constitution prevents you frommeeting these requirements, contact aspecialised workshop to make any modifi-cations required.● Never drive with the seat backrest tiltedfar back. The further the seat backrests aretilted to the rear, the greater the risk of in-jury due to incorrect positioning of the beltweb or to the incorrect sitting position!● Never drive with the seat backrest tiltedforwards. Should a front airbag deploy, itcould throw the seat backrest backwardsand injure the passengers of the rear seats.● Sit as far away as possible from thesteering wheel and the dash panel.● Keep your back straight and resting com-pletely against the seat backrest and thefront seats correctly adjusted. Never place

52

Safe driving

any part of your body in the area of the air-bag or very close to it.● If passengers on the rear seats are notsitting in an upright position, the risk of se-vere injury due to incorrect positioning ofthe belt web increases.

WARNINGIncorrect seat adjustment may lead to ac-cidents and severe injuries.● Only adjust the seats when the vehicle isstationary, as the seats could move unex-pectedly while the vehicle is in motion andyou could lose control of the vehicle. Fur-thermore, an incorrect position is adoptedwhen adjusting the seat.● Only adjust the height, seat backrest andforwards or backwards position of the seatwhen there is nobody in the seat adjust-ment area.● There must be no objects blocking thefront seat adjustment area.

Adjusting the rear head restraints

Fig. 67 Adjusting the rear head restraints

All seats are equipped with a head restraint.

The front seat head restraints are integratedin the backrests and adjusting them is notpossible.

Adjusting height● Push the head restraint up or down in thedirection of the arrow with the button press-ed ››› Fig. 67 1 ››› .● The head restraint must engage securely inposition.

Correct adjustment of head restraintsAdjust the head restraint so that its upperedge is at the same level as the top of yourhead, or as close as possible to the same lev-el as the top of your head and under no cir-cumstances below eye level. Keep the back

of your neck as close as possible to the headrestraint.

Adjusting the head restraint for short peo-pleSet the head restraint in the first anchorageposition, even if your head is below its upperedge. When the head restraint is at its lowest,it is possible that a small gap remains be-tween it and the seat backrest.

Adjusting the head restraint for tall peopleRaise the head restraint completely.

WARNINGTravelling with the head restraints removedor improperly adjusted increases the risk ofsevere or fatal injuries in the event of acci-dents and sudden braking or manoeuvres.● Always fit and adjust the head restraintproperly whenever a person is occupying aseat.● All vehicle occupants must correctly ad-just the head restraint according to theirheight to reduce the risk of back injuries inthe event of an accident. The upper edgeof the head restraint must be as close aspossible to the same level as the top ofyour head and under no circumstances be-low eye level. Keep the back of your neckas close as possible to the head restraint.● Never adjust the head restraint while thevehicle is in motion.

53

Safety

Pedal area

Pedals

Do not allow floor mats or other objects toobstruct the free passage of the pedals.

Floor mats should leave the pedal area freeand unobstructed and be correctly securedin the footwell zone.

In the event of failure of a brake circuit, thebrake pedal must be pressed harder thannormal to brake the vehicle.

WARNINGObjects falling into the driver's footwellcould prevent use of the pedals. This couldlead the driver to lose control of the vehi-cle, increasing the risk of a serious acci-dent.● Make sure the pedals can be used at alltimes, with no objects rolling underneaththem.● Always secure the mat in the footwell.● Never place other mats or rugs on top ofthe original mat supplied by the factory.● Ensure that no objects can fall into thedriver's footwell while the vehicle is in mo-tion.

CAUTIONThe pedals must always have free and un-obstructed passage to the floor. For exam-ple, in case of a fault in the brake circuit,the brake pedal will need to be pressed fur-ther to stop the vehicle. To press the brakepedal down further will require more forcethan usual.

Seat belts

Why wear a set belt

Introduction

Check the condition of all the seat belts atregular intervals. If you notice that the beltwebbing, fittings, retractor mechanism orbuckle of any of the belts is damaged, thebelt must be replaced immediately by a spe-cialised workshop ››› . The specialisedworkshop must use the appropriate spareparts corresponding to the vehicle, the equip-ment and the model year. SEAT recommendstaking your car in for technical service.

WARNINGUnbuckled or badly buckled seat belts in-crease the risk of severe or even fatal inju-ries. The seat belt cannot offer its full pro-tection if it is not fastened and used cor-rectly.● Seat belts are the most effective way ofreducing the risk of sustaining severe or fa-tal injuries in the event of an accident. Seatbelts must be correctly fastened when thevehicle is in motion to protect the driverand all vehicle occupants.● Before each trip, every occupant in thevehicle occupants must sit properly, cor-rectly fasten the seat belt belonging to hisor her seat and keep it fastened throughout

54

Seat belts

the trip. This also applies to other vehicleoccupants when driving in town.● When travelling, children must be se-cured in the vehicle with a child restraintsystem suitable for their weight and heightand with the seat belts correctly fastened››› page 66.● Instruct your passengers to fasten theirseat belts properly before driving off.● Insert the latch plate into the buckle forthe appropriate seat and ensure it is en-gaged. Using the latch plate in the buckleof another seat will not protect you proper-ly and may cause severe injuries.● Do not allow liquids or foreign bodies toenter the buckle fastenings. This coulddamage the buckles and seat belts.● Never unbuckle your seat belt when thevehicle is moving.● Never allow more than one passenger toshare the same seat belt.● Never hold children or babies on your lapsharing the same seat belt.● Bulky and unbuttoned clothing, such as acoat worn over a sweatshirt, impairs theproper fit and function of the seat belt.

WARNINGIt is extremely dangerous to drive usingdamaged seat belts and could result in se-rious injury or loss of life.

● Avoid damaging the seat belt by jammingit in the door or the seat mechanism.● If the fabric or other parts of the seat beltare damaged, the seat belts could break inthe event of an accident or sudden braking.● Always have damaged seat belts re-placed immediately by seat belts ap-proved for the vehicle in question by SEAT.Seat belts which have been worn in an ac-cident and stretched must be replaced bya specialised workshop. Renewal may benecessary even if there is no apparentdamage. The belt anchorage should alsobe checked.● Never attempt to repair, modify or re-move a seat belt yourself. All repairs toseat belts, retractors and buckles must becarried out by a specialised workshop.

Warning lamp

Fig. 68 Warning lamp on the instrument panel

Fig. 69 Indication of seat belt status in the rearseats on the instrument panel display

Lights up or flashes

Driver's seat belt not fastened or front passengerseat belt not fastened if the front passenger seat isoccupied.Fasten your seat belt!

Objects over the passenger seat.Remove any objects from the front passenger seatand store them safely.

It lights up

A passenger in the rear seats has not fastened theirseat belt, if the seat is occupied.*Fasten your seat belt!

It lights up

A passenger in the rear seats has fastened their seatbelt, if the seat is occupied.* »

55

Safety

Several warning and control lamps light upfor a few seconds when the ignition is switch-ed on, signalling that the function is beingverified. They will switch off after a few sec-onds.

An audible warning will be heard if the seatbelts are not fastened as the vehicle drivesoff and reaches a speed of more then25 km/h (15 mph) or if the seat belts are un-fastened while the vehicle is in motion. Theseat belt warning lamp will also flash.

The warning lamp does not switch off untilthe driver and front passenger fasten theirseat belts while the ignition is switched on.

Seat belt status display for rear seatsThe seat belt status display on the instrumentpanel informs the driver, when the ignition isswitched on, whether any passengers in therear seats have fastened their seat belts. The symbol indicates that the passenger in thisseat has fastened “his or her” seat belt››› Fig. 69.

The seat belt status is displayed for around30 seconds when a seat belt in the rear seatsis fastened or unfastened. You can switch offthis display by pressing the 0.0 / SET button.

The seat belt status flashes for a maximum of30 seconds when a seat belt in the rear seatsis unfastened while the vehicle is in motion. Anaudible warning will also be heard if the vehi-cle is travelling at over 25 km/h (15 mph).

The protective function of seatbelts

Fig. 70 Drivers with properly worn seat beltswill not be thrown forward in the event of sud-den braking.

Properly worn seat belts hold the occupantsin the proper position. They also help preventuncontrolled movements that may result inserious injury and reduce the risk of beingthrown out of the vehicle in case of an acci-dent.

Vehicle occupants wearing their seat beltscorrectly benefit greatly from the ability ofthe belts to absorb kinetic energy. In addition,the front part of your vehicle and other pas-sive safety features (such as the airbag sys-tem) are designed to absorb the kinetic ener-gy released in a collision. Taken together, allthese features reduce the releasing kineticenergy and consequently, the risk of injury.This is why it is so important to fasten seat

belts before every trip, even when "just drivingaround the corner".

Ensure that your passengers wear their seatbelts as well. Accident statistics have shownthat wearing seat belts is an effective meansof substantially reducing the risk of injury andimproving the chances of survival when in-volved in a serious accident. Furthermore,properly worn seat belts improve the protec-tion provided by airbags in the event of anaccident. For this reason, wearing a seat beltis required by law in most countries.

Although your vehicle is equipped with air-bags, the seat belts must be fastened andworn. The front airbags, for example, are onlytriggered in some cases of head-on collision.The front airbags will not be triggered duringminor frontal or side collisions, rear-end colli-sions, rollovers or accidents in which the air-bag trigger threshold value in the control unitis not exceeded.

Therefore, you should always wear your seatbelt and ensure that all vehicle occupantshave fastened their seat belts properly beforeyou drive off!

Using seat belts

Twisted seat beltIf it is difficult to remove the seat belt from theguide, the seat belt may have become

56

Seat belts

twisted inside the side trim after being woundtoo quickly on unfastening:

● Pull out the seat belt completely, carefullypulling on the latch plate.● Untwist the belt and guide it back, assistingit by hand.

The seat belt must be fastened even if it is im-possible to untwist it. In this case, the twistedarea must not be in an area in direct contactwith your body. Have the seat belt untwistedurgently by a specialised workshop.

WARNINGAn improperly handled seat belt increasesthe risk of sustaining severe or fatal injuries.● Regularly check that the seat belts andtheir components are in perfect condition.● Always keep your seat belt clean.● Do not jam or damage the seat belt orrub it with sharp edges.● Make sure there are no liquids or foreignbodies on the latch plate and in the buckle.

Head-on collisions and the laws ofphysics

Fig. 71 A driver not wearing a seat belt isthrown forward violently.

Fig. 72 The unbelted passenger in the rearseat is thrown forward violently, hitting the driv-er who is wearing a seat belt.

The effects of the laws of physics in the caseof a head-on collision are easy to explain: themoment a vehicle starts moving, a type of en-

ergy called “kinetic energy” starts acting onboth the vehicle and its passengers.

The amount of “kinetic energy” depends onthe speed of the vehicle and on the weight ofthe vehicle and of its passengers. The higherthe speed and the greater the weight, themore energy there is to be “absorbed” in anaccident.

The most significant factor, however, is thespeed of the vehicle. If the speed doublesfrom 25 km/h (15 mph) to 50 km/h (30 mph),for example, the corresponding kinetic ener-gy is multiplied by four.

Because the vehicle occupants in our exam-ple are not restrained by seat belts, in theevent of crashing against a wall, all of the oc-cupants' kinetic energy will be absorbedsolely by said impact.

Even at speeds of 30 km/h (19 mph) to50 km/h (30 mph), the forces acting on bod-ies in a collision can easily exceed one tonne(1000 kg). At greater speed these forces areeven higher.

Vehicle occupants not wearing seat belts arenot “attached” to the vehicle. In a head-oncollision, they will move forward at the samespeed their vehicle was travelling just beforethe impact. This example applies not only tohead-on collisions, but to all accidents andcollisions. »

57

Safety

Even at low speeds the forces acting on thebody in a collision are so great that it is notpossible to brace oneself with one's hands. Ina frontal collision, unbelted passengers arethrown forward and will make violent contactwith the steering wheel, dash panel, wind-screen or whatever else is in the way››› Fig. 71.

It is also important for rear passengers towear seat belts properly, as they could other-wise be thrown forward violently through thevehicle interior in an accident. Passengers inthe rear seats who do not use seat belts en-danger not only themselves but also the frontoccupants ››› Fig. 72.

How to properly adjust yourseat belt

Fastening and unfastening seatbelt

Fig. 73 Positioning and removing the seat beltbuckle.

Fig. 74 Position of seat belt during pregnancy.

Properly worn seat belts hold the vehicle oc-cupants in the position that most protectsthem in the event of an accident or suddenbraking ››› .

Fastening the seat beltFasten your seat belt before each trip.

● Correctly adjust the front seat ››› page 50.● Engage the seat backrest in the upright po-sition and correctly adjust the hear restraint››› .● Pull the latch plate and place the belt web-bing evenly across your chest and lap. Donot twist the seat belt when doing so ››› .● Engage the latch plate in the buckle of thecorresponding seat ››› Fig. 73 A.● Pull the belt to ensure that the latch plate issecurely engaged in the buckle.

58

Seat belts

Unfastening the seat beltThe seat belt must not be unfastened until thevehicle has come to a standstill ››› .

● Press the red button on the buckle››› Fig. 73 B. The latch plate will come out ofthe buckle.● Guide the belt back by hand so that it rollsup easily and the trim will not be damaged.

Correct seat belt positionSeat belts offer their maximum protection inthe event of an accident and reduce the riskof sustaining severe or fatal injuries only whenthey are properly positioned. Furthermore, ifthe webbing is correctly positioned, the seatbelt will hold the vehicle occupants in the op-timum position to ensure the airbag providesthe maximum protection. The seat belt musttherefore always be worn and the webbingcorrectly positioned.

Incorrectly worn seat belts can cause severeor even fatal injuries ››› page 50, Correctposition of the vehicle occupants.

● The shoulder part of the seat belt must lieon the centre of the shoulder, never acrossthe neck or the arm, under the arm or behindthe shoulder.● The lap part of the seat belt must lie acrossthe pelvis, never across the stomach.

● The seat belt must lie flat and fit comforta-bly. Pull the belt tight if necessary to take upany slack.

In the case of pregnant women, the seat beltmust lie evenly across the chest and as lowas possible over the pelvis, never across thestomach and must be worn properly at alltimes during the pregnancy ››› Fig. 74.

Adapting the position of the belt webbingto your sizeThe seat belt can be adapted using the fol-lowing equipment:

● Front seat height adjustment.

WARNINGAn incorrectly worn seat belt web cancause severe or fatal injuries in the event ofan accident.● The seat belt cannot offer its full protec-tion unless the seat backrest is in an up-right position and the seat belt is worn cor-rectly, according to your size.● Unbuckling your seat belt while the vehi-cle is in motion can cause severe or fatalinjuries in the event of an accident or sud-den braking.● The seat belt itself or a loose seat beltcan cause severe injuries if the belt movesfrom hard areas of the body to soft areas(e.g. the stomach).

● The shoulder part of the seat belt must lieon the centre of the shoulder, never acrossthe neck or the arm.● The seat belt must lie flat and fit comfort-ably on the torso● The lap part of the seat belt must lieacross the pelvis, never across the stom-ach. The seat belt must lie flat and fit com-fortably on the pelvis Pull the belt tight ifnecessary to take up any slack.● For pregnant women, the lap part of theseat belt must lie as low as possible overthe pelvis and always lie flat, “surrounding”the stomach.● Do not twist the seat belt while it is fas-tened.● Never pull the seat belt away from yourbody using your hand.● Do not lie the seat belt across rigid orfragile objects, e.g. glasses, pens or keys.● Never use seat belt clips, retaining ringsor similar instruments to alter the positionof the belt webbing.

NoteIf your physical constitution prevents youfrom maintaining the correct position of thebelt webbing, contact a specialised work-shop for help with any special devices toensure the optimum protection of the seatbelt and airbag. SEAT recommends takingyour car in for technical service.

59

Safety

Seat belt tensioners

Automatic belt retractor, belt ten-sioner, belt tension limiter

Seat belts are part of the vehicle safety con-cept ››› page 61 and consist of the follow-ing important functions:

Automatic belt retainerEvery seat belt is equipped with an automaticbelt retainer on the shoulder belt. If the belt ispulled slowly or during normal driving, thesystem allows for total freedom of movementon the shoulder belt. However, during suddenbraking, during travel in mountains or bendsand during acceleration, the automatic beltretainer on the seat belt is locked is pulledquickly.

Belt tensionersThe seat belts for the occupants in the frontseats are equipped with belt tensioners.

Sensors trigger the belt tensioners during se-vere head-on, lateral and rear collisions andretract and tighten the seat belts. If the seatbelt is loose, it is retracted to reduce the for-wards movement of occupants or movementin the direction of the collision. The belt ten-sioner works in combination with the airbagsystem. The belt tensioner will not be trig-

gered in the event of the vehicle overturning ifthe side airbags are not deployed.

If the belt tensioner is triggered, a fine dust isproduced. This is normal and it is not an indi-cation of fire in the vehicle.

Belt tension limiterThe belt tension limiter reduces the force ofthe seat belt on the body in the event of anaccident.

NoteThe relevant safety requirements must beobserved when the vehicle is dismantled orsystem components are removed. Theserequirements are known to specialisedworkshops ››› page 60.

Service and disposal of belt ten-sion devices

If you work on the belt tensioners or removeand install other parts of the vehicle whenperforming other repair work, the seat beltmay be damaged. The consequence may bethat, in the event of an accident, the belt ten-sioners function incorrectly or not at all.

So that the effectiveness of the belt tensioneris not reduced and that removed parts do notcause any injuries or environmental pollution,

regulations must be observed. These require-ments are known to specialised workshops.

WARNING● Improper use or repairs not carried out byqualified mechanics increase the risk of se-vere or fatal injuries. The belt tensionersmay fail to trigger or may trigger in thewrong circumstances.● Never attempt to repair, adjust, remove orinstall parts of the belt tensioners or seatbelts.● The seat belt tensioner, seat belt and au-tomatic retractor cannot be repaired.● Any work on the belt tensioners and seatbelts, including the removal and refitting ofsystem parts in conjunction with other re-pair work, must be performed by a special-ised workshop only.● The belt tensioners will only provide pro-tection for one accident and must bechanged if they have been activated.

For the sake of the environmentAirbag modules and belt tensioners maycontain perchlorate. Observe the legal re-quirements for their disposal.

60

Airbag system

Airbag system

Brief introduction

Introduction

Front airbags have been installed for bothdriver and passenger. The front airbags canalso protect the chest and head of driver andpassenger if the seats, seat belts head re-straints and, for the driver, the steering wheelare correctly adjusted and used. Airbags areconsidered as additional safety equipment.An airbag cannot replace the seat belt, whichmust be worn at all times, even in front seatswhere front airbags have been installed.

The airbag can protect vehicle occupants inthe event of an accidents, cushioning themovement of the occupants in the directionof the collision in frontal and side accidents.

Deployed airbags fill with a propellant gas.This causes the airbag covers to break andthe airbags to deploy extremely quickly intheir entire deployment space within frac-tions of a second. When an occupant with theseat belt properly fastened puts pressure onthe inflated airbag, the propellant gas es-capes to absorb the force of the impact andslow the movement. This reduces the risk ofsevere or fatal injuries. Airbag deploymentdoes not mean that other types of injury suchas swelling, bruising and skin injuries can be

ruled out. Upon deployment of the airbag,friction can cause the generation of heat.

Airbags do not protect the arms or the lowerpart of the body.

The most important factors for triggering theairbag are the type of accident, the angle ofimpact, the vehicle speed and the character-istics of the object the vehicle hits. Therefore,airbags are not triggered every time the vehi-cle is visibly damaged.

The activation of the airbag system dependson the magnitude of the deceleration of thevehicle caused by a collision, which registersthrough an electronic control unit. If the de-celeration magnitude value is below the ref-erence value programmed in the control unit,the airbags will not deploy even though seri-ous damage might be caused to the vehicleas the result of an accident. Damage suf-fered by the vehicle, reparation costs or ab-sence of damage suffered from the accidentare not indications of whether an airbagshould have been deployed. Due to the vary-ing nature of collision situations, it is impossi-ble to define a speed range of the vehicleand reference values. For this reason, it is notpossible to cover all types of collisions andcollision angles resulting in the deployment ofthe airbag. Factors necessary for the airbagto be deployed can be, the characteristics ofthe object (hard or soft) against which the ve-hicle collides, the collision angle and the ve-hicle speed.

Airbags act in conjunction with the three-point seat belts in certain accident situations,when the vehicle deceleration rate is severeenough to trigger the airbags. Airbags onlydeploy once and only under certain circum-stances. Seat belts remain present to offerprotection in situations where airbags are nottriggered or where they have already de-ployed. For example, when a vehicle hits an-other after an initial collision or is hit by an-other vehicle.

The airbag system is an integral part of thecar's passive safety system. The airbag sys-tem can only work effectively when the vehi-cle occupants are wearing their seat beltscorrectly and have adjusted the head re-straints properly ››› page 50.

WARNINGNever exclusively trust the airbag systemas a means of protection.● Even when triggered, airbag protection isonly auxiliary.● The airbags provide the best protectionwhen the seat belts are properly fastened,thus reducing the risk of sustaining injuries››› page 54, Why wear a set belt.● Before each trip, every occupant must sitproperly, correctly fasten the seat belt be-longing to his or her seat and keeping it fas-tened throughout the trip. This rule is validfor all vehicle occupants. »

61

Safety

WARNINGOccupants sitting in the front of the vehiclemust never carry any objects in the deploy-ment space between them and the airbags,as this increases the risk of sustaining inju-ries if the airbag is triggered. This modifiesthe airbag deployment space or the ob-jects may fly uncontrollably and hit yourbody.● Never carry objects in your hand or onyour lap while the vehicle is in motion.● Never transport objects on the front pas-senger seat. In the event of sudden brakingand manoeuvres, the objects may end up inthe airbag deployment space and fly un-controllably around the interior if the air-bag is activated.● Occupants of the front and rear seatsmust never carry any other people, pets orobjects in the deployment space betweenthem and the airbags. Make sure childrenand other passengers also respect thisrecommendation.

WARNINGThe airbag system provides protection forone accident only. If they have been de-ployed, they must be replaced.● Ensure deployed airbags and the systemcomponents involved are immediately re-placed with new, SEAT-approved compo-nents for the vehicle.

● Have any repairs or modifications carriedout at a specialised workshop. Specialisedworkshops have the necessary tools, diag-nostics equipment, repair information andqualified personnel.● Never fit recycled or reused airbag com-ponents in your vehicle.● Never modify the airbag system compo-nents.

WARNINGIf the airbags are triggered, a fine dust isproduced. This is normal and it is not an in-dication of fire in the vehicle.● This fine dust may irritate the skin andeyes and cause breathing difficulties, par-ticularly in people suffering from or whohave suffered from asthma or other illness-es of the respiratory tract. To reducebreathing difficulties, get out of the vehicleand open and doors and windows to breathin fresh air.● Should you touch the dust, wash yourhands and face using a mild soap and wa-ter before you eat.● Prevent the dust from affecting the eyesor open wounds.● Rinse your eyes with water if you havedust in them.

WARNINGSolvents cause the surfaces of the airbagmodules to become porous. If an airbag isaccidentally triggered, the detachment ofplastic parts could cause serious injury.● Never clean the dash panel and the sur-faces of the airbag modules with cleanerscontaining solvents.

Description of airbag system

Vehicle safety componentsThe following safety equipment makes up thevehicle safety design to reduce the risk of se-vere and fatal injuries. Depending on the ve-hicle equipment, some equipment may notbe fitted in the vehicle or may not be availa-ble in some markets.

● Optimised seat belts for all seats.● Seat belt tension devices for driver andpassenger.● Seat belt force limiters for driver and pas-senger.● Seat belt warning lamp● Front airbags for driver and passenger.● Side airbags for driver and passenger.● Airbag control lamp .● Control units and sensors.

62

Airbag system

● Head restraints optimised for rear-end colli-sion.● Adjustable steering column.● If necessary, anchor points for child seatsfor the rear seats.● Where applicable, mountings for the childseat upper retaining strap.

Situations in which the front and side air-bags do not deploy:● If the ignition is switched off during the colli-sion.● In frontal collisions, when the decelerationmeasured by the control unit is too low.● In minor side collisions.● In rear collisions.● In the event of the vehicle overturning.● When the impact speed is lower than thereference value set in the control unit.

There is a fault in the system if the controllamp :● does not light up when the ignition isswitched on,● turns off after 4 seconds after the ignition isswitched on,● turns off and then lights up again after theignition is switched on,● illuminates or flashes while the vehicle ismoving.

WARNING● The seat belts and airbags can only pro-vide maximum protection if the occupantsare seated correctly ››› page 50.● If a fault has occurred in the airbag sys-tem, have the system checked immediatelyby a specialised workshop. Otherwise, dur-ing a frontal collision the system might nottrigger correctly or may fail to trigger at all.

Airbag activation

The airbags deploy extremely rapidly, withinthousandths of a second, to provide addition-al protection in the event of an accident. Afine dust may develop when the airbag de-ploys. This is normal and it is not an indicationof fire in the vehicle.

The airbag system is only ready to functionwhen the ignition is on.

In special accidents instances, several air-bags may activate at the same time.

In the event of minor head-on and side colli-sions, rear-end collisions, overturning or roll-over of the vehicle, airbags do not activate.

Activation factorsThe conditions that lead to the airbag systemactivating in each situation cannot be gener-alised. Some factors play an important role,

such as the properties of the object the vehi-cle hits (hard/soft), angle of impact, vehiclespeed, etc.

Deceleration trajectory is key for airbag acti-vation.

The control unit analyses the collision trajec-tory and activates the respective restraintsystem.

If the deceleration rate is below the prede-fined reference value in the control unit theairbags will not be triggered, even though theaccident may cause extensive damage to thecar.

The following airbags are triggered in seri-ous head-on collisions● Driver airbag.● Front passenger front airbag

The following airbags are triggered in seri-ous side-on collisions● Front side airbag on the side of the acci-dent.● Rear side airbag on the side of the acci-dent.

In an accident with airbag activation:● the interior lights switch on (if the interiorlight switch is in the courtesy light position);● the hazard warning lights switch on; »

63

Safety

● all doors are unlocked;● the fuel supply to the engine is cut.

Airbag safety instructions

Front airbags


WARNINGThe airbag is deployed at high speed infractions of a second.● Always keep the deployment areas of thefront airbags vacant.● Never secure objects to the covers or inthe deployment area of the airbag mod-ules, e.g. drink holders or phone supports.● The deployment space between the frontpassengers and the airbags must not inany case be occupied by other passenger,pets and objects.● Never fix any object to the windscreenabove the front airbag on the front passen-ger side.● Do not alter, cover or stick anything tothe steering wheel hub or the surface of theairbag module on the passenger side of thedash panel.

WARNINGFront airbags are deployed in front of thesteering wheel and the instrument panel.● When driving, always hold the steeringwheel with both hands on the outside partat the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions.● Adjust the driver seat so that there is adistance of at least 25 cm (10 inches) be-tween the centre of your chest and the hubof the steering wheel. If your physical con-stitution prevents you from meeting theserequirements, make sure you contact aspecialised workshop.● Adjust the front passenger seat so thereis as much distance as possible betweenthe front passenger and the dash panel.

Side airbags*


WARNINGThe airbag is deployed at high speed infractions of a second.● Always keep the deployment areas of theside airbags vacant.● The deployment space between the frontpassengers and the airbags must not inany case be occupied by other passenger,pets and objects.

● Do not mount accessories on the doors.● Only used protective covers for the seatsthat are approved for the vehicle. Other-wise, the side airbag would be obstructedwhen deployed.

WARNINGIncorrect handling of the driver's and frontpassenger seat could prevent the side air-bag from deploying properly and cause se-vere injuries.● Never remove the front seats of the vehi-cle or modify any of their components.● Great forces must not be exerted on theseat backrest bolsters because the sideairbags might not deploy correctly, mightnot deploy at all or might deploy unexpect-edly.● Any damage to the original seat uphols-tery or around the seams of the side airbagunits must be repaired immediately by aspecialised workshop.

64

Airbag system

Deactivating airbags

Control lamps

Fig. 75 Control lamp for disabling the frontpassenger front airbag on the dash panel

It lights up on the combi-instru-ment

Fault in airbag system and seat belt tensioners.Have the system checked immediately by a special-ised workshop.

It lights up on the dash panel

Fault in airbag system.Have the system checked immediately by a special-ised workshop.

Front passenger front airbag disabled.Check whether the airbag should remain disabled.

Several warning and control lamps light upfor a few seconds when the ignition is switch-

ed on, signalling that the function is beingverified. They will switch off after a few sec-onds.

If the front passenger airbag is deactivated,the lamp does not re-main lit, or if it is lit together with the controllamp on the instrument panel, there maybe a fault in the airbag system ››› .

WARNINGIn the event of a fault in the airbag system,the airbag may not trigger correctly, mayfail to trigger or may even trigger unex-pectedly, leading to severe or fatal injuries.● Have the airbag system checked immedi-ately by a specialised workshop.● Never mount a child seat in the front pas-senger seat or remove the mounted childseat! The front passenger front airbag maydeploy during an accident in spite of thefault.

CAUTIONAlways pay attention to any lit controllamps and to the corresponding descrip-tions and instructions to avoid damage tothe vehicle.

Manual disabling and enabling ofthe front passenger front airbagwith the key switch

Fig. 76 On the passenger side: switch to acti-vate and deactivate the front passenger air-bag.

Read the additional information carefully››› page 17

Activating the front passenger front air-bag● Switch the ignition off.● Open the door on the front passenger side.● Unfold the vehicle key blade ››› page 92.● Using the vehicle key, turn the key switch toON ››› Fig. 76.● Close the door on the front passenger side.● Check that, with the ignition switched on,the control lamp on thedash panel is not lit up ››› page 65. »

65

Safety

How to know whether the front passengerfront airbag is disabledThe only indication of the front passengerairbag being disabled is that the control lamp on the dash panel re-mains lit ( stays yellow) ››› page 65.

If the control lamp on the dash paneldoes not remain lit or is lit in combinationwith the control lamp on the instrumentpanel, a child restraint system cannot bemounted on the front passenger seat forsafety reasons. The front passenger front air-bag may deploy during an accident.

WARNINGThe front passenger front airbag must onlybe disabled in special cases.● Disable and activate the front passengerfront airbag when the ignition is switchedoff to avoid damage to the airbag system.● It is the driver's responsibility to ensurethat the key operated switch is set to thecorrect position.● Only disable the front passenger frontairbag when a child seat is to be mountedunder exceptional circumstances.● As soon as the child seat is no longerneeded on the front passenger seat, recon-nect the front passenger front airbag.

Transporting childrensafely

Safety for children

Introduction

Before transporting babies and children in achild seat placed in the front passenger seat,first completely read the information regard-ing the airbag system.

This information is extremely important fordriver and passenger safety, particularly thatof babies and children.

SEAT recommends the use of child seats fromthe SEAT accessory programme. These childseats have been designed and tested for usein SEAT vehicles. You can purchase childseats with different mountings from a SEATdealership.

WARNINGMake sure children are properly belted inand correctly secured to avoid severe orfatal injuries while the vehicle is in motion.● Never use a rear-facing child seat in thefront passenger seat if the front passengerfront airbag is enabled.● Children up to 12 years old should alwaystravel on the rear seat.

● Children must always be protected withan approved child restraint system suitedto their height and weight.● Children must assume the proper sittingposition and be properly belted in whiletravelling.● Ensure the seat backrest is upright whena child seat is being used on it.● Do not allow the child's head or otherpart of his or her body to enter the deploy-ment area of the side airbags.● Make sure the belt webbing is correctlypositioned.● Never hold children or babies on your lapor in your arms.● Only one child may occupy a child seat.● Please read and observe the child seatmanufacturer's handling instructions.

WARNINGAn empty or loose child seat could fly un-controllably around the vehicle interior andcause injuries in the event of an accident orsudden braking.● When not in use while the vehicle is inmotion, always safely secure the child seator store it in the luggage compartment.

NoteReplace the child seat after an accident,as it may have invisible damage.

66

Transporting children safely

Important information regardingthe front passenger's airbag


Read and always observe the safety informa-tion included in the following chapters:

● Safety distance with respect to the passen-ger airbag ››› in Introduction on page 61.● Objects between the passenger and thepassenger side airbag ››› in Front airbagson page 64.

The passenger side front airbag, when ena-bled, is a serious risk for a child that is facingbackward since the airbag can strike the seatwith such force that it can cause serious orfatal injuries. Children up to 12 years oldshould always travel on the rear seat.

Therefore we strongly recommend you totransport children on the rear seats. This isthe safest location in the vehicle. Alternative-ly, the front passenger airbag can be disa-bled with a key-operated switch ››› page 65.When transporting children, use a child seatsuitable for the age and size of each child››› page 68.

WARNING● If a child seat is secured to the front pas-senger seat, the risk to the child of sustain-

ing critical or fatal injuries in the event of anaccident increases.● An inflating front passenger airbag canstrike the rear-facing child seat and projectit with great force against the door, the roofor the backrest.● Never install a child seat facing back-wards on the front passenger seat unlessthe front passenger front airbag has beendisabled. Risk of potentially fatal injuries tothe child! However, if it is necessary, in ex-ceptional cases, to transport a child in thefront passenger seat, the front passengerfront airbag must always be disabled››› page 65. If the passenger seat has aheight adjustment option, move it to thehighest, most upright position. If you have afixed seat, do not install any child restraintsystem in this location.● For those vehicles that do not include akey lock switch to deactivate the airbag,the vehicle must be taken to a technicalservice.● All vehicle occupants, especially chil-dren, must assume the proper sitting posi-tion and be properly belted in while travel-ling.● Never hold children or babies on your lap,this can result in potentially fatal injuries tothe child!● Never allow a child to be transported in avehicle without being properly secured, orto stand up or kneel on a seat while travel-ling. In an accident, the child could be flung

through the vehicle, causing possibly fatalinjuries to themselves and to the other vehi-cle occupants.● If children assume an improper sitting po-sition when the vehicle is moving, they ex-pose themselves to greater risk of injury inthe event of a sudden braking manoeuvreor in an accident. This is particularly impor-tant if the child is travelling on the frontpassenger seat and the airbag system istriggered in an accident; as this couldcause serious injury or even death.● A suitable child seat can protect yourchild!● Never leave a child alone in the child seator inside the vehicle because depending onthe season, very high temperatures may bereached inside a parked vehicle, whichcould be fatal.● Children who are less than 1.5 metres tallmust not wear a normal seat belt without achild seat, as this could cause injuries tothe abdominal and neck areas during asudden braking manoeuvre or in an acci-dent.● Do not allow the seat belt to becometwisted and the seat belt should be proper-ly in place ››› page 54.● Only one child may occupy a child seat››› page 68.● When a child seat is mounted in the rearseats, the door child-proof lock should beactivated ››› page 98.

67

Safety

Child seats

Safety instructions


WARNINGThe lower anchor points for child seats donot include rings. Only secure boosterseats to lower anchor points.

WARNINGChild seats with lower anchor points andwith an upper retaining strap must be in-stalled in line with the manufacturer's in-structions. Failure to comply could result insevere injuries.● Always secure just one retaining strap toa child seat with the luggage compartmentretaining ring.● Always use the correct retaining rings forthe retaining strap.● Never secure the retaining strap to a re-tainer.

WARNINGIn general, the rear seat is always the saf-est place for children, who are belted cor-rectly, in the event of an accident.

● A suitable child seat that is correctly in-stalled and used on one of the rear seatsoffer the most protection possible for ba-bies and children up to 12 years in most ac-cidents.

WARNINGUnbuckling the seat belt while the vehicleis in motion can cause severe or fatal inju-ries in the event of an accident or suddenbraking.● The seat belt must not be unfastened un-til the vehicle has come to a standstill.

CAUTION● To avoid making permanent marks in thepadding, remove the auxiliary introductionelements from the anchor points when thechild seat is not installed in the vehicle an-chor points.● To prevent damage being done to the up-holstery, the padding or the auxiliary intro-duction elements, always remove the auxil-iary introduction elements from the anchorpoints before folding the rear seat bench.

General information on transport-ing children in the vehicle


Legal regulations and provisions will alwaystake priority over the descriptions of this in-struction manual. There are different regula-tions and provisions for the use of child seatsand their mountings (››› table on page 69).In some countries, for example, the use ofchild seats on certain seats in the vehiclemay be forbidden.

The physical principles and the forces actingon the vehicle in the event of a collision orother type of accidents also apply to children››› page 54. However, unlike adults andyoungsters, children do not have fully devel-oped muscle and bone structures. In theevent of an accident, children are subject to agreater risk than adults of sustaining severeinjuries.

Given that children's bodies are not yet fullydeveloped, child restraint systems must beused that are especially adapted to theirheight, weight and constitution. There arelaws in force in many countries that indicatethe use of approved seat systems for trans-porting babies and children.

Only used authorised, approved child seatsthat are suitable for the vehicle. Always con-sult with a SEAT dealership or a Specialisedworkshop should you have any doubts.

68

Transporting children safely

Specific child seat regulations for eachcountry (selection)Child seats must comply with the ECE-R 441)

regulation. You can get additional informationby consulting your SEAT dealership or at theinternet address www.seat.es.

Categorisation of child seats according toECE-R 44

Weightcategory

Weight ofthe child Age

Group 0 up to 10 kg up to approx. 9months

Group 0+ up to 13 kg up to approx. 18months

Group 1 9 to 18 kg approx. 8 months to31/2 years

Group 2 15 to 25 kg 3 to 7 years approx.

Group 3 22 to 36 kg 6 to 12 years approx.

Not all children fit in the seat of their weightgroup. Nor do all seats adapt to the vehicle.Therefore, always check whether the child fits

properly in the child seat and whether theseat can be installed safely in the vehicle.

Child seats approved under the ECE-R 44regulation are fitted with the correspondingapproval symbol. The sign is an upper-case Ein a circle with the identification number be-low it.

Use of the child seat on the frontpassenger seat2)

Transporting children on the front passengerseat is not permitted in all countries. Further-more, not all child seats are approved for useon the front passenger seat. Your SEAT deal-ership has an updated list of all approvedchild seats. Only used child seats that areapproved for each vehicle.

The front airbag on the front passenger sideis highly dangerous for a child. The front pas-senger seat is life-threatening to a child if heor she is transported in a rear-facing childseat.

If a rear-facing child seat is secured to thefront passenger seat, an inflating front airbag

can strike it with such great force that severeor fatal injuries may result ››› . Therefore,rear-facing child seats must never be placedon the front passenger seat when the frontpassenger front airbag is enabled.

Only use a rear-facing child seat on the frontpassenger seat if the front passenger frontairbag is disabled. When it is disabled, theyellow control lamp on the dash panel will be lit up ››› page 61.If you cannot disable the front passengerfront airbag and it remains activated, it isforbidden to transport children on thefront passenger seat ››› .

Things to note if using a child seat on thefront passenger seat:● The front passenger front airbag must bedisabled when using a rear-facing childseat ››› page 61.● The seat backrest of the front passengerseat must be upright.● The front passenger seat must be movedas far back as possible.● A height-adjustable front passenger seatmust be raised to its highest point. »

1) ECE-R: Economic Comission for Europe Regu-lation.2) Compliance with current national legislationand the manufacturer's instructions is requiredwhen using or installing child seats.

69

Safety

Suitable child seatsThe child seat must be authorised by themanufacturer especially for use on a frontpassenger seat with a front or side airbag.

Universal seats for children can be fitted inthe front passenger seat, in groups 0, 0+, 1, 2or 3 according to the ECE-R 44 regulation.

WARNINGIf a child seat is mounted on the front pas-senger seat, the risk of the child sustainingsevere or fatal injuries in the event of an ac-cident increases. Rear-facing child seatsmust never be mounted on the front pas-senger seat when the front passenger frontairbag is enabled. This is life-threatening tothe child should the front airbag deploy, asthe child seat would be struck by the infla-ted airbag and thrown against the seatbackrest.

WARNINGIf, in exceptional circumstances, a childmust be transported in a rear-facing childseat on the front passenger seat, strictlyobserve the following:● Always disable the front passenger frontairbag and leave it disabled.● The child seat must be approved by themanufacturer for use on a front passengerseat with front and side airbag.

● Follow the installation instructions of thechild seat manufacturer and observe thewarnings.● Move the front passenger seat as farback as possible and adjust it to its highestposition to keep as far away as possiblefrom the front airbag.● Move the seat backrest to the upright po-sition.● Children must always be protected withan approved child restraint system suitedto their height and weight.

Use of the child seat on the rearseat

If a child seat is mounted on the rear seat,adapt the position of the front passengerseat so that the child has enough space.Therefore, adapt the front passenger seat tothe size of the child seat and the height of thechild. Ensure the passenger is in the correctposition ››› page 50.

Suitable child seatsThe manufacturer must authorise the childseat for use in the rear seats with side air-bags.

Universal seats for children can be fitted inthe passenger seat, in groups 0, 0+, 1, 2 or 3according to the ECE-R 44 regulation.

The rear seats are suitable for child seats withthe ISOFIX system specially designed for thistype of vehicle in accordance with regulationECE-R 44.

ISOFIX child seats approved for rear seatsISOFIX child seats are divided into the follow-ing certified categories: “universal”, “semi-universal” or “specific categories for the vehi-cle”.

● If the ISOFIX child seat is certified “univer-sal”, it must be supported by the lower an-chor points and the Top Tether retainingstrap.● If the ISOFIX child seat is certified “semi-uni-versal” or “specific categories for the vehi-cle”, check that the child seat is certified forthe vehicle before employing it. The childseat manufacturer supplies, in addition to theISOFIX child seat, a list of vehicles for whichthe corresponding ISOFIX child seat has beencertified. If necessary, contact the child seatmanufacturer for an updated list of vehicles.

70

Self-help

Emergencies

Self-help

In case of emergency

First aid kit, warning triangle andfire extinguishers*

Fig. 77 In the boot: storage compartment forthe warning triangle

Warning triangleIn some vehicle equipment it is possible tostore the warning triangle model shown in astorage compartment of the luggage com-partment ››› Fig. 77.

First-aid kitThe first aid kit must comply with legal re-quirements. Check the expiry date of thecontents of the first aid kit.

Fire extinguisherA fire extinguisher can be stored in a holder inthe passenger seat footwell.

The fire extinguisher must conform to legalrequirements, be ready for use and bechecked regularly. Check the certificationseal on the extinguisher.

WARNINGLoose objects in the vehicle interior can beviolently thrown in case of a sudden ma-noeuvre or braking and especially in acci-dents causing serious injury.● Secure or store fire extinguishers, first aidkit, reflective vests and warning trianglesecurely in the vehicle.

Vehicle tool kit*

Introduction

When securing the vehicle in case of a break-down, please note the legal requirements foreach country.

Vehicle tool kitFor vehicles with a factory-fitted spare wheelor temporary spare wheel, in addition to win-ter wheels, the luggage compartment maycontain additional vehicle tools ››› page 72.

WARNINGWhen the vehicle tool kit, tyre mobility setand spare wheel are loose in the interiorthey can be violently thrown in case of asudden manoeuvre or braking and espe-cially in accidents, causing serious injury.● Ensure that the vehicle tool kit, the tyremobility set and the spare wheel or tempo-rary spare wheel are safely secured in theluggage compartment.

WARNINGUnsuitable or damaged vehicle tools cancause injury or accidents.● Never work with inappropriate or dam-aged tools.

71

Emergencies

Location

Fig. 78 In the boot: carpet raised.

The vehicle tool kit, spare wheel, temporaryspare wheel and the tyre mobility set arestored in the luggage compartment underthe carpeted floor panel ››› Fig. 78.

● If necessary, remove the boot variable floor››› page 123.● Raise the carpet at the recess (arrow)››› Fig. 78.

NoteAfter use, return the jack to its initial posi-tion using the handle in order to securelystore it in the vehicle.

Accessing the vehicle tool kit andtyre mobility system in vehicles fit-ted with the SEAT SOUND 7 speakersystem (with subwoofer)*

● Open the boot hatch and lift the shelf.● If necessary, remove the boot variable floor››› page 125.● Lift up the carpet from the recess and re-move it from the luggage compartment.● Disconnect the subwoofer’s speaker cable.● Completely remove the hand-controlledwheel from the centre of the subwooferspeaker by turning it anti-clockwise.● Take out the subwoofer, which is on top ofthe tools and tyre mobility system.● When finished, place the tools and systemback in the same way and place as before toensure the speaker sits properly in its housing.● Place the subwoofer in the direction of thearrow and with the word “FRONT” facing for-ward.● Reconnect the speaker cable and firmly ro-tate the securing wheel clockwise so that thesubwoofer is firmly in place.

Components

Fig. 79 Components of the vehicle tool kit

The vehicle tool kit depends on the vehicleequipment. The following is a description fora vehicle with all options.

Individual elements of the vehicle tool kit››› Fig. 79

Screwdriver with hexagon socket in thehandle for screwing and unscrewing thewheel bolts. The screwdriver bit is inter-changeable. The screwdriver may befound underneath the wheel spanner.Adapter for anti-theft bolt. SEAT recom-mend you carry the wheel bolt adapter inthe vehicle tool kit at all times. The codenumber of the anti-theft wheel bolt isstamped on the front of the adapter. In

1

2

72

Self-help

case it is lost, another adapter can be or-dered using this number. Note the anti-theft bolt code for the wheels and keep itin a place other than the vehicle.Towline anchorage, removable.Wire hook for pulling off the wheel cover,integral hubcaps and the wheel boltcaps.Jack. Before storing the jack in the tool kit,fold its hook. The crank must then be fol-ded tight against the side of the jack inorder for it to be safely stored.Wheel spanner.Wheel bolt cap clips.

NoteThe jack does not generally require anymaintenance. If required, it should begreased using universal type grease.

Changing a wheel

Introduction


Some vehicle versions and models do nothave a factory-fitted jack or box spanner. Inthis case, we recommend consulting a Speci-alised workshop to change the wheel.

3

4

5

6

7

You should only change the wheels yourself ifthe vehicle is parked in a safe place, you arefamiliar with the procedure and safety stand-ards and you have all the necessary tools!Otherwise, you should seek professional as-sistance.

WARNINGChanging a wheel can be dangerous, es-pecially on the hard shoulder. Please ob-serve the following rules to minimise therisk of injury:● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possi-ble. Park at a safe distance from surround-ing traffic to change a wheel.● When changing a wheel, keep all pas-sengers, and particularly children, a safedistance away from the work area.● Turn on the hazard warning lights to warnother road users.● Ensure the ground on which you park isflat and solid. If necessary, support thejack on a wide solid base.● If you are changing a wheel yourself, youshould be familiar with the required proce-dure. Otherwise, you should seek profes-sional assistance.● Only use suitable tools that are not dam-aged when changing a wheel.● Always stop the engine, apply the hand-brake lever firmly and place the selectorlever in position N, or engage a gear for a

manual gearbox to reduce the risk of thevehicle moving accidentally.● Have the tightening torque of the wheelbolts checked as soon as possible with areliable torque wrench.

WARNINGIf the wheel trims are not appropriate or notfitted correctly, they could cause majoraccidents or damage.● Incorrectly mounted wheel trims maycome off while driving and endanger otherroad users.● Damaged trims must never be mountedon the wheels.● Always ensure that the brake ventilationand cooling is not cut off or blocked. This isalso valid if hubcaps are fitted later. If thereis not enough air, you may require signifi-cantly longer braking distances.

CAUTIONRemove and remount wheel trims takingcare to avoid damage to the vehicle.

73

Emergencies

Tyre repair

TMS (Tyre Mobility System)*


The Anti-puncture kit* (Tyre Mobility System)will reliably seal punctures caused by thepenetration of a foreign body of up to about4 mm in diameter. Do not remove foreignobjects, e.g. screws or nails, from the tyre.

After inserting the sealant residue in the tyre,you must again check the tyre pressureabout 10 minutes after starting the engine.

You should only use the tyre mobility set if thevehicle is parked in a safe place, you are fa-miliar with the procedure and you have thenecessary tyre mobility set! Otherwise, youshould seek professional assistance.

Do not use the tyre sealant in the followingcases:● If the wheel rim has been damaged.● In outside temperatures below -20°C(-4°F).● In the event of cuts or perforations in thetyre greater than 4 mm.● If you have been driving with very low pres-sure or a completely flat tyre.

● If the sealant bottle has passed its use bydate.

WARNINGUsing the tyre mobility system can be dan-gerous, especially when filling the tyre atthe roadside. Please observe the followingrules to minimise the risk of injury:● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possi-ble. Park it at a safe distance from sur-rounding traffic to fill the tyre.● Ensure the ground on which you park isflat and solid.● All passengers and particularly childrenmust keep a safe distance from the workarea.● Turn on the hazard warning lights to warnother road users.● Use the tyre mobility system only if youare familiar with the necessary procedures.Otherwise, you should seek professionalassistance.● The tyre mobility set is intended for tem-porary emergency use only until you canreach the nearest specialised workshop.● Replace the repaired tyre with the tyremobility set as soon as possible.● The sealant is a health hazard and mustbe cleaned immediately if it comes intocontact with the skin.● Always keep the tyre mobility set out ofthe reach of small children.

● Never use an equivalent jack, even if ithas been approved for your vehicle.● Always stop the engine, apply the hand-brake lever firmly and engage gear if usinga manual gearbox, in order to reduce therisk of vehicle involuntary movement.

WARNINGA tyre filled with sealant does not have thesame performance properties as a conven-tional tyre.● Never drive faster than 80 km/h(50 mph).● Avoid heavy acceleration, hard brakingand fast cornering.● Drive for only 10 minutes at a maximumspeed of 80 km/h (50 mph) and then checkthe tyre.

For the sake of the environmentDispose of used or expired sealant observ-ing any legal requirements.

Note● A new bottle of sealant can be purchasedat SEAT dealerships.● Take into account the separate instruc-tion manual of the tyre mobility set* manu-facturer.

74

Self-help

Contents of the tyre mobility sys-tem*

Fig. 80 Standard display: contents of the anti-puncture kit.

The anti-puncture kit is located underneaththe floor covering in the luggage compart-ment. It includes the following components››› Fig. 80:

Tyre valve removerSticker indicating maximum speed “max.80 km/h” or “max. 50 mph”Filler tube with capAir compressor

1

2

3

4

Tube for inflating tyresWarning provided by tyre pressure moni-toring system1)

Air bleed screw2)

ON/OFF switch12 volt connectorBottle of sealantSpare tyre valve

The valve insert remover 1 has a gap atthe lower end for a valve insert. The valve in-sert can only be screwed or unscrewed in thisway. This also applies to its replacement part11 .

WARNINGWhen inflating the wheel, the air compres-sor and the inflator tube may become hot.● Protect hands and skin from hot parts.● Do not place the hot flexible inflator tubeor hot air compressor on flammable mate-rial.● Allow them to cool before storing the de-vice.● If it is not possible to inflate the tyre to atleast 2.0 bars (29 psi / 200 kPa), the tyre istoo badly damaged. The sealant is not in a

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

good condition to seal the tyre. Do not con-tinue driving. Seek specialist assistance.

CAUTIONSwitch off the air compressor after a maxi-mum of 8 operational minutes to avoidoverheating! Before switching on the aircompressor again, let it cool for several mi-nutes.

Check after 10 minutes of driving

Screw in the inflator tube ››› Fig. 80 5 againand check the pressure on the gauge 6 .

1.3 bar (19 psi / 130 kPa) and lower:● Stop the vehicle! The tyre cannot besealed sufficiently with the tyre mobility set.● You should obtain professional assistance››› .

1.4 bar (20 psi / 140 kPa) and higher:● Set the tyre pressure to the correct valueagain ››› page 207.● Carefully resume your journey until youreach the nearest specialised workshop with-out exceeding 80 km/h (50 mph). »

1) It can also be integrated in the compressor.2) In its place, the compressor may have a button.

75

Emergencies

● Have the damaged tyre replaced.

WARNINGDriving with an unsealed tyre is dangerousand can cause accidents and serious in-jury.● Do not continue driving if the tyre pres-sure is 1.3 bar (19 psi / 130 kPa) and lower.● Seek specialist assistance.

Changing the windscreenwiper blades

Changing the windscreen and rearwindow wiper blades


The windscreen wiper blades are supplied asstandard with a layer of graphite. This layer isresponsible for ensuring that the wipe is silent.If the graphite layer is damaged, the noise ofthe water as it is wiped across the windscreenwill be louder.

Check the condition of the wiper blades reg-ularly. If the wipers scrape across the glassthey should be changed if they are dam-aged, or cleaned if they are dirty ››› .

Damaged wiper blades should be replacedimmediately. These are available from quali-fied workshops.

WARNINGWorn or dirty windscreen wiper blades re-duce visibility and increase the risk of acci-dent and serious injury.● Always replace damaged or worn wind-screen wiper blades or blades that no lon-ger clean the windscreen properly.

CAUTION● Damaged or dirty windscreen wiperscould scratch the glass.● If products containing solvents, roughsponges or sharp objects are used to cleanthe blades, the graphite layer will be dam-aged.● Never use fuel, nail varnish remover, paintthinner or similar products to clean the win-dows.

CAUTION● To prevent damage to the bonnet and thewiper arms, only leave them in the serviceposition.● Before driving, always lower the wiperarms.

NoteIf wax deposits, other cleaning productsfrom the automatic car wash, or other careproducts, are left on the windscreen andthe rear window, the blades can scratchthe glass. Remove wax deposits with a spe-cial product or cleaning cloths.

Tow-starting and towing

Instructions for tow-starting


When towing or tow starting, respect the le-gal requirements.

For technical reasons, it is not possible totow a vehicle if the battery is flat.

In general, the vehicle should not be star-ted by towing. Jump-starting is much morepreferable ››› page 45.

For technical reasons, the following vehiclescan not be tow started:

● Vehicles with an automatic gearbox.● If the vehicle battery is flat, it is possible thatthe engine control unit does not operate cor-rectly.

76

Self-help

However, if your vehicle must absolutelybe tow-started (manual gearbox):● Put it into second or third gear.● Keep the clutch pressed down.● Switch on the ignition and the hazard warn-ing lights.● Release the clutch when both vehicles aremoving.● As soon as the engine starts, press theclutch and move the gear lever into neutral.This helps to prevent a collision with the tow-ing vehicle.

WARNINGA vehicle with a flat battery should neverbe towed.● Never remove the key from the ignitionlock. Otherwise, the steering wheel lockcould suddenly lock. The vehicle would notbe controlled and a serious accident couldensue.

WARNINGWhen towing the vehicle, the handling andbraking efficiency change considerably.Please observe the following instructionsto minimise the risk of serious accidentsand injury:● As the driver of the vehicle being towed:– The brake must be depressed must

harder as the brake servo does not op-

erate. Always remain aware to avoidcollision with the towing vehicle.

– More strength is required at the steer-ing wheel as the power steering doesnot operate when the engine is switch-ed off.

● As the driver of the towing vehicle:– Accelerate gently and carefully.– Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.– Brake well in advance than usual and

brake gently.

CAUTION● When tow-starting, fuel could enter thecatalytic converter and damage it.● Carefully fit and remove the towline an-chorage and its cover to avoid damage tothe vehicle (e.g. paintwork).● When towing, fuel could enter the cata-lytic converter and cause damage!

NoteFitting a towline anchorage to the rearbumper is not possible. The vehicle is notsuitable for towing other vehicles.

Advice for towing the vehicle

Towing vehicles with an automatic gear-boxNote the following for a towed vehicle:

● Make sure the gear selector lever is in the Nposition.● Do not drive faster than 50 km/h (30 mph)when towing a vehicle.● Do not tow further than 50 km (30 miles).● If a breakdown truck is used, the vehiclemust be towed with the front wheels raised.

Situations in which a vehicle should not betowedIn the following cases, the vehicle should notbe towed but transported on a trailer or spe-cial vehicle:

● If the vehicle gearbox does not contain lu-bricant due to a fault.● If the battery is flat and the steering cannotbe unlocked as a result, the electronic steer-ing lock and electronic parking brake cannotbe disengaged.● If the vehicle to be towed has an automaticgearbox and the distance to be covered isgreater than 50 km (30 miles). »

77

Emergencies

NoteThe vehicle can only be towed if the steer-ing lock electronic gearbox lock is deacti-vated. If the vehicle has no power supply orthere is an electric system fault, the enginemust be started using jump leads to deacti-vate the steering column electronic gear-box lock.

Fitting the front towline anchorage

Fig. 81 On the right-hand side of the frontbumper: remove the lid.

Fig. 82 On the right-hand side of the frontbumper: screw the anchorage.

The location for the removable tow ring is onthe right-hand side of the front bumper be-hind a cover ››› Fig. 81.

The towline anchorage should always bekept in the vehicle.

Note the instructions for towing ››› page 77.

Fitting the towline anchorage● Take the towline anchorage from the vehi-cle tool kit in the luggage compartment››› page 71.● Press the upper part of the cover ››› Fig. 81(arrow) to disengage and release the cover.● Remove the cover and leave it hangingfrom the vehicle.● Screw in the tow ring into its housing anti-clockwise as far as it will go ››› Fig. 82 ››› .Use a suitable tool to firmly tighten the tow-line anchorage in its location.

● After towing, remove the tow ring by turningit clockwise.● Place the cover's upper tab on the openingof the bumper and carefully guide the lowertab on the edge of the opening. If necessary,press the lower tab from below.● Press the lower area of the cover until thelower tab engages in the bumper.

CAUTIONThe towline anchorage must always becompletely and firmly tightened. Other-wise, it could be released while towing andtow-starting.

Emergency locking and un-locking

Introduction

The doors and rear lid can be locked man-ually and partially opened, for example if thekey or the central locking is damaged.

WARNINGOpening and closing doors carelessly cancause serious injury.● If the vehicle is locked from outside, thedoors and windows cannot be opened fromthe inside.

78

Fuses and bulbs

● Never leave children or disabled peoplealone in the car. They could be trapped inthe car in an emergency and will not beable to get themselves to safety.● Depending on the time of the year, tem-peratures inside a locked and closed vehi-cle can be extremely high or extremely lowresulting in serious injuries and illness oreven death, particularly for young children.

WARNINGGetting in the way of the doors and the rearlid is dangerous and can lead to serious in-jury.● Open and close the doors and the rear lidonly when there is nobody in the way.

CAUTIONWhen opening and closing in an emergen-cy, carefully disassemble components andthen reassemble them carefully to avoiddamage to the vehicle.

Fuses and bulbs

Fuses

Introduction

Due to the constant updating of vehicles, fuseassignments based on equipment and theuse of the same fuse for various electricalcomponents, it is not possible to provide anup-to-date summary of the fuse positions forthe electrical components at the time ofprinting this manual. For detailed informationabout the fuse positions, please consult atechnical service.

In general, a fuse can be assigned to variouselectrical components. Likewise, an electricalcomponent can be protected by severalfuses.

Only replace fuses when the cause of theproblem has been solved. If a newly insertedfuse blows after a short time, you must havethe electrical system checked by a special-ised workshop as soon as possible.

WARNINGThe high voltages in the electrical systemcan give serious electrical shocks, causingburns and even death!● Never touch the electrical wiring of theignition system.

● Take care not to cause short circuits inthe electrical system.

WARNINGUsing unsuitable fuses, repairing fuses orbridging a current circuit without fuses cancause a fire and serious injury.● Never use a fuse with a higher value. Onlyreplace fuses with a fuse of the same am-perage (same colour and markings) andsize.● Never repair a fuse.● Never replace a fuse by a metal strip, sta-ple or similar.

CAUTION● To prevent damage to the vehicle's elec-tric system, before replacing a fuse alwaysturn off the ignition, the lights and all elec-trical elements and remove the key fromthe ignition.● If you replace a fuse with higher-ratingfuse, you could cause damage to anotherpart of the electrical system.● Protect the fuse boxes when open to pre-vent the entry of dust or humidity as theycan damage the electrical system.

Note● One component may have more than onefuse. »

79

Emergencies

● Several components may run on a singlefuse.

Vehicle fuses

Fig. 83 Under the dashboard on the driverside: lid of the fuse box.

Fig. 84 In the engine compartment: lid of thefuse box.


Only replace fuses with a fuse of the sameamperage (same colour and markings) andsize.

Opening and closing the fuse box situatedbelow the dash panel● Open: Press the unlock button ››› Fig. 83 1until it is possible to open the cover. Fold thecover down.● Close: Fold the cover up in the opposite di-rection to the arrow until it clicks into the lock-ing lever 1 .

To open the engine compartment fuse box● Open the bonnet ››› page 194.● Press the attachment tabs in the directionindicated by the arrow (thin arrows) to re-lease the fuse box cover ››› Fig. 84.● Then lift the cover out.● To fit the cover, place it on the fuse box.Push the attachment tabs down, in the oppo-site direction indicated by the arrow until theyclick audibly into place.

CAUTION● Always carefully remove the fuse boxcovers and refit them correctly to avoidproblems with your vehicle.

● Protect the fuse boxes when open toavoid the entry of dust or humidity. Dirt andhumidity inside fuse boxes can cause dam-age to the electrical system.

NoteIn the vehicle, there are more fuses thanthose indicated in this chapter. Theseshould only be changed by a specialisedworkshop.

Changing bulbs

Introduction

Changing bulbs requires a certain amount ofmanual skill. If you are unsure, SEAT recom-mends that you consult a technical service orrequest assistance from a specialist. In gen-eral a specialist is needed if, in addition to thebulbs, other vehicle components require re-moval.

You should store spare light bulbs in the vehi-cle for safety-relevant lights. Spare bulbsmay be obtained from the technical services.In some countries, it is a legal requirement tocarry spare bulbs in the vehicle.

Driving with faults and blown bulbs on the ve-hicle exterior lighting is against the law.

80

Fuses and bulbs

Additional bulb specificationsThe specifications of some headlamp bulbsand bulbs for the rear lamps fitted at the fac-tory may be different to those of conventionalbulbs. Bulb information is displayed on thebulb socket or on the bulb itself.

WARNINGIf the road is not well-lit and the vehicle isnot clearly visible to other drivers, there isa risk of accident.

WARNINGFailure to replace bulbs correctly maycause serious accidents.● Before carrying out any work in the en-gine compartment please read and ob-serve the warnings ››› page 194. In any vehi-cle, the engine compartment is a hazard-ous area and could cause severe injury.● The bulbs H4, HB4 and H7 are pressurisedand might explode on changing them.● Only replace the bulbs concerned whenthey have cooled.● Never replace bulbs alone if you are notfamiliar with the operations necessary. Ifyou are not sure about procedures then vis-it a specialised workshop to carry out thenecessary work.● Never touch the bulb glass directly. Fin-gerprints will be evaporated by the heat of

the operating bulb thus “fogging” up thereflector.● The headlamp frameworks in the enginecompartment and the rear lamps containsharp elements. Always protect your handswhen changing bulbs.

CAUTION● After changing a bulb, if the rubber cov-ers are not replaced correctly on the head-lamp framework, the electrical installationmay be damaged, especially if water is al-lowed to enter.● Remove the ignition key before workingon the electric system. Otherwise, a shortcircuit could occur.● Switch off the lights and the parking lightbefore changing a bulb.● Take good care to avoid damaging anycomponents.

Replacing the bulbs in the head-lights

Fig. 85 In the engine compartment: Rear viewof the front left headlight with rubber cover: Adipped beam and main beam headlights, Bside lights and daytime driving lights and Cturn signal

Fig. 86 Left headlight

There is no need to remove the headlight toreplace bulbs. »

81

Emergencies

Complete operations only in the sequencegiven:

Dipped beam and main beam headlightsFig. 85 A

1. Open the bonnet ››› page 194.

2.

Remove the bulb connector H4. Remove therubber cover using the tabs.

Press the retaining clip ››› Fig. 86 D down-wards in the direction of the arrow, unclip side-ways, and remove it.

3. Remove the bulb from the holder. If necessary,press the lock on the bulb holder.

4. Replace the faulty bulb with a new identicalbulb.

5. Insert the bulb, return it to its position and insertthe retaining clip ››› Fig. 86 D

6.Place the rubber cover and check that is in thecorrect position. Insert the connector to thebulb H4.

Side light and daytime lights Fig. 85 B /Front turn indicator Fig. 85 C

1. Open the bonnet ››› page 194.

2.Turn the bulb holder in an anticlockwise di-rection as far as it will go and remove it, alongwith the bulb, pulling backwards.

3. Remove the bulb from the holder. If necessary,press the lock on the bulb holder.

Side light and daytime lights Fig. 85 B /Front turn indicator Fig. 85 C


5. Insert the bulb holder in the headlight and turnit clockwise as far as the stop.

NoteThe images show the left hand headlightfrom behind. The structure of the right handside headlight is symmetric.

Replacing the front bumper bulbs

Fig. 87 In the front right arch trim: remove theretaining screws (arrows) and take out the ex-pansive rivet A .

Fig. 88 Changing the bulbs in the headlights

Complete operations only in the se-quence given:

1.Unscrew the 2 retaining screws of the wheelarch trim ››› Fig. 87 (arrows) with the screwdriv-er from the vehicle took kit ››› page 71.

2.Unscrew the expansive rivet in the lower frontpart of the wheel arch trim A with the screw-driver from the vehicle tool kit and completelyremove it ››› page 71.

3. Carefully fold the wheel arch trim to the side.

4. Release the connector ››› Fig. 88 1 and re-move it.

5.Turn the bulb holder ››› Fig. 88 in the directionof the arrow, in an anticlockwise direction asfar as it will go and remove it, along with thebulb, pulling backwards.

82

Fuses and bulbs



7. Insert the bulb holder in the headlight and turnit clockwise as far as the stop.

8. Plug the connector 1 into the bulb holder. Theconnector must audibly click into place.

9. Replace the wheel arch trim into its position.

10.Place the expansive rivet in the wheel arch trimand bumper and press it completely inwards››› Fig. 87 A .

11. Securely screw the 2 retaining screws››› Fig. 87 (arrows) with a screwdriver.

Changing the bulbs in the rearlights

Fig. 89 On the side of the luggage compart-ment: A: remove the cover, B: remove the taillights.

Fig. 90 Tail light unit: C: remove the bulb hold-er, D: remove the bulbs.

Complete operations only in the sequencegiven.

Removing the rear light units

1. Open the rear lid ››› page 99.

2. Carefully remove the cover 1 towards the lever››› Fig. 89 A.

3.Pull from the lock 3 in the connector 2 in thedirection of the arrow ››› Fig. 89 B. Use thescrewdriver from the on-board tools.

4. Press position 4 and remove the connector 2››› Fig. 89 B. »

83

Emergencies

5. Unscrew the wing nut 5 ››› Fig. 89 B.

6. Remove the tail light from the bodywork bycarefully pulling backwards.

7. Disassemble the tail light unit and place it on aflat, clean surface.

To change the bulb

8.Unlock the bulb holder locking tab (arrow)››› Fig. 90 C and remove the bulb holder fromthe tail light.

9. Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb››› Fig. 90 D.

10.Place the bulb holder in the tail light unit. Theattachment tabs (arrow) should audibly clickinto place ››› Fig. 90 C.

Assembling the rear light units

11. Carefully insert the tail light unit into the open-ing in the bodywork.

12.Support the tail light with one hand in the as-sembly position and securely screw the wingnut with the other 5 ››› Fig. 89 B.

13. Ensure that the tail light unit has been correctlyfitted and is firmly secured.

14.Insert the connector 2 into the bulb holderand press the lock 3 on the connector in theopposite direction to the arrow ››› Fig. 89 B.

15. Insert the cover. The cover should lock intoplace.

16. Close the rear lid ››› page 99.

Changing the number plate light

Fig. 91 In the rear bumper: remove the platelight.

Fig. 92 Number plate light: detach the bulbholder.


1.With one hand, press on the number plate lightfrom left to right and remove it from the bumper››› Fig. 91.

2. Detach the number plate light carefully fromthe bumper.

3.Turn the bulb holder with the bulb anticlock-wise and remove it in the direction of the arrow››› Fig. 92.


5.Place the bulb holder in the number plate lightand press in the opposite direction to the arrowas far as possible ››› Fig. 92.

6.

Insert the number plate light carefully into theleft edge of the opening on the bumper. Duringthis process, check that the assembly directionof the number plate light is correct, i.e. thespring must be on the right.

7. Insert the number plate light into the bumperuntil it audibly clicks into place.

84

Fuses and bulbs

Changing the side turn signal bulb

Fig. 93 Removing the side turn signal

Fig. 94 Side turn light: bulb change.


1. With one hand move the side turn signal back-wards ››› Fig. 93 1 .

2. Remove the side turn signal from the chassis byleverage 2 .


3. Remove the bulb holder with the bulb in the di-rection of the arrow ››› Fig. 94 1 .

4. Remove the bulb holder bulb in a straight direc-tion.


6. Install the bulb holder.

7.Place the side turn signal on the chassis on theside situated towards the rear of the vehicle untilthe spring clicks into the other side of the sideturn signal.

85

Operation

Fig. 95 Dash panel

86

General instrument panel

Operation

General instrument panelInstrument panel

Key to Fig. 95:Door release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Turn switch for adjusting the exteriormirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110– Exterior mirror adjustment– Exterior mirror heatingAir vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Lever for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103– Turn signals and main beam

headlights– Cruise control system (CCS) . . . . . 172Steering wheel with horn and– Driver airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88, 27Windscreen wiper/ windscreenwash lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108– Windscreen wipers– Rear window wiper

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

– Lever with buttons for controllingthe SEAT information system- , / . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Controls for:– Start-Stop system button . . . . . . . . . 171– Rear window heating button . . . . . 129– Left seat heating controls . . . . . . . . . 113Switches for:– Heating and fresh air system . . . . . . 129– Manual air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 129– Climatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Radio (factory fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Controls for:– Hazard warning lights switch . . . . . 71– Passenger front airbag off warn-

ing lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61– Right seat heating controls

or rear window heating button (alternative position) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113, 129

Storage compartment with drinkholder in the centre console . . . . . . . . . 119Handle of the storage compartmentor storage compartment open1) . . . . . 115In the side of the dash panel: Keyswitch for switching off the frontpassenger airbag1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

Position of passenger front airbagon the dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Ashtray* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12012 volt socket or cigarette light-er* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120, 120Lever for:– Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160– Automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Button for:– City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . 175Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Steering column adjustment lev-er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Open bonnet lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Central locking button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Buttons for operating the front elec-tric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

1) According to version87

Operation

Instruments

View of instrument panel

Fig. 96 Instrument panel, on the instrument panel: variant 1 (A) and variant 2 (B).

Details of the instruments ››› Fig. 96:Speedometer. Depending on thevehicle in km/h or in mph.Displays on the screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Reset knob for trip recorder (trip).– Press the button 0.0/SET briefly

to switch the trip odometer andodometer.

1

2

3

– Press the 0.0/SET for 5 secondsto reset the odometer to zero and,where necessary, other indicatorson the multifunction display. . . . . . . 25

Fuel reserve display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Revolution counter (with the en-gine running, in thousands of revo-lutions per minute).The beginning of the red zone of therev counter indicates the maximum

4

5

speed in any gear after running-inand with the engine hot. However, itis advisable to change up a gear ormove the selector lever to D (or liftyour foot off the accelerator) beforethe needle reaches the red zone››› .Clock set button.– If necessary, change the time dis-

play by pressing the top and

6

88


bottom buttons of the rockerswitch ››› Fig. 34 B .

– Press the button to change thehour, so that it is flashing.

– To continue setting the time, pressbutton 0.0/SET . Hold button downto scroll through the numbersquickly.

– Press the button again tochange the minutes, so that itflashes.

– To continue setting the time, pressbutton 0.0/SET . Hold button downto scroll through the numbersquickly.

– Press the button again to endthe clock setting.

CAUTION● When the engine is cold, avoid high revsand heavy acceleration and do not makethe engine work hard.● To prevent damage to the engine, the revcounter needle should only remain in thered zone for a short period of time.

For the sake of the environmentChanging up a gear in time reduces fuelconsumption and noise.

Indications on the display

A variety of information can be viewed on theinstrument panel display ››› Fig. 96 2 , de-pending on the vehicle equipment:

● Warning and information messages.● Odometer.● Time.● Outside temperature.● Selector lever positions ››› page 159.● Recommended gear (manual gearbox)››› page 159.● Multifunction display (MFI) ››› page 25● Service interval display ››› page 90.● Start-Stop system status display››› page 171.● Fuel gauge ››› page 190.● Seat belt status display for rear seats››› page 54.

Warning and information messagesThe system runs a check on certain compo-nents and functions when the ignition isswitched on and while the vehicle is moving.Faults in the operation are displayed on thescreen using red and yellow symbols on theinstrument panel display (››› page 27)and, in some cases, with audible warnings.The display may vary according to the typeof instrument panel fitted.

Priority 1 warning (red symbols)

Symbol flashing or lit; partly combined with audiblewarnings. Stop the vehicle! It is dangerous ››› !Check the function that is faulty and repair it. If nec-essary, request assistance from specialised person-nel.

Priority 2 warning (yellow symbols)

Symbol flashing or lit; partly combined with audiblewarnings.A faulty function, or fluids which are below the cor-rect levels may cause damage to the vehicle! ››› Check the faulty function as soon as possible. If nec-essary, request assistance from specialised person-nel.

OdometerThe odometer registers the total distancetravelled by the car.

The odometer (trip) shows the distancetravelled since the last odometer reset. Thelast figure indicates 100 m.

Outside temperature indicator!When the outside temperature is below +4°C(+39°F), the “ice crystal” symbol (warning ofrisk of freezing) is also displayed next to thetemperature. At first this symbol flashes andthen it remains lit until the outside tempera-ture rises above +6°C (+43°F) ››› . »

89

Operation

When the vehicle is stationary or travelling atvery low speeds, the temperature displayedmay be slightly higher than the actual out-side temperature as a result of heat comingfrom the engine.

The temperatures measured range from-40°C to +50°C (-40°F to +122°F).

Selector lever positionThe range of engaged gears of the selectorlever is shown on the side of the lever, and onthe instrument panel display. In positions Dand M, and with the Tiptronic, the corre-sponding gear is also indicated on the dis-play.

Recommended gear* (manual gearbox)The recommended gear to save fuel can bedisplayed on the instrument panel displaywhile you are driving ››› page 159.

Seat belt status display for the rear seats*The seat belt status display on the instrumentpanel display informs the driver, when the ig-nition is switched on, whether any passen-gers in the rear seats have fastened their seatbelts ››› page 54.

Start-Stop system status displayThe instrument panel display shows informa-tion on the current status ››› page 171.

WARNINGIf the warning lamps are ignored, the vehi-cle may stall in traffic, or may cause acci-dents and severe injuries.● Never ignore the warning lamps.● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possi-ble.● A faulty vehicle represents a risk of acci-dent for the driver and for other road users.If necessary, switch on the hazard warninglamps and put out the warning triangle toadvise other drivers.● Park the vehicle away from traffic andensure that no highly flammable materialsare under the vehicle that could come intocontact with the exhaust system (e.g. drygrass, fuel).

WARNINGEven though outside temperatures areabove freezing, some roads and bridgesmay be icy.● At outside temperatures above +4°C(+39°F), even when the “ice crystal sym-bol” is not visible, there may still be patch-es of ice on the road.● Do not rely on the outside temperatureindicator!


Note● Different versions of the instrument panelare available and therefore the versionsand instructions on the display may vary.● When several warnings are active at thesame time, the symbols are shown succes-sively for a few seconds and will stay onuntil the fault is rectified.

Service interval display

The inspection message appears on the in-strument panel display ››› Fig. 96 2 .

SEAT distinguishes between services with en-gine oil change (Oil Change Service) andservices without engine oil change (Inspec-tion Service). The service interval display onlygives information for service dates which in-volve an engine oil change. The dates of theremaining services (e.g. the next InspectionService or change of brake fluid) are listed onthe label attached to the door strut, or in theMaintenance Programme.

The set service intervals have been specifiedwith the service dependent on time/dis-tance travelled.

90


Inspection reminderIf the inspection period is due to expire short-ly, Inspection reminder appears when start-ing the ignition abbreviated to and awarning in km. The number of kilometresshown is the maximum number that may bedriven until the next service.

Service dueAfter the service date, an audible warning isgiven when the ignition is switched on and theabbreviation displayed on the screenflashes for a few seconds.

Inspection of compressed natural gastanks (CNG) reminderWhen less than 90 days for the review of thecompressed natural gas tanks (CNG), whenthe ignition is switched on, the instrumentpanel display will a reminder for review ofthe gas tanks and an audible warning will beemitted.

As approaches the service date of inspectionof the gas tanks, the message and the audi-ble warning will stop modify accordingly.

Note● The service message disappears after afew seconds, when the engine is started orwhen OK is pressed on the windscreenwiper lever.

● In vehicles whose batteries have beendisconnected for a long period of time, itwill not be possible to calculate the nextservice date. Therefore the service intervaldisplay may not be correct. In this case,bear in mind the maximum service intervalspermitted ››› page 218.● If the period of 48 months for an inspec-tion at a specialised workshop of com-pressed natural gas tanks (CNG) is excee-ded, the vehicle may not working in thismode.

91

Operation

Opening and closing

Vehicle key set

Remote control vehicle key*

Fig. 97 Remote control key

Remote control keyWith the vehicle key the vehicle may belocked or unlocked remotely ››› page 94.

The vehicle key includes an emitter and bat-tery. The receiver is in the interior of the vehi-cle. The range of the vehicle key with remotecontrol and new battery is several metresaround the vehicle.

If it is not possible to open or close the vehicleusing the remote control key, this should bere-synchronised ››› page 94 or the batterychanged ››› page 93.

Different keys belonging to the vehicle maybe used.

Folding the key shaft in and outWhen the button is pressed ››› Fig. 97 A , thekey shaft is released and unfolds.

To fold it press the button and fold the keyshaft in until it locks in place.

Spare keyTo obtain a spare key and other vehicle keys,the vehicle chassis number is required.

Each new key must contain a microchip andbe coded with the data from the vehicle elec-tronic immobiliser. A vehicle key will not workif it does not contain a microchip or the mi-crochip has not been encoded. This is alsotrue for keys cut for the vehicle.

The vehicle keys or new spare keys can beobtained from a SEAT dealership, a Special-ised workshop or approved key service quali-fied to create this kind of key.

New keys or spare keys must be synchronisedbefore use ››› page 94.

WARNINGCareless or incorrect use of vehicle keysmay result in severe injury and accident.● Always take all the keys with you when-ever you leave the vehicle. Children andunauthorised individuals could lock the

doors or the boot hatch, start the engine orturn on the ignition, activating electricalsystems, the electric windows, for example.● Never leave children or disabled peoplealone in the car. They could be trapped inthe car in an emergency and will not beable to get themselves to safety. For exam-ple, depending on the time of the year,temperatures inside a locked and closedvehicle can be extremely high or extremelylow resulting in serious injuries and illnessor even death, particularly for young chil-dren.● Never remove the key from the ignition ifthe vehicle is in motion. The steering maylock and it will not be possible to turn thesteering wheel.

CAUTIONThe remote control key contains electroniccomponents. Protect them from damage,impacts and humidity.

Note● Only use the key button when you requirethe corresponding function. Pushing thebutton unnecessarily could accidentallyunlock the vehicle or trigger the alarm. It isalso possible even when you are outsidethe radius of action.● Remote control key operation can begreatly influenced by overlapping radiosignals around the vehicle working in the

92

Opening and closing

same range of frequencies (for example,radio transmitters, mobile telephones).● Obstacles between the remote controland the vehicle, bad weather conditionsand draining batteries can considerably re-duce the range of the remote control.● If the buttons of the vehicle key arepressed ››› Fig. 97 or one of the centrallocking buttons ››› page 94 is pressed re-peatedly in quick succession, the centrallocking briefly disconnects as protectionagainst overloading. The vehicle is then un-locked. Lock it if necessary.

Mechanical vehicle key

Fig. 98 Vehicle mechanical key

The vehicle key set may include a mechani-cal key ››› Fig. 98.

Duplicate keysTo obtain a spare key and other vehicle keys,the vehicle chassis number is required.

Each new key must contain a microchip andbe coded with the data from the vehicle elec-tronic immobiliser. A vehicle key will not workif it does not contain a microchip or the mi-crochip has not been encoded. This is alsotrue for keys cut for the vehicle.

The vehicle keys or new spare keys can beobtained from a SEAT dealership, a special-ised workshop or an approved locksmithqualified to create them.

Control lamp on the vehicle key

Fig. 99 Control lamp on the vehicle key

When a button on the vehicle key is pressed,the control lamp flashes ››› Fig. 99 (arrow)once briefly. If the button is pressed and held,

the indicator blinks several times, for exam-ple: for the convenience opening function.

When the control lamp does not light uponpushing a button, the vehicle key batteriesmust be changed ››› page 93.

Replacing the battery

Fig. 100 Vehicle key: battery compartmentcover.

Fig. 101 Vehicle key: remove the battery. »93

Operation

SEAT recommend having the batterieschanged in a specialised workshop.

The battery is located to the rear of the vehi-cle key, under a cover.

Changing the battery● Unfold the vehicle key blade ››› page 92.● Remove the cover from the back of the ve-hicle key ››› Fig. 100 in the direction of the ar-row ››› .● Extract the battery from the compartmentusing a suitable thin object ››› Fig. 101.● Place the new battery in the compartment,pressing in the direction of the arrow asshown ››› Fig. 101 ››› .● Fit the battery compartment cover, press-ing in the direction of the arrow as shown››› Fig. 100 until it clicks into place.

CAUTION● If the battery is not changed correctly,the vehicle key may be damaged.● Use of unsuitable batteries may damagethe vehicle key. For this reason, always re-place the dead battery with another of thesame voltage, size and specifications.● When fitting the battery, check that thepolarity is correct.

For the sake of the environmentPlease dispose of your used batteries cor-rectly and with respect for the environ-ment.

Synchronising the vehicle key

If the button is pressed frequently outsideof the vehicle range, it is possible that the ve-hicle can no longer be locked or unlocked us-ing the key. In this case, the vehicle key mustbe synchronised once more as follows:

● Unfold the vehicle key blade ››› page 92.● Press the button on the vehicle key. Forthis, it must remain with the vehicle.● Open the vehicle within one minute usingthe key shaft.● Turn on the ignition using the vehicle key.The key has been synchronised.● If necessary, fit the cap.

Central locking* and lockingsystem

Introduction


Central locking functions correctly when allthe doors and the rear lid are correctly shut. Ifthe driver door is open, the vehicle cannot belocked with the key.

The battery of an unlocked vehicle parked fora long period (e.g. in a private garage) mayrun down and fail to start the motor.

WARNINGThe incorrect use of the central lockingsystem may cause serious injuries.● The central locking system will lock alldoors. A vehicle locked from the inside canprevent any non-authorised individual fromopening the doors and accessing the vehi-cle. Nevertheless, in case of emergency oraccident, locked doors will complicate ac-cess to the vehicle interior to help the pas-sengers.● Never leave children or disabled peoplealone in the vehicle. The central lockingbutton can be used to lock all the doorsfrom within. Therefore, passengers will belocked inside the vehicle. Individuals lockedin the vehicle can be exposed to very highor very low temperatures.● Depending on the time of the year, tem-peratures inside a locked and closed vehi-cle can be extremely high or extremely lowresulting in serious injuries and illness oreven death, particularly for young children.● Never leave individuals locked in a closedand locked vehicle. In case of emergency,

94

Opening and closing

they may not be able to exit the vehicle bythemselves or get help.

Description of the central lockingsystem

The central locking system allows all doorsand the rear lid to be locked and unlockedcentrally.

● From outside, using the vehicle key.● From inside, by pushing the central lockingbutton ››› page 97.

The central locking system can be activatedor deactivated at a specialised workshop.

In case of a vehicle key fault or central lock-ing system fault, all doors can be locked orunlocked manually.

Locking the vehicle after the airbags havebeen deployedIf the airbags are deployed due to an acci-dent, the vehicle will be automatically andcompletely unlocked. Depending on theamount of damage, it can be locked follow-ing an accident in the following ways:

Function Necessary operations

Lock the vehi-cle, by push-ing the centrallocking but-ton:

– Turn off the ignition and turn it onagain.– Push the central locking button .

Use the key tolock the vehi-cle:

– Turn off the ignition and turn it onagain.OR: Remove the key from the igni-tion.– Open any door just once.– Lock the vehicle with the key.

NoteIf the buttons of the vehicle key are pressed››› page 92 or one of the central lockingbuttons ››› Fig. 104 is pressed repeatedly inshort succession, the central locking brief-ly disconnects as protection against over-loading. In this case, the vehicle remainsunlocked for about 30 seconds. If no doornor the rear lid is opened during this time,the vehicle will then automatically lock.

Unlocking and locking the vehiclefrom outside

Fig. 102 Buttons on the vehicle key

Fig. 103 Vehicle mechanical key

Central locking

Function Handling the buttons on thevehicle ››› Fig. 102

Unlocking thevehicle.

Press button . »

95

Operation

Function Handling the buttons on thevehicle ››› Fig. 102

Lock the vehi-cle.

Press button .

Unlocking therear lid.

Press button .

Locking therear lid.

Press button .

Function Handling the vehicle key››› Fig. 102 in the lock cylin-der or with the vehicle me-chanical key ››› Fig. 103.

Unlocking thevehicle.

Insert the vehicle key into the lockcylinder of the driver door and turnthe key in an anticlockwise di-rection.

Lock the vehi-cle.

Insert the vehicle key into the lockcylinder of the driver door and turnthe key in a clockwise direction.

Unlocking therear lid.

Insert the vehicle key into the lockcylinder of the driver door and turnthe key in an anticlockwise di-rection.

Locking therear lid.

Insert the vehicle key into the lockcylinder of the driver door and turnthe key in a clockwise direction.

Warning: in accordance with the centrallocking function set by a specialised work-shop, in order to unlock all the doors and therear lid, press the button twice.

The vehicle key only locks and unlocks thevehicle if it is within range of the vehicle and ifthe battery has enough power.

● Upon locking the vehicle, all turn signals willflash once in confirmation.● Upon unlocking the vehicle, all turn signalswill flash twice in confirmation.

If the turn signals do not flash in confirmation,at least one of the doors or the rear lid hasbeen left unlocked.

If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannotbe locked with the key. If you unlock the vehi-cle without opening any doors or the rear lid,it will lock again automatically after a fewseconds. This function prevents the vehiclefrom remaining unlocked if the unlocking but-ton is pressed by mistake.

Mechanical locking

FunctionUsing the vehicle's me-chanical key ››› Fig. 103 inthe lock cylinder

Locking thedriver doormanually.

To unlock, insert the vehicle keyinto the lock cylinder of the driverdoor and turn the key in an anti-clockwise direction.

To lock, insert the vehicle key intothe lock cylinder of the driverdoor and turn the key in a clock-wise direction.

FunctionUsing the vehicle's me-chanical key ››› Fig. 103 inthe lock cylinder

Locking and un-locking the rearlid.

To unlock, insert the vehicle keyinto the lock cylinder of the driverdoor and turn the key in an anti-clockwise direction.

To lock, insert the vehicle key intothe lock cylinder of the driverdoor and turn the key in a clock-wise direction.

If the driver's door is open, it cannot belocked with the vehicle key.

96

Opening and closing

Locking or unlocking the vehiclefrom the inside

Fig. 104 On the driver's door: central lockingbutton.

Fig. 105 On the passenger door: door handlefor mechanical locking.

Central locking

Push the button ››› Fig. 104:

Unlocking the vehicle.

Locking the vehicle.

The central locking button is still operativewhen the ignition is switched off.

If the vehicle has been locked with the vehiclekey, the central locking button does not oper-ate.

Please note the following when you use thecentral locking button to lock your vehicle:

● The "Safe" security system will not activate››› page 97.● It will not be possible to open the doors orthe rear lid from the outside. This may offerextra safety, for example when stopped attraffic lights.● The doors can be opened and unlocked in-dividually from the inside by pulling the doorhandle. If necessary, pull the door releaselever twice.● The driver door cannot be locked whenopen. This avoids locking the vehicle key in-side the vehicle when there is nobody inside.

Mechanical lockingThe doors are locked by pressing the doorlever, so that the red mark becomes visible››› Fig. 105 1 .

To unlock a door, pull its corresponding doorlever.

If the vehicle becomes locked, take note ofthe following:

● The "Safe" security system will not activate››› page 97.● It will not be possible to open the doorsfrom the outside, when stopped at trafficlights for example.● The doors can be opened and unlocked in-dividually from the inside by pulling the doorhandle.● The driver door cannot be locked using thecentral locking system when it is still open.This avoids locking the vehicle key inside thevehicle when there is nobody inside.

Safe security system “Safe”*


Lock the vehicle andactivate the “Safe”security system.

Press the button once onthe vehicle key. »

97

Operation


Lock the vehicle with-out activating the“Safe” security sys-tem.

Press the button on thevehicle key twice.

Press the central lockingbutton on the driver dooronce.

When the vehicle is locked, the “Safe” securi-ty system deactivates the door handles, pre-venting people from opening the vehicle. Thedoors cannot be opened from inside ››› .

Upon switching off the ignition, the instrumentpanel display will show that the “deadlock” isactivated or (SAFELOCK or SAFELOCK).

When the “Safe” security system is deac-tivated, the following occurs:● The vehicle can be opened and unlockedfrom the inside using an inside door handle.

Control lamp on the driver door

When the vehicle islocked:

Meaning

The red LED flashes for ap-proximately 2 seconds atshort intervals and thenmore slowly.

The "Safe" securitysystem is switchedon.

The red LED flashes forabout two seconds thenturns off. After 30 seconds,the LED flashes again.

The "Safe" securitysystem is switchedoff.

When the vehicle islocked:

Meaning

The red LED flashes forabout two seconds at shortintervals. Subsequently, thelight will remain switched onfor about 30 seconds.

There is a fault in thelocking system. Con-tact a specialisedworkshop.

WARNINGCareless use of the "Safe" security systemcan cause serious injury.● Never leave anybody inside the vehicle ifit has been locked using the key. When the"Safe" security system is activated, doorscannot be opened from the inside!● When the doors are locked, it is difficultto get to passengers in the vehicle interiorin case of an emergency. Passengers couldremain trapped inside and unable to unlockthe doors in case of an emergency.

Doors

Introduction

WARNINGIf a door is not correctly closed, it couldopen unexpectedly when driving and causeserious injuries.

● Always stop immediately and close thedoor.● When closing, ensure that the door hasclosed correctly. A closed door should beflush with the corresponding parts of thebodywork.● Open and close doors only when nobodyis in the way of the door.

WARNINGA door held open by its retainer could beblown closed by the wind or close if the ve-hicle is on a hill, causing injury.● When opening and closing doors, alwaysuse the door handle.

Childproof lock

Fig. 106 Childproof lock on the left hand sidedoor

98

Opening and closing

The childproof lock prevents the rear doorsfrom being opened from the inside. This sys-tem prevents minors from opening a door ac-cidentally while the vehicle is running.

This function is independent of the vehicleelectronic opening and locking systems. Itonly affects rear doors. It can only be activa-ted and deactivated manually, as describedbelow:

Activating the childproof lock– Unlock the vehicle and open the door in

which you wish to activate the childprooflock.

– With the door open, rotate the groove in thedoor using the ignition key, anti-clockwisefor the left-hand side doors ››› Fig. 106 andclockwise for the right-hand side doors.

Deactivating the childproof lock– Unlock the vehicle and open the door

whose childproof lock you want to deacti-vate.

– With the door open, rotate the groove in thedoor using the ignition key, anti-clockwisefor the right-hand side doors, and clock-wise for the left-hand side doors››› Fig. 106.

Once the childproof lock is activated, thedoor can only be opened from the outside.The childproof lock can be activated or de-

activated by inserting the key in the groovewhen the door is open, as described above.

Rear lid

Introduction

WARNINGCareless and unsuitable locking, openingand closing of the rear lid can cause acci-dents and serious injury.● Open and close the rear lid only whennobody is in the way.● Do not close the rear lid by pushing itdown with your hand on the rear window.This could break and cause injury.● Ensure the rear lid is locked after closing,otherwise, it may open unexpectedly whiledriving. A closed rear lid should be flushwith the corresponding parts of the body-work.● Always keep the rear lid closed whiledriving to avoid toxic gases entering the ve-hicle interior.● Do not open the rear lid when there is aload installed, for example a carrier sys-tem. Likewise, the boot hatch cannot beopened when a load is attached to it, forexample bicycles. An open rear lid couldclose itself if there is an additional weight

on it. If necessary, press down on the rearlid and remove the load.● Close and lock both the rear lid and allthe other doors when you are not using thevehicle. Ensure that nobody remains insidethe vehicle.● Never allow children to play inside oraround the vehicle without supervision, es-pecially if the rear lid is open. Childrencould enter the luggage compartment,close the rear lid and become trapped. De-pending on the time of the year, tempera-tures inside a locked and closed vehiclecan be extremely high or extremely low re-sulting in serious injuries and illness or evendeath, particularly for young children.● Never leave children or disabled peoplealone in the vehicle. If the vehicle key or thecentral locking button is used, they may belocked in the vehicle.

CAUTIONBefore opening the rear lid, ensure thatthere is sufficient free space to open andclose it, for example if you are in a garage.

99

Operation

Opening the rear lid

Fig. 107 On the vehicle key: button to unlockand open the boot hatch.


If bicycles are attached to a rack on the boothatch, for example, in some cases, it may notopen automatically ››› . Remove the loadfrom the carrier and support the open rear lid.

Opening with central locking● Press the button on the vehicle key››› Fig. 107 for about one second to unlockthe rear lid.● OR: Press the button on the vehicle keyuntil the rear lid opens automatically severalcentimetres.● Opening the rear lid with the button.

Opening with the vehicle mechanical key● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinderof the driver door and turn the key in an anti-clockwise direction ››› page 94.● Opening the rear lid with the button.

WARNINGUnsuitable or careless unlocking and open-ing of the rear lid could cause serious inju-ries.● If there is a loaded luggage carrier on therear lid, it could be unlocked or open butnot recognised as such. An unlocked oropen rear lid could open unexpectedlywhile driving.

NoteAt outside temperatures of less than 0°C(+32°F), the pressurised gas struts cannotalways automatically lift the rear lid. In thiscase, open the rear lid manually.

Closing the rear lid

Fig. 108 Rear lid open: space for pulling.

Closing the rear lid● Grab the handgrip inside the rear lid››› Fig. 108 (arrow).● Push the rear lid downwards until it locks in-to place in the lock.● Ensure that it is correctly closed by pullingon it firmly.

Locking the rear lid with central locking*If you unlock the vehicle without opening anydoors or the rear lid, it will lock again auto-matically after about 30 seconds. This func-tion prevents the vehicle from remaining un-locked if the unlocking button is pressed bymistake.

Locking is only possible when the rear lid iscorrectly and fully closed.

100

Opening and closing

● The rear lid is also locked by a central lock-ing.● If the vehicle rear lid is locked or unlockedusing the button of the vehicle key, when itis closed again it will lock automatically.● A closed but not locked rear lid will lock au-tomatically at a speed above about 9 km/h(6 mph).

Locking the rear lid with the vehicle me-chanical keyLocking is only possible when the rear lid iscorrectly and fully closed.

● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinderof the driver door and turn the key in a clock-wise direction ››› page 94.

WARNINGUnsuitable or careless closing and lockingof the rear lid could cause serious injuries.● Never leave the vehicle unattended, orallow children to play inside or around thevehicle without supervision, especially ifthe rear lid is open. Children could enterthe luggage compartment, close the rearlid and become trapped. A locked vehiclecan be subjected to extremely high and lowtemperatures, depending on the time ofyear, thus causing serious injuries/illnessand even death.

NoteBefore closing the rear lid, make sure thatthe key has not been left inside the luggagecompartment.

Controls for the windows

Opening and closing the windowselectrically


WARNINGCareless use of the electric windows cancause serious injury.● Only operate the electric windows whennobody is in the way.● Never leave children or disabled peoplealone in the vehicle if the doors are to belocked. The windows cannot be opened incase of an emergency.● Always take all the keys with you when-ever you leave the vehicle. After turning offthe ignition, the windows can be openedand closed for a short time using the but-tons on the door as long as the driver dooror passenger side door is not open.

CAUTIONWhen the windows are open, rain can enterthe vehicle, dampening the interior equip-ment and causing damage to the vehicle.

Side-opening rear windows

Fig. 109 Lever to open and close the rear win-dow

OpeningPull the release lever in the direction of arrowA and press outward until the lever engages.

ClosingPull the release lever in the direction of arrowB and then press the lever backward until it

engages.

101

Operation

Sliding/tilting electric pan-oramic sunroof

Opening and closing the panoram-ic sunroof


The sliding/tilting sunroof only works whenswitched on. After switching off, it is still possi-ble to open or close the sliding/tilting sunroofduring a short space of time provided thatneither the driver nor passenger door isopened.

All operations are interrupted when the rotaryknob is actuated.

If it were not possible to close the sliding/tilt-ing sunroof electrically, it would need to beclosed manually. It is not possible to do anemergency close of the sliding/tilting sunroofwithout removing components of the vehicle.In such a case, obtain professional assis-tance.

Sliding blindWith the roof grab handle situated in the rearpart of the roof opening, it is possible to movethe sliding blind to the required position.

WARNINGIf the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sun-roof is used negligently or without payingdue attention, it can cause serious injury.● The sliding/tilting sunroof should only beopened or closed when no one is blockingits path.● After switching off, it is still possible toopen or close the sliding/tilting sunroofduring a short space of time provided thatneither the driver nor passenger door isopened.

CAUTION● To prevent damage, when there are win-ter temperatures any ice or snow that theremay be on the roof of the vehicle must beremoved before opening or raising the slid-ing/tilting electric panoramic sunroof.● Before leaving the vehicle or in the caseof heavy rain, the sliding/tilting sunroofmust always be closed. With the slid-ing/tilting sunroof open or raised, watercan enter the passenger compartment andcan cause considerable damage to theelectrical system. As a result, other dam-age can occur in the vehicle.● In the case of heavy rain, if the slid-ing/tilting sunroof is open, the interiorequipment of the vehicle may get wet, de-stroying the seat heating and damagingthe electrical system of the vehicle.

Note● Leaves and other loose objects that landin the guides of the sliding/tilting sunroofshould be removed periodically by hand orusing a vacuum cleaner.● If the sliding/tilting sunroof does not workcorrectly, the anti-trap function will notwork either. In this case, you should takethe vehicle to a specialised workshop.● The convenience position permits suffi-cient ventilation with a level of sound pro-duced by low wind.

Anti-trap function of the slid-ing/tilting electric panoramic sun-roof

The anti-trap function can reduce the risk ofinjury when closing the sliding/tilting electricpanoramic sunroof ››› . If the sliding/tiltingsunroof encounters resistance or an obstaclewhen closing, it will immediately reopen.

● Check why the sliding/tilting sunroof hasnot closed.● Try to close it again.● If it is still not possible to close it due to anobstacle or resistance, it will remain in thecorresponding position. Close it without theanti-trap function.

102


Closing the sliding/tilting electric panor-amic sunroof without the anti-trap func-tion● Within about 5 seconds of activating theanti-trap function, pull knob ››› Fig. 13 5until the sliding/tilting sunroof is fully closed.● As such, the sliding/tilting sunroof willclose without the anti-trap function!● If the sunroof still cannot be closed, visit aspecialised workshop.

If the knob is released during the closing op-eration, the sliding/tilting electric panoramicsunroof opens automatically.

WARNINGClosing the sliding/tilting electric panor-amic sunroof without the anti-trap functioncan result in serious injury.● The sliding/tilting sunroof should alwaysbe closed carefully.● No person should ever remain in the wayof the sliding/tilting sunroof, especiallywhen closing without the anti-trap func-tion.● The anti-trap function does not preventfingers or other parts of the body from be-coming trapped against the roof frame andinjuries occurring.


Lights

Control lamps

It lights up

Rear fog light switched on ››› page 23.

It lights up

Front fog lights switched on ››› page 23.

It lights up

Left or right turn signal.

The control lamp flashes twice as fast when a vehicleturn signal is faulty. If necessary, check the vehicle'slights.

It lights up

Main beam on or flasher on ››› page 105.


WARNINGObserve the safety warnings ››› in Con-trol and warning lamps on page 28.

Switching lights on and off

Fig. 110 On the side of the steering wheel: dia-gram of some of the types of light switch


The driver is personally responsible for thecorrect use and adjustment of the lights in allsituations.

Audible warnings to advise the driver thatthe lights have not been switched offIf the key is not in the ignition and the driverdoor is open, an audible warning signal isheard in the following cases: this will remindyou to turn the light off. »

103

Operation

● When the light switch is in position .● When the light switch is in position .

WARNINGThe side lights or daytime running lightsare not bright enough to illuminate the roadahead and to ensure that other road usersare able to see you.● Always use your dipped beam headlights if it is raining or if visibility is poor.

WARNINGIf the headlights are set too high and notused correctly, there is a risk of dazzling ordistracting other road users. This could re-sult in a serious accident.● Always make sure that the headlights arecorrectly adjusted.

NoteThe legal requirements regarding the useof vehicle lights in each country must beobserved.

Light and visibility: functions

Parking light remains on both sidesIf when switching off the ignition, the lightcontrol remains in the position and the ve-hicle is closed from outside, both headlights,

in addition to the side lights and the rearlights will light up.

Daytime running lightsThe daytime driving light consists of individu-al lights in the front headlamps.

When the daytime driving light is switched on,only the individual lights come on ››› .

The daytime lights are switched on each timethe ignition is turned on if the light setting is inposition or in position .

WARNINGIf the road is not well-lit and the vehicle isnot clearly visible to other drivers, an acci-dent may occur.● Never use the daytime driving light if theroad is not well-lit as a result of the weath-er conditions and poor visibility. The day-time driving lights are not bright enough toilluminate the road ahead and to ensurethat other road users are able to see you.● The rear lights do not come on with thedaytime driving light. A vehicle which doesnot have the rear lights on may not be visi-ble to other drivers in the darkness, if it israining or in conditions of poor visibility.

NoteThe headlights, rear lights and turn signalsmay mist up temporarily on the inside incool or damp weather. This is normal and in

no way effects the useful life of the vehiclelighting system.

Automatic dipped beam control*

The automatic dipped beam control is merelyintended as an aid and is not able to recog-nise all driving situations.

When the light switch is in position , thevehicle lights and the instrument panel andswitch lighting switch on and off automatical-ly in the following situations ››› in Light andvisibility: functions on page 104:

Automatic switch-ing on

Automatic switch-ing off

The photo sensor de-tects darkness, for exam-ple, when driving througha tunnel.

When adequate lightingis detected.

The rain sensor detectsrain and activates thewindscreen wipers.

When the windscreenwipers have been inac-tive for a few minutes.

WARNINGIf the road is not well lit and other roadusers cannot see the vehicle well enoughor at all, accidents may occur.● The automatic dipped beam control() only switches on the dipped beam

104


when there are no changes in brightness,and not, for example when it is foggy.

“Coming home” and “Leavinghome” function (guidance lights)

The “Coming Home” and “Leaving Home”function lights up the vehicle’s immediateproximity when getting into and out of it in thedark.

The “Coming home” function is switched onmanually. However, the “Leaving home” func-tion is automatically controlled by a rain andlight sensor.

Activating the “Coming Home” function● Switch the ignition off.● Activates the headlight flasher for approx. 1second ››› page 23.

When the driver door is opened, the “ComingHome” lighting comes on. The delay inswitching off the headlights is counted fromwhen the last door or rear lid of the vehicle isclosed.

Deactivating the “Coming Home” function● It is automatically deactivated once thetime set for the light switch-off delay haselapsed.

● OR: it is automatically deactivated if, 30seconds after the function has been activa-ted, any vehicle door or the rear lid is stillopen.● OR: rotate the light switch to position .● OR: switch on the ignition.

Activating the “Leaving Home” function● Unlock the vehicle (the light switch must beat the position and the rain and light sen-sor must detect darkness).

Deactivating the “Leaving Home” function● It is automatically deactivated once thelight switch-off delay time has elapsed.● OR: lock the vehicle.● OR: rotate the light switch to position .● OR: switch on the ignition.

Turn signal and main beam lever


Convenience turn signalsFor the convenience turn signals, move thelever as far as possible upwards or down-wards and release the lever. The turn signalwill flash 3 times.

The convenience indicators can be deactiva-ted at a Specialised workshop.

WARNINGImproper or lack of use of the turn signals,or forgetting to deactivate them can con-fuse other road users. This could result in aserious accident.● Always give warning when you are goingto change lane, overtake or when turning,activating the turn signal in good time.● As soon as you have finished changinglane, overtaking or turning, switch the turnsignal off.

WARNINGIncorrect use of the headlights may causeaccidents and serious injury, as the mainbeam may distract or dazzle other drivers.

Note● If the convenience turn signals are oper-ating (three flashes) and the other conven-ience turn signals are switched on, the ac-tive part stops flashing and only flashesonce in the new part selected.● The turn signal only works when the igni-tion is switched on. The hazard warninglights also work when the ignition is switch-ed off ››› page 71. »

105

Operation

● If any of both turn signals fails, the warn-ing lamp will start flashing twice fasterthan normal.● The main beam headlights can only beswitched on if the dipped beam headlightsare already on.

Hazard warning lights

Fig. 111 Instrument panel: button for switchingthe hazard lights warning system on and off.


Always fulfil legal requirements for securing abroken down vehicle. In a number of countriesit is now obligatory, for example, to turn on thehazard warning lights and use a reflectivesafety vest ››› page 71.

If your vehicle breaks down:

Park the vehicle a safe distance fromtraffic and on suitable ground ››› .Turn on the hazard warning lights withthe button ››› Fig. 111.Apply the handbrake firmly››› page 152.Put the gearbox lever in neutral or theselector lever in position N ››› page 159.Switch off the engine and remove thekey from the ignition.Have all occupants leave the vehicleand move to safety, for example behinda guard rail.When leaving the vehicle, take all keyswith you.Place an emergency warning triangle toindicate the position of your vehicle toother road users.Allow the engine to cool and check if aspecialist is required.

When being towed with the hazard warninglights on, a change in direction or traffic lanecan be indicated as usual using the turn sig-nal lever. The hazard lights will be interruptedtemporarily.

If the hazard warning lights are not working,you must use an alternative method of draw-ing attention to your vehicle. This methodmust comply with traffic legislation.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

WARNINGA faulty vehicle in traffic represents a riskof accident for the driver and for other roadusers.● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possi-ble. Park the vehicle a safe distance fromsurrounding traffic to lock all the doors incase of an emergency. Turn on the hazardwarning lights to warn other road users.● Never leave children or disabled peoplealone in the vehicle if the doors are to belocked. In case of an emergency, passen-gers will be trapped inside the vehicle. Indi-viduals locked in the vehicle can be ex-posed to very high or very low tempera-tures.

WARNINGThe components of the exhaust systemreach very high temperatures. This couldcause a fire and considerable damage.● Always park your vehicle so that no partof the exhaust system can come in contactwith flammable materials (such as driedgrass or fuel).

Note● The vehicle battery will discharge andrun down if the hazard warning lights re-main on for too long (even with the ignitionturned off).

106


● In some vehicles, the brake lights willflash when braking abruptly at speeds ofapproximately 80 km/h (50 mph) to warnvehicles travelling behind. If braking con-tinues, the hazard warning lights systemwill automatically be turned on at a speedof less than approximately 10 km/h(6 mph). The brake lights remain lit. Uponaccelerating, the hazard warning lights willbe automatically turned off.

Adjusting the headlights

In those countries where vehicles drive on theother side of the road to the home country,the asymmetric dipped beam may dazzledrivers of oncoming vehicles.

For this reason, stickers may be needed tocover the headlights when driving abroad.For further information, please refer to a spe-cialised workshop. SEAT recommends visitinga technical service.

NoteThe use of stickers to cover headlights isonly permitted over a short period. To mod-ify the direction of the headlamps morepermanently, please take the vehicle to aspecialised workshop. SEAT recommendstaking your car in for technical service.

Headlight range control, lighting ofthe instrument panel and controls

Fig. 112 Next to the steering wheel: Headlightrange control

Headlamp height adjustmentThe headlight range control ››› Fig. 112 ismodified according to the value of the head-light beam and the vehicle load status. Thisoffers the driver optimum visibility and theheadlights do not dazzle oncoming drivers››› .

The headlights can only be adjusted whenthe dipped beam is switched on.

To reset, turn switch ››› Fig. 112:

Value Vehicle load statusa)

Two front occupants, luggage compart-ment empty

To reset, turn switch ››› Fig. 112:

Value Vehicle load statusa)

All seats occupied, luggage compart-ment empty

All seats occupied, luggage compart-ment full.

Driver only, luggage compartment full

a) If the vehicle load does not correspond to thoseshown in the table, it is possible to select intermediarypositions.

Instrument and switch lightingWhen the side lights or dipped beam head-lights are switched on, the lighting for instru-ments and controls lights up at a constantbrightness.

WARNINGHeavy objects in the back of vehicle maycause headlight dazzle and distract otherdrivers. This could result in a serious acci-dent.● Adjust the light beam to the vehicle loadstatus so that it does not blind other driv-ers.

107

Operation

Luggage compartment light

The light is activated when the rear lid isopen, even when the ignition and lights areturned off. For this reason, ensure that therear lid is always closed.

Visibility

Sun visors

Fig. 113 Sun visor

Options for adjusting driver and front pas-senger sun visors:● Lower the sun visor towards the wind-screen.● The sun visor can be pulled out of itsmounting and turned towards the door.● Swing the sun visor towards the door, longi-tudinally backwards.

Vanity mirror*There may be a vanity mirror in the folded sunvisor on the passenger side and a cardholderin the driver sun visor.

WARNINGFolded sun blinds can reduce visibility.● Always roll or fold sun blinds and visorsaway when not in use.

Heat-insulating glass windscreen

Fig. 114 Windscreen with reflective infraredand metal coating and small window (red sur-face)

The heat-insulating windscreens include a re-flective infrared coating. The section abovethe rear vision mirror has been left uncoated(communication window) to allow electriccomponents from the accessories shop tooperate correctly ››› Fig. 114.

CAUTIONWhen the uncoated surface is covered orhas a sticker on the interior or exterior, mal-functions in the electronic componentsmay occur. Never cover the uncoated sur-face on the interior or exterior.

Windscreen wiper and win-dow wiper systems

Window wiper lever


WARNINGWater from the windscreen washer waterbottle may freeze on the windscreen if itdoes not contain enough anti-freeze, re-ducing forward visibility.● In winter, ensure the windscreen washercontains enough anti-freeze.● In cold conditions, you should not use thewash/wipe system unless you havewarmed the windscreen with the ventila-tion system. The antifreeze could freeze onthe windscreen and reduce visibility.

108


WARNINGWorn or dirty wiper blades reduce visibilityand increase the risk of accident and seri-ous injury.● Always replace damaged or worn bladesor blades which do not clean the wind-screen correctly.

CAUTIONIn icy conditions, always check that thewiper blades are not frozen to the glass be-fore using the wipers for the first time. Incold weather, it may help to leave the vehi-cle parked with the wipers in service posi-tion ››› page 47.

CAUTIONIf the ignition is switched off while the wind-screen wipers are on, the windscreen wip-ers carry on wiping at the same level whenthe ignition is switched back on. Ice, snowand other obstacles may damage thewindscreen wiper and the respective mo-tor.● If necessary, remove snow and ice fromthe windscreen wipers before starting yourjourney.● Carefully lift the frozen windscreen wip-ers from the glass. SEAT recommends a de-icer spray for this operation.

Note● The windscreen wipers will only workwhen the ignition is switched on.● The interval wipe speed varies accordingto the vehicle speed. The faster the vehicleis moving, the more often the windscreen iscleaned.● The rear wiper is automatically switchedon when the windscreen wiper is on and thecar is in reverse gear.

Windscreen wiper functions

Windscreen wipers performance in differ-ent situations

If the vehicle is at astandstill

The activated position provi-sionally changes to the previ-ous position.

For intermittentwipers

Intervals between wipes de-pend on the vehicle's speed.The higher the vehicle speedthe shorter the intervals.

NoteThe wiper will try to wipe away any obsta-cles that are on the windscreen. The wiperwill stop moving if the obstacle blocks itspath. Remove the obstacle and switch thewiper back on again.

Rain and light sensor

Fig. 115 Windscreen wipers lever: adjust therain sensor 1 .

Fig. 116 Rain sensor reference surface.

When activated, the rain and light sensor au-tomatically controls the windscreen washerintervals depending on the intensity of therainfall. »

109

Operation

When the rain and light sensor is deactivated,the duration of the intervals is adjusted to setlevels.

Activating and deactivating the rain andlight sensorMove the lever to the required position››› Fig. 115:● Position A - The rain and light sensor is de-activated.● Position B - The rain and light sensor is ac-tivated will wipe automatically as needed.

When the ignition is switched off and thenback on again, the rain sensor stays on andstarts operating again when the windscreenwipers are in position B and the vehicle istravelling at more than 4 km/h (2 mph).

Setting the sensitivity level of the rain andlight sensorThe sensitivity of the rain and light sensor canbe adjusted manually with the control 1 onthe windscreen wiper lever ››› .

● Move the control to the right: high sensitivi-ty.● Move the control to the left: low sensitivity.

Malfunction of the rain and light sensorSome examples of possible causes of faultsand mistaken readings on the reference sur-

face ››› Fig. 116 1 of the rain and light sen-sor:

● Wiper blades in poor condition: the pres-ence of a film or strips of water caused bydamaged blades may cause the windscreenwipers to be slower taking effect, shortenwiping intervals or cause wiping to be fastand continuous.● Insects: mosquitoes impacting the wind-screen can activate the windscreen wiper.● Traces of salt: in winter, the windscreenwiper may work for longer than usual due tothe presence of traces of salt on the almostdry windscreen.● Dirt: the presence of dry dust, wax, coatingfilms (Lotus effect) or traces of detergent (carwash) etc., on the windscreen may cause therain and light sensor to be less sensitive, reactmore slowly, later or not at all.● Crack on the windscreen: the impact of astone will trigger a single wipe cycle if therain and light sensor is activated. Subse-quently, the sensor detects the reduction inthe reference surface area and adapts ac-cordingly. The behaviour of the sensor willvary with the size of the damage.

Clean the reference surface area of the rainand light sensor 1 regularly and check thatthe windscreen wiper blades have not beendamaged.

CAUTIONThe rain and light sensor does not alwaysdetect rainfall with sufficient accuracy sodoes not always switch on the windscreenwiper at the right moment.● If necessary, switch on the windscreenwipers manually when water on the wind-screen obstructs visibility.

NoteWe recommend the use of a glass cleaningproduct containing alcohol to removetraces of wax or polish.

Mirror

Interior rear vision mirror

Fig. 117 Manual anti-dazzle function for rearvision mirror

110


The driver should always adjust the rear vi-sion mirror to permit adequate visibilitythrough the rear window.

Manual anti-dazzle function for interiorrear vision mirror● Basic position: point the lever at the bottomof the mirror forwards.● Pull the lever to the back to select the anti-dazzle function ››› Fig. 117.

Exterior mirrors

Fig. 118 On the front doors: button to adjustthe mechanical exterior rear vision mirror

Fig. 119 On the driver door: rotating control forelectric windows.


Adjust the exterior mirrors by pressing the ad-just button ››› Fig. 118 or the rotary control*››› Fig. 119.

Folding in the exterior mirrors and returningthem to their original position is possiblethrough a mechanical system. Carefully foldthe exterior rear vision mirror casing towardsthe side window or pull it away from the win-dow until it clicks into place.

WARNINGFold and unfold the exterior mirror, takingcare to avoid injuries.● Only fold or unfold the exterior mirrorwhen there is no-one in the way of the mir-ror.

● When moving the mirror, take care not totrap fingers between the mirror and themirror bracket.

WARNINGFailure to correctly estimate the distanceof the vehicle behind could lead to seriousaccident.● Rear-view convex or aspheric mirrors in-crease the field of vision, however objectsappear smaller and further away in the mir-rors.● The use of these mirrors to estimate thedistance to the next vehicle when changinglane is imprecise and could result in seriousaccident.● If possible, use the rear vision mirror toestimate distances to vehicles behind youor in other circumstances.● Make sure that the rear visibility is ade-quate.

For the sake of the environmentThe exterior mirror heating should beswitched off when it is no longer needed.Otherwise, it is an unnecessary fuel waste.

NoteIn the event of a fault, the electric exteriormirrors can be adjusted manually by press-ing the edge of the mirror surface.

111

Operation

Seats and head restraints

Adjusting the seat and headrestraints

Manual front seat adjustment


WARNINGThe safe driving chapter contains impor-tant information, tips, suggestions andwarnings that you should read and observefor your own safety and the safety of yourpassengers ››› page 50.

WARNING● Adjust the front seats only when the vehi-cle is stationary. Failure to follow this in-struction could result in an accident.● Be careful when adjusting the seatheight. Careless or uncontrolled adjust-ment can cause injuries.● The front seat backrests must not be re-clined for driving. Otherwise, seat belts andthe airbag system might not protect asthey should in case of an accident, increas-ing risk of injury.

Removing and fitting the rear headrestraints

Fig. 120 Removing the rear head restraint

The rear seats are equipped with a head re-straint.

Removing the rear head restraint.● Unlock the seat backrest and fold it forward››› page 123.● Push the head restraint up as far as it will go››› .● Pull the head restraint out of the fitting with-out releasing the button ››› Fig. 120 1 .● Fold the backrest of the rear seat backwardagain until it is engaged.● Safely store the removed head restraints.

Fitting the rear head restraint● Unlock the seat backrest and fold it forward››› page 123.

● Insert the head restraint into the guides onthe seat backrest.● Push the head restraint down as far as it willgo while pressing button 1 .● Fold the backrest of the rear seat backwardagain until it is engaged.● Adjust the head restraint to the correct po-sition ››› page 53.

WARNINGTravelling with the head restraints removedor improperly adjusted increases the risk ofsevere or fatal injuries in the event of acci-dents and sudden braking or manoeuvres.● Always fit and adjust the head restraintproperly whenever a person is occupying aseat.● Refit any removed head restraints imme-diately so that passengers are properlyprotected.

CAUTIONWhen removing and fitting the head re-straint, make sure it does not hit the head-liner of the vehicle or the front seat back-rest. Otherwise, the interior roof and otherparts of the vehicle could be damaged.

112

Seats and head restraints

Seat functions

Seat heating*

Fig. 121 In the centre console: Front seatsheating switch

With the engine on, the seat cushion and theseat backrest can be heated electrically.

● Enable: Press the or button at the top ofthe centre console. Seat heating operates atfull power. All the control lamps light up.● Adjust: press the or button repeatedlyto adjust it to the required level.● Disable: press the or button as manytimes as necessary until no control lamp re-mains on.

When heat seating is at maximum level, afterapproximately 15 minutes it goes back to thefirst level automatically.

Cases in which the heat seating shouldnot be switched onDo not switch the seat heating on if any of thefollowing conditions are met:

● The seat is not occupied.● The seat has a cover.● A child seat has been installed on the seat.● The seat cushion is wet or damp.● The outdoor or indoor temperature is great-er than +25°C (77°F).

WARNINGPeople whose pain or temperature thresh-old has been affected by some kind ofmedicine, paralysis or chronic illness (e.g.diabetes) could sustain burns to the back,buttocks or legs. These burns could take along time to heal or never fully heal. Seekmedical advice if you have any doubts re-garding your health.● People with a limited pain or temperaturethreshold should never use the seat heat-ing.

WARNINGIf the upholstery gets soaked, the heatseating could stop working properly andthe risk of burns could increase.● Before using the seat heater, make surethat the seat cushion is dry.

● Do not sit on the seat if your clothes aredamp or wet.● Do not leave wet or damp objects orclothing on the seat.● Do not spill liquid on the seat.

CAUTION● To avoid damaging the heating elements,refrain from kneeling on the seat or apply-ing sharp pressure at a single point to theseat cushion or backrest.● If liquids are spilled on the seats, sharpobjects are left on them or insulating mate-rials are fitted (such as a cover or a childseat) on them, the heating could get dam-aged.● If you notice any odour, switch off theseat heating immediately and have the unitinspected by a specialised workshop.

For the sake of the environmentThe seat heating should be switched offwhen it is no longer needed. Otherwise, it isan unnecessary fuel waste.

113

Operation

Transport and practicalequipment

Transporting objects

Introduction

Always transport heavy loads in the luggagecompartment and place the seat backs in avertical position. Never overload the vehicle.Both the carrying capacity as well as the dis-tribution of the load in the vehicle affect driv-ing behaviour and braking ability ››› .

WARNINGUnsecured or incorrectly secured objectscan cause serious injury in case of a sud-den manoeuvring or breaking or in case ofan accident. This is especially true whenobjects are struck by a detonating airbagand fired through the vehicle interior. To re-duce the risks, please note the following:● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Alwayskeep equipment and heavy objects in theluggage compartment.● Always secure objects with suitable ropeor slings so that they cannot enter the de-ployment areas around the frontal or sideairbags in case of sudden braking or an ac-cident.

● Always ensure that objects inside the ve-hicle cannot move into the deploymentarea of the bags while driving.● While driving, always keep object com-partments closed.● Remove all objects from the front pas-senger seat when it is folded down. Whenthe seat backrest is folded down, it presseson small and light objects and these aredetected by the weight sensor on the seat;this sends false information to the airbagcontrol unit.● While the backrest of the front passengerseat is folded, the frontal airbag must re-main disconnected and the PASSENGERAIRBAG OFF light on.● Objects secured in the vehicle shouldnever be placed in such a way as to makepassengers sit in an incorrect position.● If secured objects occupy a seat, thisseat should not be occupied or used byanyone.

WARNINGThe driving behaviour and braking abilitychange when transporting heavy and largeobjects.● Adjust your speed and driving style to vis-ibility, road, traffic and weather conditions.● Accelerate gently and carefully.● Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.● Brake early.

Transporting the load

Secure all objects in the vehicle● Distribute the load throughout the vehicleand on the roof as uniformly as possible.● Transport heavy objects as far forward aspossible in the luggage compartment andlock the seat backs in the vertical position.● Check the headlight adjustment››› page 103.● Use the suitable tyre pressure according tothe load being transported. Read the tyre in-flation information label ››› page 207.

CAUTIONObjects on the shelf could chafe againstthe wires of the heating element in theheated rear window and cause damage.

NotePlease refer to the notes on loading theroof carrier ››› page 127.

Driving with the rear lid open

Driving with the rear lid open creates an addi-tional risk. Secure all objects and secure therear lid correctly and take all measures pos-sible to reduce toxic gases from entering thevehicle.

114

Transport and practical equipment

WARNINGDriving with the rear lid unlocked or opencould cause serious injuries.● Always drive with the rear lid closed.● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Looseitems could fall out of the vehicle and injureother road users or damage other vehicles.● Drive particularly carefully and thinkahead.● Avoid sudden manoeuvres and brakinggiven that this could cause an uncontrolledmovement of the open rear lid.● When transporting objects that protrudeout of the luggage compartment, indicatethem suitably. Observe legal requirements.● If objects must project out of the luggagecompartment, the rear lid must never beused to “secure” or “attach” objects.● If a baggage rack is fitted on the rear lid,it should be removed before travelling withthe rear lid open.

WARNINGToxic gases may enter the vehicle interiorwhen the rear lid is open. This could causeloss of consciousness, carbon monoxidepoisoning, serious injury and accidents.● To avoid toxic gases entering the vehiclealways drive with the rear lid closed.● In exceptional circumstances, if you mustdrive with the rear lid open, observe the fol-

lowing to reduce the entry of toxic gases in-side the vehicle:– Close all windows.– Disable air recirculation mode.– Open all of the air outlets on the instru-

ment panel.– Switch on the blower to maximum.

CAUTIONAn open boot hatch changes the lengthand height of the vehicle.

Driving a loaded vehicle

For the best handling when driving a loadedvehicle, note the following:

● Secure all objects ››› page 114.● Accelerate gently and carefully.● Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.● Brake early.● If necessary, read the instructions for driv-ing with a roof carrier system ››› page 127.

WARNINGA sliding load could considerably affect thestability and safety of the vehicle resultingin an accident with serious consequences.

● Secure loads correctly so they do notmove.● When transporting heavy objects, usesuitable ropes or straps.● Lock the seat backs in vertical position.

Practical equipment

Introduction

Storage compartments must only be used tostore light or small objects.

WARNINGIn the event of sudden braking movementsor turns, loose objects may be thrownaround the vehicle interior. This couldcause serious injuries to passengers andcause the driver to lose control of the vehi-cle.● Do not carry animals or store hard, heavyor sharp objects in the vehicle in: open stor-age compartments, instrument panel,items of clothing or bags.● While driving, always keep object com-partments closed.

WARNINGObjects falling into the driver's footwellcould prevent use of the pedals. This could »

115

Operation

lead the driver to lose control of the vehi-cle, increasing the risk of a serious acci-dent.● Make sure the pedals can be used at alltimes, with no objects rolling underneaththem.● The floor mat should always be securedto the floor.● Never place other mats or rugs on top ofthe original mat supplied by the factory.● Make sure that no objects can fall intothe driver's footwell while the vehicle is inmotion.

CAUTION● Objects on the shelf could chafe againstthe wires of the heating element in theheated rear window and cause damage.● Do not keep temperature-sensitive ob-jects, food or medicines inside the vehicle.Heat and cold could damage them or ren-der them useless.● Light-transparent objects placed insidethe vehicle, such as lenses, magnifyingglasses or transparent suction caps on thewindows, may concentrate the sun's raysand cause damage to the vehicle.

NoteThe ventilating slits between the heatedrear window and the rear shelf must not be

covered so that used air can escape fromthe vehicle.

Storage compartment on the driverside

Fig. 122 On the driver side: storage compart-ment.

There may be a storage compartment on thedriver side.

Compartment on the centre con-sole

Fig. 123 In the front part of the centre console:storage compartment.

The storage compartment ››› Fig. 123 may beused as a drink holder ››› page 119 or as anashtray* ››› page 120 or to store small ob-jects.

NoteA 12 volt electrical socket ››› page 120 canbe found in the storage compartment.

116


Storage compartment with coveron the passenger side*

Fig. 124 Storage compartment with cover onthe passenger side

There may be a storage compartment withcover on the passenger side.

Opening and closing the storage com-partment coverPull the lever to open ››› Fig. 124 1 .

To close, press the cover upwards until itclicks into place.

Sunglasses storage compartment.Sunglasses can be stored in the passengerside storage compartment.

The sunglasses storage compartment is inthe upper area of the storage compartment

2 .

SupportsNext to the eyeglass storage compartment isa notebook holder 3 and in the interior of thestorage compartment there is a pen holder4 , a map storage area and a coin tray 5 .

CAUTIONFor structural reasons, some model ver-sions will have gaps behind the glove com-partment into which small objects may fall.This could lead to strange noises and dam-age to the vehicle. Therefore, do not storesmall objects in the glove compartment,apart from those stored in the spaces pro-vided.

Bag support*

Fig. 125 Storage on front passenger side: fold-ing hook.

On the opening lever of the glove compart-ment on the passenger side there is a foldinghook ››› Fig. 125 for hanging small items ofluggage, e.g. bags, etc.

CAUTION● The maximum weight for the hook is 1.5kg.● With the hook folded forward, it automat-ically draws up when the compartment isopened.● We recommend removing hanging bagsfrom the hook before opening the glovecompartment.

117

Operation

Open storage compartment on thepassenger side*

Fig. 126 Open storage compartment on thepassenger side

There may be an open storage compartmenton the passenger side.

Support

In the open glove compartment there is ahook for bags ››› Fig. 126 1 .

Storage compartment in the backof the centre console

Fig. 127 In the rear part of the centre console:storage compartment.

The drink holder at the back of the centreconsole can be used as a storage compart-ment.

Other storage compartments

Fig. 128 In front of the rear seats: storagecompartment.

Fig. 129 The centre pillars contain garmenthooks.

Coat hooksThe centre pillars contain garment hooks››› Fig. 129 (arrow).

118


Other storage compartments:● In the front door trims ››› page 86.● In front of the rear seats ››› Fig. 128.● Rear shelf for light items of clothing*.● Bag hook in the luggage compartment››› page 123.● In the upper part of the centre console, in-stead of the radio ››› Fig. 95 10 .

WARNINGClothing hung on the coat hooks could re-strict the driver's view and lead to seriousaccidents.● Hang the clothes from the hooks so thatdriver's view is not restricted.● The coat hook is suitable for light items ofclothing. Never place heavy, hard or sharpobjects in the bags.

Drink holders

The drink holders are in the open storagecompartments in the driver and passengerdoors.

WARNINGImproper use of the drink holders cancause injury.● Do not place containers with hot drinks ina drink holder. During sudden braking or

driving manoeuvres, the hot drink could bespilled and lead to scalding.● Ensure that no bottles or other object aredropped in the driver footwell, as theycould get under the pedals and obstructtheir working.● Never place heavy containers, food orother heavy objects in the drink holder. Inthe event of an accident, these heavy ob-jects could be “thrown around” the vehicleinterior and cause serious injuries.

WARNINGClosed bottles inside the vehicle could ex-plode or crack due to the heat or the cold.● Never leave a closed bottle in the vehicleif the inside temperature is too high or toolow.

CAUTIONDo not leave open drinks containers in thedrink holders when the vehicle is in motion.They could spill during braking, for exam-ple, and cause damage to the vehicle andthe electrical system.

Centre console drink holders

Fig. 130 In the front part of the centre console:drink holder.

Fig. 131 In the rear part of the centre console:

There are drink holders in the front and rearparts of the centre console.

Securing the drink container in the frontdrink holderFold the drink holder ››› Fig. 130 forward. »

119

Operation

Place the drink container in the drink holderso that it is securely surrounded.

Ashtray*

Fig. 132 In the front part of the centre console:open the ashtray.

Opening and closing the ashtrayTo open, lift the lid of the ashtray in the direc-tion of the arrow ››› Fig. 132.

To close, push the ashtray lid down.

Emptying the ashtray● Remove the ashtray from the storage com-partment lifting it up.● After emptying the ashtray, insert it into thedrink holder from above.

WARNINGIncorrect use of the ashtray may cause afire or burns and other serious injuries.● Never put paper or other flammable ob-jects in the ashtray.

Cigarette lighter*

Fig. 133 In the front part of the centre console:lighter.

● Push the button on the cigarette lighter in-ward with the ignition on ››› Fig. 133.● Wait for the lighter to pop out slightly.● Pull out the cigarette lighter and light thecigarette on the glowing coil ››› .● Replace the cigarette lighter in its insert.

WARNINGUndue use of the cigarette lighter maycause a fire or burns and other serious inju-ries.● The cigarette lighter must only be used tolight cigarettes or similar.● Never leave children unsupervised in thevehicle. The cigarette lighter can be usedwhen the ignition is switched on.

NoteThe cigarette lighter can also be used withthe 12 Volt socket.

Power outlet and USB socket*

Fig. 134 Front centre console: 12-volt poweroutlet on the storage compartment and USB in-terface.

120


Electrical equipment can be connected tothe socket in the vehicle.

All connected appliances should be in per-fect working order without any faults.

Maximum power consumption

Powersocket

Maximum power consump-tion

12 Volts 120 Watts

The maximum capacity of the socket mustnot be exceeded. The power consumption isindicated on the rating plate of each appli-ance.

Where 2 or more appliances are connectedat the same time, the total rating of all theconnected devices must never exceed 190Watts ››› .

12 volt power socketThe 12 volt socket is found in the storagecompartment at the front of the centre con-sole ››› Fig. 134 2 and only functions whenthe ignition is switched on.

Using electrical appliances with the enginestopped and the ignition switched on willdrain the battery. Therefore, electrical devi-ces connected to the power socket can onlybe used when the engine is running.

To prevent voltage variations from causingdamage, switch off the electrical device con-

nected to the 12 Volt power socket beforeswitching the ignition on or off and beforestarting the engine.

USB InterfaceThe factory-fitted USB interface is in the stor-age compartment of the front part of thecentre console 1 .

WARNINGImproper use of the socket or electrical de-vices could lead to a fire and cause seriousinjuries.● Never leave children unsupervised in thevehicle. The socket and equipment con-nected to it can be used when the ignition isswitched on.● Should a connected electrical deviceoverheat, switch it off and unplug it imme-diately.

CAUTION● Always follow the operating instructionsfor the appliances to be connected!● Never exceed the maximum power ratingas this could damage the vehicle's generalelectrical system.● 12 volt power socket:– Only use accessories with approved

electromagnetic compatibility accord-ing to current regulations.

– Never power the socket.

CAUTION● To avoid damage to the vehicle's electri-cal system, never connect equipment thatgenerates electrical current, such as solarpanels or battery chargers, to the 12 voltpower sockets in order to charge the vehi-cle's battery.● Only use accessories with approvedelectromagnetic compatibility accordingto current regulations.● To avoid damage due to voltage varia-tions, switch off all devices connected tothe 12 V socket before switching the ignitionon or off and before starting the engine.● Never connect an appliance to the 12 voltpower socket that consumes more than thepower indicated in watts. Exceeding themaximum power absorption could damagethe vehicle's electrical system.

For the sake of the environmentDo not leave the engine running when thevehicle is at a standstill.

Note● Using devices with the engine stoppedand the ignition switched on will drain thebattery.● Unshielded equipment can cause inter-ference on the radio equipment and the ve-hicle's electrical system. »

121

Operation

● Interference can occur on the radio's AMwaveband if electrical appliances are usednear the aerial.

Portable smartphone holder

Fig. 135 Assembling the universal support andthe holding arm.

Fig. 136 On the centre console: close thecompartment where the infotainment system ishoused.

Removing the smartphone● Grip the smartphone firmly with one hand.● Press the release button ››› Fig. 136 5 untilthe top arm of the universal holder disengag-es.● Remove the smart phone and, as the casemay be, unplug any cables.

Inserting a smart phone● If necessary, install the smartphone hous-ing ››› .● Connect the smartphone.● Place the smartphone on the bottommountings. To adjust the bottom mountings,press button ››› Fig. 136 4 .

● Press the top arm of the universal holderuntil the smartphone is securely held in place.

Disassembling the housing● If necessary, remove the smartphone.● Grip the universal holder ››› Fig. 135 3 andpress the release button ››› Fig. 135 4 .● Push the universal holder to the right (anti-clockwise) and remove it.● Grip the holder arm and ››› Fig. 136 1 andpress the release button ››› Fig. 136 4 in thedirection of the arrow.● Remove the holder from the dash panel up-wards.

Install the housing● Insert the universal holder ››› Fig. 135 3 in-to the slots 2 on the holder 1 .● Move the universal holder to the side in thelocking direction 4 until it engages audi-bly ››› .● Place the holder arm ››› Fig. 136 1 in theanchoring plate ››› Fig. 136 3 from aboveand press down on it until you hear it en-gage ››› .

WARNINGIf a smartphone is not secured or is incor-rectly secured in the vehicle, it could beflung though the interior during a suddendriving or braking manoeuvre or in the

122


event of an accident, and could cause inju-ries.● The infotainment system holder must beproperly secured in the corresponding gapin the dash panel.● The infotainment system must always beproperly secured in its holder or storedsafely in the vehicle.

CAUTIONIf tilt and angle of visibility are not properlyadjusted the smart phone could be dam-aged.● When adjusting the smartphone, move itwith care and never beyond its limits.

CAUTIONAt very high or very low temperatures thesmartphone might not operate properly, orthe actual device could get damaged.● Take your smart phone with you whenyou get out of the vehicle to protect it fromvery high or very low temperatures, andfrom intense solar radiation.

CAUTIONHumidity can damage the electrical con-tacts for the smartphone on the instrumentpanel.● Do not wet the smartphone’s housingwhen cleaning it. Use only a dry cloth.

NoteSEAT recommends that you always takeyour smart phone with you when you getout of the vehicle to avoid possible thefts.

Luggage compartment

Introduction

Always transport heavy loads in the luggagecompartment and place the seat backs in avertical position. Never overload the vehicle.Both the carrying capacity as well as the dis-tribution of the load in the vehicle have ef-fects on the driving behaviour and brakingability ››› .

WARNINGWhen the vehicle is not in use or beingwatched, always lock the doors and therear lid to reduce the risk of serious injury ordeath.● Do not leave children unwatched, espe-cially when the boot is open. Childrencould climb into the luggage compartment,close the rear lid from inside and be unableto escape themselves. This could lead toserious injury or death.● Never allow children to play in or aroundthe vehicle.

● Never transport people in the luggagecompartment.

WARNINGUnsecured or incorrectly secured objectscan cause serious injury in case of a sud-den manoeuvring or breaking or in case ofan accident. This is especially true whenobjects are struck by a detonating airbagand fired through the vehicle interior. To re-duce the risks, please note the following:● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Alwaysplace equipment and heavy objects in theboot.● Always secure objects to the fasteningrings with suitable rope or straps to preventthem from being thrown around the interiorand moving to the airbag deployment areain the event of sudden movements or acci-dents.● While driving, always keep object com-partments closed.● Do not place hard, heavy or sharp ob-jects inside the vehicle interior, in openstorage compartments, the rear shelf ofthe boot or on the dash panel.● Remove hard, heavy and sharp objectsfrom clothes and pockets inside the vehicleand store securely. »

123

Operation

WARNINGThe transport of heavy object changes ve-hicle handling and increases braking dis-tance. Heavy loads that have not beenstored or secured correctly could causeloss of control and result in serious injury.● Vehicle handling changes when trans-porting heavy objects due to a change inthe centre of gravity.● Distribute the load as uniformly and aslow down on the vehicle as possible.● Store heavy objects in the luggage com-partment as far from the rear axle as possi-ble.

CAUTIONHard objects on the rear shelf could chafeagainst the wires of the heating element inthe heated rear window and cause dam-age.

NoteThe ventilating slits between the heatedrear window and the rear shelf must not becovered so that used air can escape fromthe vehicle.

Folding and lifting up the rear seatbench backrest

Fig. 137 Back seat: unlock button A ; redmarking B

The rear seat backrest can be folded forwardto extend the luggage compartment.

Folding the rear seat backrest forwards● Push the head restraint down as far as it willgo or remove it if necessary ››› page 50 andstore it in a safe place.● Pull the unlock switch ››› Fig. 137 A for-wards whilst simultaneously lifting the rearseat backrest.● The rear seat backrest is not engagedwhen the red marking of the button B is visi-ble.● If the rear seat backrest is folded, people(including children) are not permitted to trav-el in the rear folded seats.

Folding up the rear seat backrest● Lift back the backrest of the rear seat andpush it firmly into the lock until it clicks se-curely into place ››› .● The red marking on the unlock button Bmust not be seen.● Make sure that the backrest of the rear seatis securely locked in position so that the seatbelts can provide proper protection in therear seats.● If necessary, reinstall and readjust the headrestraints ››› page 112.

WARNINGFolding and lifting the backrests of the rearseats carelessly without paying attentioncould cause serious injury.● Never fold or lift the seats while driving.● Do no trap or damage seat belts whenraising the seat backrest.● Keep hands, fingers, feet and other limbsaway from the range of the rear seatbackrests when folding and lifting them.● All seat backrests must engage correctlyfor the seat belts on the rear seats to workproperly. When the backrest of an occu-pied seat is not correctly locked in place,the passenger can be thrust forward withthe rear seat backrest in case of suddenbraking, sudden manoeuvres or an acci-dent.

124


● A red signal on the button B warns thatthe backrest is not engaged. Always checkto make sure that the red mark is not visiblewhen the backrest of the rear seat is in theupright position.● No seat must be occupied if the backrestof the rear seat is folded or not correctlyengaged.

CAUTIONBefore folding the rear seat backrest, ad-just the front seats so that neither the headrestraint or backrest hit them when folded.If necessary, remove the head restraints››› page 112 and store them safely.

Luggage compartment shelf*

Fig. 138 In the boot: removing and installingthe rear shelf.

You may put light items of clothing on the rearshelf. Check that the rear view is not limited.

Removing the shelf● Unhook the loops ››› Fig. 138 B from hous-ings A .● Extract the shelf from its housing C up-wards and then pull it out.

WARNINGUnsecured or incorrectly secured objectsor animals on the rear shelf could causeserious injuries in case of a sudden ma-noeuvre, sudden braking or an accident.● Do not leave hard, heavy or sharp ob-jects (loose or in bags) on the rear shelf.● Never transport animals on the rear shelf.● Never drive with the rear shelf raised. Al-ways lower it or remove it before the jour-ney.

CAUTIONTo prevent the rear shelf from being dam-aged:● Always check that the side supports arefirmly engaged.● Regulate the height of the load in the lug-gage compartment to ensure the rear shelfdoes not press down on the load with therear lid closed.

Luggage compartment variablefloor

Fig. 139 A: open the boot variable floor. B:raised boot variable floor. »

125

Operation

Fig. 140 C: extend the boot downward. D: ex-tend the boot forward.

Raise and lower the boot floor● To raise the floor, raise handle››› Fig. 139 1 in the direction of the arrowand pull from the floor all the way up››› Fig. 139 B.● To lower it, guide the floor downward.

Extend the boot downward● Raise the boot floor and push it downwardin the rail ››› Fig. 140 C (arrows)● Place the variable floor over the floor lining.● If necessary, fold the backrest of the rearseat forward ››› page 124.

Extending the luggage compartment for-ward● Disassemble the luggage compartmenttray ››› page 125.● Disassemble the rear headrests››› page 50.● Fold the backrest of the rear seat forward››› page 124.● If necessary, expand the boot downward.

CAUTIONDo not let the luggage compartment floorfall when closing it. Always carefully guideit downward in a controlled manner. Other-wise, the lining and the floor of the bootcould be damaged.

Class N1 (commercial) vehicles

For safe vehicle operation, the electrical sys-tem must work perfectly. Special attentionshould be paid so it is not damaged duringadjustment, loading and unloading of trans-ported objects.

Fastening rings*

In the front part of the luggage compartment,there may be fastening rings to secure theluggage.

In order to use the fastening rings, they mustbe lifted beforehand.

WARNINGIf unsuitable or damaged belts or retainingstraps are used, they may break in theevent of braking or an accident. Objectscould then be launched across the passen-ger compartment and cause serious or fa-tal injuries.● It is important to always use belts or re-taining straps that are suitable and in agood condition.● Belts and retaining straps should be se-curely fastened to the fastening rings.● Objects in the luggage compartmentthat are unsecured could move suddenlyand modify the handling of the vehicle.● Small light objects should also be fixed inplace.● A child seat should never be secured withthe fastening rings.

Note● The maximum tensile load that the fas-tening rings can support is 3.5 kN.● Belts and securing systems for the ap-propriate load can be obtained from speci-alised dealerships. SEAT recommends visit-ing a SEAT dealership for this.

126


Retaining hooks

Fig. 141 In the boot: retaining hooks.

There may be hooks in the upper left andright part of the luggage compartment.

WARNINGNever use these hooks to secure objects. Incase of sudden braking or an accident,they could rupture.

CAUTIONThe hooks can support a maximum of 2.5 kgeach.

Roof carrier

Introduction

The vehicle roof has been designed to opti-mise aerodynamics. For this reason, conven-tional roof carrier systems cannot be securedto the water drains.

Given that the water drains have been incor-porated into the roof for aerodynamic rea-sons, only the SEAT approved basic supportsand roof carrier systems can be used.

When the roof carrier system should be re-moved:● When they are not used.● When the vehicle is being washed in a carwash.● When the vehicle height exceeds the maxi-mum height, for example, in some garages.

WARNINGThe risk of an accident is increased bytransporting heavy or bulky loads on theroof, which affects the car's handling byshifting the centre of gravity and increasingsusceptibility to cross winds.● Always secure loads correctly with suita-ble and undamaged attachment rope orstraps.

● Large, heavy, wide and flat loads nega-tively affect the vehicle aerodynamics,centre of gravity and handling.● Avoid brusque manoeuvres and suddenbraking.● Adjust your speed and driving style to vis-ibility, road, traffic and weather conditions.

CAUTION● Always remove the roof carrier systemfrom the roof before entering a car wash.● The height of your vehicle is changed bythe installation of the roof carrier and theload secured on it. Compare the vehicleheight with the passage height, for exam-ple in underground car parks or for garagedoors.● The roof antenna and the range of therear lid should not be affected by the roofcarrier system or the load being transpor-ted.● Take extra care not to let the hatch strikethe roof load when opening.

For the sake of the environmentThe vehicle uses more fuel when the roofcarrier system is fitted.

127

Operation

Fastening the base supports andthe roof carrier system

Fig. 142 Attachment points for the basic sup-ports and the roof carrier system in two-doorvehicles.

Fig. 143 Attachment points for the basic sup-ports and the roof carrier system in four-doorvehicles.

The mounts are the basis of a complete roofcarrier system. Special fixtures must be add-ed in order to safely transport luggage, bicy-

cles, skis, surf boards or boats on the roof.The suitable accessories can be acquired atSEAT dealerships.

Securing the base supports and roof carri-er systemThe roof carrier system must always be in-stalled exactly according to the instructionsprovided.

Two-door vehicles: the holes and marks in-dicating the fitting points for base front sup-ports are in the lower half of the roof struts››› Fig. 142 (enlarged left image). The holesand marks are only seen with the door open.The fitting marks for base rear supports are inthe upper half of the windows ››› Fig. 142 (en-larged right image).

Four-door vehicles: the holes or marks indi-cating the fitting points for base supports arein the lower half of the roof struts and can on-ly be seen with the door open ››› Fig. 143.

The base support should only be fitted to thepoints indicated in the diagram.

WARNINGIf the base supports and the roof carriersystem are incorrectly fitted or used in anunsuitable manner, the entire system couldbreak free causing accident and injury.● Always take the manufacturer assemblyinstructions into account.

● Only use base supports and roof carriersystems that are not damaged and are cor-rectly fitted.● The base support should only be fitted tothe points indicated in the diagram››› Fig. 142.● Secure the base supports and roof carri-er system correctly.● Check the screws and attachments be-fore driving and after a short distance. Dur-ing each long journey, check the attach-ments during every break.● Always fit the roof carrier system correct-ly for wheels, skis and surfboards, etc.● Never modify or repair the basic supportsor roof carrier system.

NoteRead and take into account the instructionsincluded with the roof carrier system fittedand keep them in the vehicle.

Loading the roof carrier

Loads can only be correctly secured whenthe roof carrier system is correctly fitted ››› .

Maximum authorised roof loadThe maximum authorised roof load is 50 kg.The roof load includes the weight of the base

128

Air conditioning

support, the roof carrier system and the loadbeing transported ››› .

Always check the weight of the base support,the roof carrier system and the weight of theload to be transported and, if necessary,weigh them. Never exceed the maximum au-thorised roof load.

If you are using a roof carrier with a lowerweight rating, you cannot transport the maxi-mum roof load. Do not exceed the maximumweight limit for the roof carrier given in the fit-ting instructions.

Distributing a loadUniformly distribute loads and secure themcorrectly ››› .

Check attachmentsAfter fitting the base supports and the roofcarrier system, always check the attach-ments after a short trip and at regular inter-vals.

WARNINGExceeding the maximum authorised roofload can result in accidents and/or vehicledamage.● Never surpass the maximum authorisedweight for the roof, the maximum author-ised weight on the axles and the total maxi-mum authorised weight of the vehicle.

● Never exceed the capacity of the roofcarrier system even if this is less than themaximum authorised roof load.● Secure heavy items as far forward aspossible and distribute the vehicle loaduniformly.

WARNINGLoose and incorrectly secured loads canfall from the roof carrier system causingaccidents and injury.● Always use suitable ropes and straps ingood condition.● Always secure loads correctly.

Air conditioning

Heating, ventilation and airconditioning

Introduction


One of the following systems can be installedin the vehicle:

● Heating and fresh air system● Manual air conditioning● Climatronic

The heating and fresh air system heats andventilates the interior. The heating and freshair system cannot cool.

The manual air conditioning and the Cli-matronic cool and dehumidify the air. Theyoperate most effectively with the windowsand the sunroof closed. If a great deal of heataccumulates in the interior, ventilating it canaccelerate the cooling process.

Display of active functionsThe LEDs that light up on the rotary controlson the buttons indicate that the function inquestion is activated. »

129

Operation

In the case of the Climatronic, the controlpanel screen shows the functions that arecurrently activated.

WARNINGWhen visibility through the window displayis poor, the risk of collisions and accidentswhich may cause serious injury increases.● To guarantee good visibility, keep all win-dows free of ice and snow and properlydemisted.● Adjust the heating, air conditioning andthe heated rear window so that the win-dows do not mist up.● Drive off only when you have good visibil-ity through the windows.● Do not use the air recirculation for longperiods of time. When the cooling is switch-ed off and the air recirculation is on, thewindows can mist over very quickly and se-riously impair visibility.● Switch the air recirculation off when youdo not need it.

WARNINGUsed air can quickly cause driver tirednessand reduce their attention span, whichcould lead to collisions, accidents and seri-ous injury.● Never switch off the fan for a long time orleave the air recirculation on for too long,

since no exterior air enters the interior dur-ing that time.

CAUTIONIf the air conditioning is not working, switchit off immediately, together with the de-frost/demist function (in the case of man-ual air conditioning) and have a special-ised workshop check it out. This may helpto avoid other possible damage.

CAUTIONTo avoid damaging the heated rear win-dow, never affix adhesives to the electricfilaments on the inside of it.

Air recirculation

In air recirculation mode, no fresh air entersthe vehicle interior.

To switch on the air recirculation, turn the ad-juster to the right or press the button.

To switch off the air recirculation, turn the ad-juster to the left or press the buttonagain ››› .

WARNINGUsed air can quickly cause driver tirednessand reduce their attention span, which

could lead to collisions, accidents and seri-ous injury.● Never use the air recirculation for toolong, since no exterior air enters the interiorduring that time.● When the cooling is switched off and theair recirculation is on, the windows can mistover very quickly and seriously impair visi-bility.● Switch the air recirculation off when youdo not need it.

CAUTIONIn vehicles with an air conditioner, do notsmoke when air recirculation is switchedon. The smoke taken in could impregnatethe cooling vaporiser and the activatedcharcoal cartridge of the dust and pollenfilter, leading to permanent unpleasantodours.

Note● Climatronic: When reverse gear is en-gaged, the air recirculation switches onbriefly to prevent exhaust gas from enter-ing the interior.● When the outside temperature is veryhigh, it is recommendable to switch the airrecirculation on briefly to cool down the in-terior faster.

130

Air conditioning

Air vents

Fig. 144 On the dash panel air vents.

To achieve sufficient heating power, coolingand ventilation in the interior, the vents shouldbe left open.

Key to the Fig. 144:Adjustable air vents: the vent slats can beused to open and close the vents and toadjust air direction. For the air to reach

1

the windows as best as possible, open thecorresponding vent and turn it to the de-frost/demist position, where it will en-gage.Non-adjustable air vents

There are more vents in the footwell areasand at the back of the interior.

2

CAUTIONNever place food, medicines or other tem-perature-sensitive objects close to the airvents. Food, medicines and other objectssensitive to heat or cold may be damagedor made unsuitable for use by the air com-ing from the vents.

131

Operation

Tips and instructions for use

Fig. 145 In the centre console, top section: Clima-tronic control panel.

The following tips and instructions for use willhelp you to use the systems properly.

Reasons why the cooling switches off au-tomatically or will not switch on● The engine is not running.● The fan is switched off.● The air conditioner fuse has blown.● The outside temperature is lower thanaround +3°C (+38°F).● The cooling system compressor has beentemporarily switched off because the enginecoolant temperature is too high.● Another fault in the vehicle. Have the airconditioner checked by a specialised work-shop.

How to optimise visibility● To improve heating or cooling performanceand to prevent the windows from misting over,keep the air intake slots in front of the wind-screen free of snow, ice and leaves.● To allow the air to move freely through theinterior from the front to the rear, keep theventilation slits located at the back of the lug-gage compartment free.● The highest possible heating power will on-ly be reached and ice removed from the win-dows as quickly as possible when the coolantis at its operating temperature.

Recommended settings for the heatingand fresh air system and the manual airconditioning● Switch off the air recirculation.

● Set fan speed or .● Turn the temperature control to the inter-mediate position.● Open and direct all the air outlets in thedash panel.● Turn the air distribution control to the re-quired position.● Manual air conditioning: press the but-ton in the control panel to switch on the cool-ing. The air is dehumidified in cooling mode.

Recommended Climatronic settings● Press the button in the control panel.● Set the temperature to +22°C (+72°F).● Open and direct the air outlets in the dashpanel.

132

Air conditioning

Maximum cooling power or heating powerin the case of ClimatronicWhen driving, the maximum cooling power orheating power can be adjusted by pressingthe 1 or 2 ››› Fig. 145 button repeatedly.The temperature is not regulated.

● Maximum cooling potency: set the temper-ature below +16°C (+60°F). The display thenshows LO.● Maximum heating potency: set the temper-ature above +29°C (+84°F). The display thenshows HI.

Dust and pollen filterThe dust and pollen filter should be changedregularly in order to maintain air conditionerperformance.

If the vehicle is used frequently in areaswhere the outside air is highly polluted, it maybe necessary to change the filter before thenext scheduled service.

Water under the vehicleIf the humidity and temperature outside thevehicle are high, condensation can drip offthe evaporator in the cooling system andform a small pool underneath the vehicle.This is normal and does not indicate a leak!

133

Infotainment System

Infotainment System

IntroductionSafety warnings

WARNINGDistracting the driver in any way can leadto an accident and cause injuries. Operat-ing the radio system while driving can dis-tract your attention from the traffic.● Always drive as carefully and responsiblyas possible.● Select volume settings that allow you toeasily hear signals from outside the vehicleat all times (e.g. emergency services sirensand horns).● Hearing may be impaired if using too higha volume setting, even if only for short peri-ods of time.

WARNINGThe volume level may suddenly changewhen you switch audio source or connect anew audio source.● Lower the base volume before connect-ing or switching the audio source.

WARNINGConnecting, inserting or removing a datamedium while driving can distract your at-tention from the traffic and cause an acci-dent.

WARNINGConnecting leads for external devices mayobstruct the driver.● Arrange the connecting leads so thatthey do not obstruct the driver.

WARNINGExternal devices that are loose or not prop-erly secured could move around the pas-senger compartment during a sudden driv-ing or braking manoeuvre or an accidentand cause damage or injury.● Never place external devices on thedoors, the windscreen, on or close to thezone marked with the “AIRBAG” word of thesteering wheel, the instrument panel or thebackrests, or between these zones and thepassengers. External devices can causeserious injury in an accident, especiallywhen the airbags inflate.

WARNINGOpening a CD player's housing can lead toinjuries from invisible laser radiation.

● Have CD players repaired only by quali-fied workshops.

CAUTIONThe system can be damaged by the incor-rect insertion of a data storage device orthe insertion of an incompatible data stor-age device.● When inserting and removing CDs, al-ways hold them at right angles to the frontof the CD drive without tilting so as not toscratch them.● If a CD or DVD is inserted while another isalready in the unit or being ejected, theDVD drive may be irreparably damaged.Always wait until the data medium is com-pletely ejected.

CAUTIONAny foreign objects stuck to a data storagedevice and non-round media may damagethe CD player.● Only use clean, standard 12-cm CDs.– Do not affix stickers or other items to

the data medium. Stickers may peel offand damage the drive.

– Do not use printable data media. Prin-ted labels and coverings may peel offand damage the CD drive.

– Do not insert 8-cm single CDs or irreg-ularly shaped or non-round CDs.

134

Introduction

– Do not insert DVD-Plus discs, DualDiscs or Flip Discs, as these are thickerthan normal CDs.

CAUTIONThe vehicle loudspeakers may be dam-aged if the volume is too high or the soundis distorted.

135

Infotainment System

Overview of the unit

You&Mii Music

Fig. 146 Overview of the controls

Arrow buttons (radio/media mode)››› page 140, ››› page 142Slot for SD cards ››› page 143CD slotScreenAUX-IN multimedia socket ››› page 145Eject the CDSound settingsVolume. Off and on ››› page 138,››› page 139Radio mode (change of band frequency)››› page 140

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Media mode (audio sources)››› page 142Function buttons ››› page 138Go back to the previous menuSettings menuSettings button (search and selection)››› page 138

10

11

12

13

14

136

Introduction

You&Mii Colour Connection

Fig. 147 Overview of the controls

Volume. Off and on ››› page 138,››› page 138Slot for SD cards ››› page 143ScreenAUX-IN multimedia socket ››› page 145Settings button (search and selection)››› page 138Radio mode (change of band frequency)››› page 140Media mode (audio sources)››› page 142Function buttons ››› page 138Telephone mode ››› page 146Selecting the main menu ››› page 137

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Main menus● To access the main menu, press button .● To select a function, rotate the setting But-ton 5 until it is highlighted and press the but-ton.

137

Infotainment System

General operating informa-tion

Additional instructions

Depending on the vehicle, notifications of thefactory-fitted driving assistance systems areshown on the display. The notifications closeautomatically when they are no longer use-ful.

All notifications are only displayed after com-pletely rebooting the radio system.

Note● Pushing the buttons gently is enough touse the equipment.● Due to country-specific legislation, cer-tain functions may not be available whenthe vehicle is travelling above a certainspeed.● Using a mobile telephone inside the vehi-cle may provoke noise in the speakers.● On some vehicles with ParkPilot, the vol-ume of the active audio source is automati-cally lowered when reverse gear is selec-ted.

Thumbwheels, equipment andfunction buttons

Overview● Rotary/push knobs.● Equipment buttons named (physical but-tons).● Function buttons (virtual buttons).

Rotary/push knobsThe left-hand rotary knob is known as vol-ume control or the on/off button.

The right-hand rotary knob is known as thesettings button.

Equipment buttons and function buttonsThe named buttons of the equipment areknown as “equipment buttons” and areshown with a button symbol inside a rectan-gle, for instance, equipment button .

Unnamed equipment buttons are located be-low the screen. These equipment buttons areknown as “function buttons” as their purposedepends on the active function mode.

The function assigned to a function button isexplained on the bottom of the display,above the corresponding button.

Switching on and off

● To manually switch the system on and off,briefly press the rotary knob .

When the unit is switched on the systemstarts up. The last active audio source will beplayed with the volume set, as long this doesnot exceed the maximum, predefined“switch-on” volume ( Volume ).

Depending on the equipment and country,when switching off the engine or removingthe key from the ignition, the system switchesoff automatically. If the system is switched onagain without switching on the ignition, it willswitch off automatically after approximately30 minutes (switch-off delay).

Power managementIf the charge of the battery goes below theminimum onboard charge with the ignitionswitched off and the system active, an audi-ble warning will be emitted and the LOW BAT-TERY message will be displayed. If this hap-pens, you should turn off the equipment.

Anti-theft passwordThe anti-theft password of the system is stor-ed in the system after entering it for the firsttime (radio comfort password). If you have toenter the anti-theft password manually, for

138

Introduction

instance, because the system has been in-stalled in a different vehicle, please go to aSEAT authorised service.

If only the battery was disconnected, switchon the ignition before turning the system onagain.

Change base volume

Function Operation

Turn volumeup.

Turn the volume control clock-wise.

Turn volumedown.

Turn the volume control anti-clockwise.

Changes in base volume are indicated by a“volume bar” on the screen, which is dis-played briefly.

It is possible to preset certain volume settingsand adjustments.

Mute system sound● Turn the volume control anti-clockwiseuntil it displays .● OR: press the volume switch briefly tomute or unmute the system.

While the sound of the system is muted(MUTE), the playback Media source stops.

NoteIf the base volume has been considerablyincreased to play a certain audio source,lower the volume again before switching toanother audio source.

139

Infotainment System

Audio Mode

Radio Mode

Introduction

The radio system is supplied in different ver-sions depending on the country and the fea-tures of the vehicle. Some systems also havea DAB radio receiver. The general dashboardcontains the possible versions of the system››› page 136.

Note● Bear in mind that being in undergroundparking lots, in tunnels, in areas with tallbuildings or mountains can interfere withradio signals.● Foil or metal-coated stickers attached tothe windows may affect reception on vehi-cles with a window aerial.

RADIO main menu

Fig. 148 RADIO Main Menu: select frequencyband.

Fig. 149 RADIO main menu: Indication of pre-set buttons.

● Press so start the Radio mode.

After switching the Radio mode, the availablefrequency bands (FM, AM1) and DAB1)) will beshown on the bottom of the display. Press the

equipment button gain to display morefunctions for the radio receiver.

The following options are available:● Search next station.● Access a previously saved station.● Switching the TP function on and off● Save current station ››› page 141.

The current station is shown in the middle ofthe screen. If the station allows for RDS andthe connection is good, instead of the fre-quency, the name of the station will beshown, e.g. RADIO 21.

Change frequency band

The frequency band selected (FM, AM1) orDAB1)) is shown on the top left.

● In Radio mode, press the equipmentbutton briefly to display the FM , AM 1) andDAB 1) function buttons ››› Fig. 148.● Press one of the function buttons FM , AMor DAB to change the frequency band.● OR: Press the equipment button a fewtimes to cycle through the different lowerfunction buttons.

1) This depends on the country and unit in ques-tion.

140

Audio Mode

Changing station

Fig. 150 Go to the next available station withthe arrow buttons.

Fig. 151 Changing the stations with the arrowbuttons is only possible for saved stations.

● Press the or arrow button on the sys-tem or the display.

Based on the mode selected for the searchengine (Button keys:) you can cyclethrough either available or saved stations.

Manually tuning station frequency● To select the desired frequency band››› page 140.● Press the function button of the frequencyband .● Rotate the setting switch until the desiredfrequency is shown on the display(e.g. 89.9 MHz).● OR: Press one of the double-arrow buttons››› Fig. 153 until the frequency is shown on thescreen.

Saving stations in preset buttons

Fig. 152 Station on the FM frequency bandstored in preset button 6.

Fig. 153 Additional radio functions.

Stations that are already saved are overwrit-ten if another station is stored in the samepreset button.

Assigning different preset buttons manual-ly● Select the frequency band ››› page 140.● Select station ››› page 141.● Change to preset buttons. To do this, pressbutton ››› Fig. 154● Press and hold the desired preset buttonuntil an audible signal is heard.● The current station (RADIO 21) will be savedin this preset button.

You can update the station list by pressingand holding the equipment button orusing the function button ››› Fig. 153.

141

Infotainment System

Choosing stored stations

Fig. 154 Radio mode notification: change ofstation using the arrow buttons.

Fig. 155 Saved stations.

● Select the frequency band on which thestation is saved.● Press the function button.● Press the preset button in which the stationis saved briefly.

Depending on the settings, you can cyclethrough the stations of a frequency band withthe arrow buttons and (Arrow but-tons:).

The stored stations can only be played if theycan be received at the current location.

Media Mode

Introduction

“Media sources” are audio sources contain-ing audio files on various different data stor-age devices (e.g. CD, external MP3 players).These audio files can be played with theircorresponding applications or the radio's au-dio inputs.

Note● Do not use memory card adapters.● SEAT assumes no liability for any deterio-ration or loss of files on data storage devi-ces.

Select a Media source

Fig. 156 Select a Media source

Press the equipment button to switch tothe Media mode.

When switching to the Media mode, the bot-tom of the screen shows the available Mediasources for a few seconds. The Media sourcethat is currently playing is highlighted.

Open the Media selection menu manuallyand select a Media source● In the Media mode, press the equip-ment button to display the Media selectionmenu again.● Enable the Media source you want bypressing the corresponding function button.● OR: Press the equipment button againto cycle through the available Media sources.

142

Audio Mode

Function button: Media source

SD card in the slot for SD cards››› page 143.

* Audio or MP3 CD in the internal CD play-er.

USB data storage in the USB socket››› page 144. You can see the location ofthe connection in ››› page 120.

* Smartphone paired through Bluetooth››› page 144

External audio source connected to theAUX-IN multimedia socket ››› page 145.

When a Media source that has already beenplayed is selected again, playback is re-sumed from the point at which it ended (ex-cept for: AUX ››› page 145).

SD card playback

Fig. 157 SD card playback: List of tracks.

● Insert the SD card first with the cut cornerfacing up and the title on the left in the slot forSD cards.● Press the button .

Playback continues with the last Mediasource selected. To play the SD card press .

In the folder view, browse with the functionbutton and the settings button. Press toaccess a higher golder level and rotate thesettings switch to select the desired folder.

To switch to the previous or next track, presseither or .

Hold one of the arrow buttons to fast-forwardor rewind the track.

During playback, the following function but-tons are available on the bottom of thescreen. Active function buttons are highligh-ted.

Function button: Meaninga)

Playlist notification. Here you can also se-lect a track directly with the settings but-ton ››› Fig. 157.

Previous track or rewind.

Play. It can also be pressed to stop theplayback. In this case, the symbolchanges to

Next title or fast-forward

Function button: Meaninga)

Random play.

To repeat a folder or track. The symbolindicates that the current track is on re-peat.

a) Valid for Media sources: SD card, USB socket andBluetooth audio

In the list of playlists (button ) the followingoptions are available:

Function button: Meaning

To change the main folder of the SD card.

To access a higher folder level. In the folderlist, you can select a different audio sourcewith ››› page 142.

Play. It can also be pressed to stop theplayback.

Random play.

To repeat a folder or track. The symbolindicates that the current track is on re-peat.

Ejecting the SD cardConnected data storage devices must beprepared before their disconnection in orderto remove them without damaging it.

● Press the Infotainment button MENU andthen press System settings. »

143

Infotainment System

● Select Remove source safely and thenSD Card. After correctly ejecting the datastorage device from the system, the functionbutton becomes inactive (grey colour).● Now you can remove the SD card.

External data storage device in theUSB socket

Depending on the country and device, theremight be one or several USB ports in thevehicle.

The location of the USB ports depends onthe vehicle in question.

Audio files on an external data storage deviceconnected to the USB port can be playedand controlled via the Infotainment system.

Where this manual refers to external datastorage devices, this means USB mass stor-age devices containing supported audio files,such as MP3 players, iPods™ and USB sticks.

Only compatible audio files are displayed.Other files are ignored.

The rest of operations to use the external da-ta device storage (changing tracks, selectingtracks and enabling playback modes) arecarried out similarly to other audio sources(e.g. “Playback from SD card” ››› page 143.

Instructions and restrictionsThe number of USB ports and their com-patibility with Apple™ devices as well as withother media players depends on the features.

The USB port supplies the usual USB volt-age of 5 volts for a USB connection.

Due to the large number of different datastorage devices and various iPod™ andiPhone™ generations available, it is not possi-ble to guarantee fault-free operation of allfunctions described here.

Take into account all other instructions andlimitations regarding requirements for mediasources.

DisconnectingConnected data storage devices must beprepared before their disconnection in orderto remove them.

● Press the Infotainment button andthen press System settings .● Select Remove source safely and thenSD Card . After correctly ejecting the data

storage device from the system, the functionbutton becomes inactive (grey colour).● Now the data storage device can be dis-connected.

Playback over Bluetooth®*

Connection of a safe audio source throughBluetoothBluetooth® Audio mode allows you to listen toaudio files being played on a Bluetooth® au-dio source (e.g., a mobile telephone) connec-ted via Bluetooth® (audio playback by Blue-tooth®) over the vehicle speakers.

Requirements● The Bluetooth® audio source must supportthe A2DP Bluetooth® profile.● In the Bluetooth Settings menu the BT Audio (A2DP/AVRCP) function must be on.

Starting Bluetooth® audio transmission● Activate Bluetooth® visibility on the externalBluetooth® audio source (e.g., mobile tele-phone).● Lower the base volume on the Infotainmentsystem.● Press the button .● Press the function button to select Blue-tooth® as a media source.● Start searching for the desired Bluetooth®

device.● Please refer to the instructions on thescreen of the Infotainment system and on theBluetooth® audio source regarding the rest ofthe procedure.

144

Audio Mode

You may still need to manually start playbackon the Bluetooth® source. When playback onthe Bluetooth® audio source is stopped, theInfotainment system remains in Bluetooth®

Audio mode.

Controlling playbackThe extent to which the Bluetooth® audiosource can be controlled via the Infotainmentsystem depends on the connected Blue-tooth® audio source.

With media players that support the AVRCPBluetooth® profile, playback on the Blue-tooth® audio source can be automaticallystarted or stopped when the unit is switchedto Bluetooth® Audio mode or to a different au-dio source. In addition, it is possible to view orchange the track via the Infotainment system.

WARNINGDo not perform the pairing and connectionprocess while driving. This may cause anaccident!

Note● Due to the large number of possible Blue-tooth® audio sources, it is not possible toguarantee fault-free operation of all de-scribed functions for all these sources.● To operate the media and phone with theBluetooth® device connected, please read

the electronic Instructions Manual of themanufacturer.● Only use compatible Bluetooth® devices.You can request information about compat-ible Bluetooth® products at a SEAT Author-ised Service or online.

External audio source connected tothe AUX-IN multimedia socket

Depending on the version of the vehicle, thereis an AUX-IN connection on the front of the ra-dio ››› page 136, in the glove compartmenton the passenger side, on the centre consoleor on the armrest between the front seats.

The AUX-IN multimedia connection can onlybe used with a 3.5 mm jack.

A connected external audio source is playedover the vehicle speakers and cannot becontrolled via the radio system controls.

The AUX-IN multimedia connection must beactivated in the system settings so it can bedisplayed on the Media selection menu››› page 142.

Connecting an external audio source tothe AUX-IN multimedia socket● Lower the base volume on radio.● Connect the external audio source to theAUX-IN multimedia socket.

● Start playback on the external audiosource.● In the Media mode, press the equip-ment button to display the Media source se-lection menu again ››› page 142.● Press the function button.

The output volume of a connected externalaudio source should be adjusted to the vol-ume of the other audio sources.

Adjusting the playback volumeIf you need to increase the playback volumefor the external audio source, first lower thebase volume on the radio system.

If the sound from the external audio source istoo low, increase the output volume on theexternal audio source, if possible. If this is notenough, adjust the input volume in the sys-tem settings to Level 2 or Level 3.

If the sound from the connected external au-dio source is too loud or distorted, lower theoutput volume on the external audio source,if possible. If this is not enough, change theinput volume to Level 2 or Level 1.

Note● When the playback from the external au-dio source ends or the connection to theAUX-IN socket is interrupted, the radio goesback to the AUX menu. »

145

Infotainment System

● Interference noise may be heard if the ex-ternal audio source is powered from the 12-volt power socket of the vehicle.● Please read and observe the manufac-turer's instruction manual for the externalaudio source.

Phone management*

Connection and operation

Requirements for phone management:Your mobile phone is connected to the Info-tainment System through Bluetooth®.

Connection between the mobile phoneand the Infotainment System● Please observe the information on thepage 144, Playback over Bluetooth®*.● Press the button .● On the Bluetooth® menu of your mobilephone, search the name displayed on screen.● If necessary, take into account the››› page 144 notifications.● To complete the pairing process, respondto the requests of both devices.

Changing the volumeMedia and phone call playback from a con-nected mobile phone will be conductedthrough the speaker of the vehicle.

If voice control is enabled on the mobilephone connected, voice communication willalso take place through the vehicle speaker.

The playback volume can be modified withthe volume control .

Moreover, the volume of navigation an-nouncements can be adjusted in the Soundsettings menu.

If the volume of the system is muted (notifica-tion: ), media sources that are playing onthe connected Smartphone are also interrup-ted.

WARNINGGeneral, mandatory, legal and country-specific instructions and laws for the use ofmobile phones inside the vehicle must al-ways be considered.

Note● To operate the media and phone withyour mobile phone plugged in, please readthe electronic Instructions Manual of themanufacturer.● Only use compatible Bluetooth® devices.You can request information about compat-

ible Bluetooth® products at a SEAT Author-ised Service or online.

Functions of the phone

Fig. 158 Phone disconnected.

Fig. 159 Dial a number with the menu button.

After correctly connecting the phone, youcam manage the call functions of yourpaired mobile phone through the Infotain-ment System ››› Fig. 158.

146

Audio Mode

Dial number:Press the ››› Fig. 158 function button to dis-play the dial screen ››› Fig. 159. Here you canchoose a number with the right switch andconfirm it by pressing. If the number is cor-rect, the call can be started through thespeaker ››› Fig. 159.

Moreover, the following options are availablehere:

● : calls the emergency number1).● : connects to a SEAT fault service1 ).● : connects to the SEAT information hot-line1 ).●: starts call to your voicemail. For thispurpose, your mailbox number will be reques-ted the first time you select it.

Phonebook:Press the ››› Fig. 158 function button to dis-play the phonebook. The phonebook con-tains all the contacts of your mobile phone,which you can select one by one with theright switch and establish a connection bypressing it, or either access a list with availa-ble numbers first. For this purpose, during thefirst connection, you have to confirm thetransfer of your mobile phone contacts. Withthe star key you can save a contact as a fast-dial number.

Call log:Press the ››› Fig. 158 function button to dis-play call log. All the calls from your mobilephone will be shown here once you haveconfirmed the transfer of your contacts fromyour phone.

● All: shows all calls in chronological order.● : only shows missed calls.● : only shows received calls.● : only shows outgoing calls.

The function button bookmarks an entry.

Voicemail:Press the ››› Fig. 158 function button toaccess your voicemail inbox. For this purpose,your mailbox number will be requested thefirst time you select it.

Emergency call:1 )

Press the ››› Fig. 158 function button tomake an emergency call.

Favourites

Fig. 160 Fast-dial

Fast-dial:Press the ››› Fig. 158 function button toopen the fast-dial list ››› Fig. 160. Select anempty slot of your fast-dial list to access thephonebook, where you can choose a contactas a fast-dial number. Select a used slot to di-al its corresponding phone number.

1) Not available in all countries.147

Infotainment System

Phone calls

Fig. 161 Ongoing call.

Incoming call:If you receive a call, you have three options:

● accepting the call with the function but-ton.● muting the ringtone with the functionbutton.● rejecting the call with the function but-ton.

Active call:If you accept the incoming call, you have thefollowing options during the call ››› Fig. 161:

● Press the function key to emit DTMFtones (e.g. to operate an answering ma-chine).● Press the function button to pause thephone call.

● Press the function button to mute the mi-crophone.● Press to end the call.

Settings of a connected phone

Use the equipment button to access thephone's settings: The following options areavailable:

Hands-free: If there is an ongoing call, you cancontinue the call on the mobile phone or transfer itback to the Infotainment System.

Phone selection: Cycle through the phones rec-ognised by the Infotainment System or search fornew devices.

User profile: Change the settings of the phonecurrently connected:

Manage your fast-dial numbers (e.g. delete one).

Set or change voicemail numbers.

Sort your phonebook.

Download your contacts again.

Activate/deactivate mobile phone notificationswhen turning off the engine.

Select a ringtone (only if the phone is not emittingany sounds).

Bluetooth®: Here you can change the connectionsettings of the telephone. For instance, you can de-lete known devices.

Note● A device connected through Bluetooth®,if it supports this profile, will always beused for calls and audio through Blue-tooth®.● To operate the media and phone withyour mobile phone plugged in, please readthe electronic Instructions Manual of themanufacturer.

Drive Mii App*

Introduction

Fig. 162 Application connection main menu.

The connected smartphone offers the follow-ing options:

Navigation over the smartphone withnavigation announcements on the radio.ECOTRAINER display.Driving data notifications.

1

2

3148

Audio Mode

Notifications from the odometer, etc.Search in all fields.

You can also use the telephone function ofyour connected smartphone over the radiousing the right switch.

NoteTo operate the telephone and multimediaaspects and for navigation with the con-nected smartphone, read the instructionsmanual of the manufacturer.

Connection and operation

Requirement: Your smartphone is connectedto the radio through USB ››› page 144 and theSEAT application to connect the smartphoneto the radio is installed on your smartphone1).

Place the smartphone in its socket and turn iton. Removal and installation of the equip-ment and the socket are described in››› page 122.

4

5

Connection between smartphone and ra-dio● Press the button to open the mainmenu.● Afterwards, select and enable the Connec-tion of the application function withthe settings button.

Once the connection is established, you canmanage radio music playback with thesmartphone. You can start the navigation onthe smartphone and listen to the navigationannouncements on the audio system of thevehicle.

Instructions for navigationAcoustic navigation announcements will beplayed on the speakers of the vehicle. Re-garding this, take into account the instruc-tions in Adjusting the volume ››› page 149.

You can manage this from the connectedsmartphone ››› page 149.

Changing the volumeMultimedia playback, navigation announce-ments and phone calls emitted by the con-nected smartphone will be played on thespeakers of the vehicle.

The volume of the traffic announcement canbe modified with the volume control .

You can also adjust the volume of the naviga-tion announcements on the Sound settingsmenu.

When the volume of the system is muted (no-tification: ), playback of multimedia sour-ces played on the connected smartphone isalso interrupted.

Note● For more information about the installa-tion and use of the application, see the in-formation provided with the vehicle.● To operate the media and phone and tonavigate with your Smartphone plugged in,please read the electronic InstructionsManual of the manufacturer.● A device connected through Bluetooth®,if it supports this profile, will always beused for calls and audio through Blue-tooth®. and connection for applications.● Only use compatible Bluetooth® devices.You can request information about compat-ible Bluetooth® products at a SEAT Author-ised Service or online.

1) For more information about the application re-garding installation and use, take into accountthe information provided with the vehicle.

149

Driving

Driving

Start and driving

Stopping and starting theengine

Switching on the ignition and start-ing the engine

Fig. 163 Vehicle key positions


Immobiliser displayWhen an invalid key is used or in the event ofa system fault, is displayed on the instru-ment panel. The engine cannot be started.

Pushing or towingFor technical reasons, the vehicle must notbe push- or tow-started. Jump starting ispreferable.

Key not authorised for the vehicleIf a key which is not authorised for this vehicleis inserted in the ignition lock, it can be re-moved as follows:

● Automatic transmission: the key cannot beremoved from the ignition lock. Press and re-lease the selector lever locking button. Keycan be removed from the vehicle.● Manual transmission: Remove the key fromthe ignition.

WARNINGSwitching off the engine while drivingmakes stopping the vehicle difficult. As aconsequence you may lose control of thevehicle and there is a risk of serious acci-dent.● The assisted braking and steering sys-tems, the airbag system, seat belts andcertain safety equipment are only activewhile the engine is running.● The engine should only be switched offwhen the vehicle is at a standstill.

WARNINGWhile the engine is running or starting itcould help reduce the risk of serious injury.● Never start or leave the engine running inpoorly ventilated or closed spaces. Ex-haust gas contains carbon monoxide, atoxic, colourless and odourless gas. Car-bon monoxide can cause people to loseconsciousness. It can also cause death.● Never leave the vehicle unattended if theengine is running. The vehicle could moveoff suddenly or something unexpectedcould happen resulting in damage and se-rious injury.● Never use start boosters. Cold startsprays could explode or increase the en-gine speed unexpectedly.

WARNINGThe components of the exhaust systemreach very high temperatures. This couldcause a fire and considerable damage.● Always park your vehicle so that no partof the exhaust system can come in contactwith flammable materials (such as wood,leaves, spilled fuel, dried grass, etc.).● Never apply additional underseal or anti-corrosion coatings to the exhaust pipes,catalytic converter or the heat shields onthe exhaust system.

150

Start and driving

WARNINGUnsuitable or careless use of the vehiclekey could result in serious injury.● Always take all the keys with you when-ever you leave the vehicle. If not, the en-gine could accidentally be started andelectrical equipment such as the windowscould accidentally be operated resulting inserious injury.● Never leave children or disabled peoplealone in the car. Passengers could be trap-ped in the car in an emergency and not beable to get themselves to safety. For exam-ple, depending on the time of the year,temperatures inside a locked and closedvehicle can be extremely high or extremelylow resulting in serious injuries and illnessor even death, particularly for young chil-dren.● Never remove the key from the ignition ifthe vehicle is in motion. The steering maylock and it will not be possible to turn thesteering wheel.

CAUTION● An attempt to start the engine while driv-ing or starting the engine immediately afterturning it off can cause damage to the en-gine or starter motor.

● When the engine is cold, avoid high revsand heavy acceleration and do not makethe engine work hard.● Do not push or tow start the engine. Un-burnt fuel could damage the catalytic con-verter.

For the sake of the environmentDo not warm the engine at idle speed; startdriving immediately if the visibility is OK.This helps the engine reach operating tem-perature faster and reduces emissions.

Note● If the key is left in the ignition lock withthe engine off for long periods, the vehiclebattery will run flat.● For automatic gearbox vehicles, the keycan only be removed from the ignition lockif the gear selector lever is in position P. Ifapplicable, press and release the lockingbutton of the selection lever.● Electrical devices with a high power con-sumption are switched off temporarilywhen the engine starts.● When the engine is started cold, theremay be strong vibrations for a few mo-ments for technical reasons. This is quitenormal, and no cause for concern.

● Natural gas engines always start up withpetrol, as a certain operating temperatureis required for running with gas. Once therequired operating temperature is reached,the engine will change to operate with nat-ural gas.

Stopping the engine

Switching off the engine– Stop the vehicle ››› .

– Turn the ignition key to position 1››› Fig. 163.

Engaging the steering wheel lockIn vehicles with automatic gearbox, the igni-tion key can only be removed when the se-lector lever is in position N1).

– Remove the key from the ignition in posi-tion 1 ››› Fig. 163 ››› .

– Turn the steering wheel until you hear it en-gage.

Possible vehicle theft is prevented with thesteering lock engaged. »

1) Depending upon country.151

Driving

WARNINGNever switch off the engine while the vehi-cle is moving. You may lose control of thevehicle and there is a risk of serious acci-dent.● The airbags and belt tensioners do notwork when the ignition is switched off.● The brake servo does not work with theengine off. To stop, the brake pedal must bepressed with more force.● As the power steering does not work if theengine is not running, you will need morestrength to steer than normally.● If the key is removed from the ignition, thesteering may lock and it will not be possibleto steer the vehicle.

CAUTIONIf the engine has been driven at high speedfor a prolonged period of time, it may over-heat when turned off. To avoid engine dam-age, allow the engine to run for approxi-mately 2 minutes in neutral before switch-ing it off.

NoteAfter stopping the engine, the engine com-partment fan may continue running for afew minutes, even when the ignition hasbeen switched off or the key removed. Theradiator fan is automatically switched off.

Electronic immobiliser

The gear lock prevents the engine from beingstarted with an unauthorised key and the ve-hicle being moved.

The vehicle key has a built-in chip. It automat-ically deactivates the electronic immobiliserwhen the key is inserted into the ignition lock.

The electronic immobilizer will be activatedagain automatically as soon as you removethe key from the ignition lock.

For this reason, the vehicle can only be usedwith a genuine SEAT key with the correctcode. Coded keys can be obtained fromSEAT dealerships ››› page 92.

If an unauthorised key is used, the followingsignal appears on the instrument panel dis-play . The vehicle cannot be started in thiscase

NoteThe correct operation of the vehicle is onlyguaranteed when original SEAT keys areused.

Braking and parking

Introduction

WARNINGDriving with worn brake pads or a faultybrake system may lead to serious accident.● If you believe the brake pads to be wornor the brake system to be faulty, immedi-ately refer to a specialised workshop tocheck the brake pads and replace the wornones.

WARNINGCareless parking can cause serious injury.● Never remove the key from the ignition ifthe vehicle is in motion. The steering lockmay engage and lock the steering wheelmaking the vehicle impossible to control.● Always park your vehicle so that no partof the exhaust system can come in contactwith flammable materials (such as wood,leaves, dried grass, spilled fuel, etc.).● Always apply the handbrake when youleave your vehicle and when you park.● Never leave children or disabled peoplealone in the vehicle. They could release theelectronic parking brake, activate the se-lector lever or gear stick and start the vehi-cle moving. This could result in a seriousaccident.

152

Start and driving

● Always take all the keys with you when-ever you leave the vehicle. The enginecould accidentally be started and electri-cal equipment such as the windows couldaccidentally be operated resulting in seri-ous injury.● Never leave children or disabled peoplealone in the car. They could be trapped inthe car in an emergency and will not beable to get themselves to safety. For exam-ple, depending on the time of the year,temperatures inside a locked and closedvehicle can be extremely high or extremelylow resulting in serious injuries and illnessor even death, particularly for young chil-dren.

CAUTION● Special care should be taken when park-ing in areas with high kerbs or fixed barri-ers. Objects protruding from the groundmay damage the bumper or other parts ofthe vehicle during manoeuvres. To avoiddamage, stop before the wheels touch thebarrier or kerb.● Special attention is required when drivingthrough entrances, over ramps, kerbs orother objects. The vehicle underbody,bumpers, mudguards and running gear,and the engine and exhaust system couldbe damaged as you drive over these ob-jects.


It lights up ››› Handbrake applied ››› page 154.

It lights up ››› Fault in the brake system Do not drive on!Seek professional advice ››› page 155.

Brake fluid level inadequate. Do not drive on!Check brake fluid level ››› page 202.

Together with the ABS control lamp : ABS and EBVdo not function. Do not drive on!Seek professional advice ››› page 155.


WARNINGIf the warning lamps are ignored, the vehi-cle may stall in traffic, or may cause acci-dents and severe injuries.● Never ignore the warning lamps.● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possi-ble.

WARNINGDriving with brakes in bad condition couldresult in a serious accident.● If the brake warning lamp does notturn off or if it lights up when driving, thebrake fluid level in the reservoir is too low orthere is a fault in the brake system. Obtainprofessional assistance immediately››› page 201, Checking the brake fluid level.● If the brake warning lamp lights up to-gether with the ABS warning lamp , theABS regulation could be malfunctioning. Asa result, the rear wheels can lock relativelyeasily when braking. If the rear wheels lockthis could result in loss of vehicle control! Ifpossible, reduce your speed and drivecarefully to a specialised workshop closeby to check the brake system. During thefollowing journey, avoid sudden brakingand manoeuvres.


153

Driving

Handbrake

Fig. 164 Between the front seats: parkingbrake.

Using the handbrake● Pull firmly in an upwards direction on thehandbrake lever while pressing the button.● The handbrake is applied when the controllamp lights up on the instrument panel››› page 153 when the ignition is switched on.

Releasing the handbrake● Pull gently in an upwards direction on thehandbrake lever and press the lock button››› Fig. 164 (arrow).● Move the handbrake lever downwardskeeping the lock button pressed.

WARNINGThe incorrect use of the handbrake may re-sult in a serious accident.

● Never use the handbrake to brake the ve-hicle except in an emergency. The brakingdistance is considerably longer, becausebraking is only applied to the rear wheels.Always use the foot brake.● Never drive with the handbrake gentlyapplied. This can overheat the brake, af-fecting the brakes system. This also causespremature wear on the rear brake pads.● Never accelerate from the engine com-partment with the engine running and agear engaged. The vehicle could move,even if the handbrake is applied.

NoteIf the vehicle moves at a speed superior to6 km/h (4 mph) with the handbrake ap-plied, an audible warning is sounded.

Parking

When parking your vehicle, all legal require-ments should be observed.

To park the vehicleComplete operations only in the sequencegiven.

● Park the vehicle on a suitable surface ››› .● Press and hold the brake pedal until the ve-hicle comes to a standstill.

● Apply the handbrake firmly ››› page 154.● For an automatic gearbox, move the selec-tor lever to position N.● Switch off the engine and release the brakepedal.● Remove the key from the ignition.● If necessary, turn the steering wheel slightlyto lock the steering.● With a manual gearbox, engage 1st gear onflat ground and slopes, or even reverse gearon hills, and release the clutch pedal.● Ensure that all passengers leave the vehi-cle, especially children.● When leaving the vehicle, take all keys withyou.● Lock the vehicle.

Additional information for steep slopesand hillsBefore switching off the engine, rotate thesteering wheel so that if the vehicle shouldmove, it will be held by the kerb.

● On slopes, turn the front wheels so thatthey are against the edge of the kerb.● Uphill, turn the wheels towards the centre ofthe road.

154

Start and driving

WARNINGThe components of the exhaust systemreach very high temperatures. This couldcause a fire and considerable damage.● Always park your vehicle so that no partof the exhaust system can come in contactwith flammable materials (such as wood,leaves,dried grass, or spilled fuel).

CAUTION● Special care should be taken when park-ing in areas with high kerbs or fixed barri-ers. Objects protruding from the groundmay damage the bumper or other parts ofthe vehicle during manoeuvres. To avoiddamage, stop before the wheels touch thebarrier or kerb.● Special attention is required when drivingthrough entrances, over ramps, kerbs orother objects. The vehicle underbody,bumpers, mudguards and running gear,and the engine and exhaust system couldbe damaged as you drive over these ob-jects.

Information on the brakes

For the first 200 to 300 km, the new brakepads have not yet reached their maximumbraking capacity, and need to be “run in” first››› . The slightly reduced braking effect canbe compensated for by increasing pressure

on the brake pedal. While running in, the fullbraking distance or emergency brakingdistance is larger then when the brake padshave been run in. While running in, avoid fullpower braking or situations requiring brakingperformance. For example, in heavy traffic.

The rate of wear of the brake pads de-pends to a great extent on the conditions inwhich the vehicle is used and the way the ve-hicle is driven. If the vehicle is used frequentlyin city traffic or for short trips or driven sportstyle, visit a specialised workshop regularly,more frequently than advised in the Mainte-nance Programme, to have the brake padschecked.

If you drive with wet brakes, for example, af-ter crossing areas of water, in heavy rainfallor even after washing the car, the effect ofthe brakes is lessened as the brake discs arewet or even frozen (in winter). At higher speed,“dry” the brakes as quickly as possible bybraking gently several times. Only do thiswithout endangering vehicles behind you orany other road users ››› .

A layer of salt on the discs and brake padswill reduce the effectiveness of the brakesand increase braking distance. If you drive fora prolonged period on salted roads withoutbraking then brake carefully several times toeliminate the layer of salt on the brakes ››› .

If the vehicle remains parked for considerablelengths of time, is used little, or if the brakes

are not used, there may be corrosion on thebrake discs and a build up of dirt on thebrake pads. If the brakes are not used fre-quently, or if rust has formed on the discs,SEAT recommends cleaning the pads anddiscs by braking firmly a few times at a mod-erately high speed. Only do this without en-dangering vehicles behind you or any otherroad users ››› .

Faults in the brake systemDuring braking, if you notice that the vehicledoes not react as usual (that the braking dis-tance has increased suddenly) it may bepossible that there is a fault in the brakingsystem. This is indicated by the warning lamp. Take the vehicle to a specialised work-shop immediately and have the fault re-paired. Drive at a moderate speed and beprepared to use more pressure on the brakepedal, and allow for longer stopping distan-ces.

Brake servoThe brake servo only operates when the en-gine is running and the pressure applied bythe driver on the brake pedal increases.

If the brake servo does not operate or the ve-hicle must be towed, then the brake pedal willhave to be pressed with more force given thatthe braking distance will be increased whenthe brake servo does not operate ››› . »

155

Driving

WARNINGNew brake pads do not brake to full effi-ciency.● For the first 320 km, new brake pads havenot yet reached their maximum braking ca-pacity, and need to be “run in” first. For this,to compensate for reduced braking effi-ciency the brake pedal will have to bepressed with more force.● To avoid losing control of the vehicle andcausing serious accidents, always takegreat care when driving with new brakepads.● When running in new brake pads, alwaysrespect the safety distances between youand other vehicles and do not cause situa-tions requiring extreme braking perform-ance.

WARNINGWhen brakes overheat, braking is less effi-cient and braking distances increase.● When driving on slopes, brakes can beoverloaded and overheat quickly.● Reduce speed or change down a gearwhen faced with steep and long slopes.This allows you to use the engine brakingeffect and to reduce the strain on the brakesystem.● Non-standard or damaged front spoilerscould restrict the airflow to the brakes andcause them to overheat.

WARNINGWet, frozen or salt-covered brakes takelonger to engage and this increases brak-ing distances.● Test the brakes carefully.● Dry the brakes, free them of ice and saltby braking gently several times, when visi-bility, weather, and road and traffic condi-tions permit.

WARNINGDriving without the brake servo may signifi-cantly increase the braking distance andresult in a severe accident.● Never allow the vehicle to move forwardswhen the engine is switched off.● If the brake servo does not operate or thevehicle must be towed, then the brake ped-al will have to be pressed with more forcegiven that the braking distance will be in-creased when the brake servo does not op-erate.

CAUTION● Never make the brakes “slip” by pressingthe pedal gently, if it is not really necessa-ry to brake. Continuously pressing on thebrake pedal will heat the brakes. This couldsignificantly reduce braking power, in-crease braking distance or even result inthe total failure of the brake system.

● Reduce speed or change down a gearwhen faced with steep and long slopes.This allows you to use the engine brakingeffect and to reduce the strain on the brakesystem. Otherwise, the brakes may over-heat and fail. Only use the brakes to reducespeed or to stop.

NoteMake use, when having the front brakepads checked, and have the rear padschecked also. The thickness of the brakepads should be checked visually and regu-larly, by looking through the openings inthe wheel rims or from underneath the ve-hicle. If necessary, remove the wheels tocheck them thoroughly. SEAT recommendstaking your car in for technical service.

156

Start and driving

Braking and stability sys-tems

Warning and control lamps

It lights up ››› ESC* disconnected by the system.Turn the ignition on and off. If necessary, drive for ashort distance.

Fault in the ESC*.Go to a specialised workshop.

Along with the ABS control lamp : fault in the ABS.Go to a specialised workshop. The vehicle can bebraked without ABS.

The battery has been reconnected ››› page 203.

Flashes

ESC* or ASR regulating.Stop pressing the gas pedal. Adjust your driving styleto the road conditions.

It lights up ››› Traction Control* faulty or switched off by the sys-tem.Go to a specialised workshop.

Flashes

Traction Control* regulator in operation.Lift off your fit from the gas pedal. Adjust your drivingstyle to the road conditions.

It lights up ››› Along with the ESC* control lamp: fault in the ABS.Go to a specialised workshop. The vehicle can bebraked without ABS.

Together with the warning lamp : ABS and EBV donot function. Do not drive on!Seek professional advice ››› page 155.



WARNING● If the ABS warning lamp does not goout or if it lights up while driving, the ABS isnot working properly. The vehicle can only

be stopped using normal braking withoutABS. The protection provided by the ABS isnot available. Visit a specialised workshopas soon as possible.


Brake assist systems

The assisted brake systems are the elec-tronic distribution of braking force (EBV), theanti-lock brake system (ABS), the brake assistsystem (BAS), the electronic differential lock(EDL), traction control (TC)*, the tractioncontrol system (ASR) and the electronic sta-bility control (ESC*).

The brake assistance systems only operatewhen the ignition is switched on. They con-tribute significantly to increasing active safe-ty.

Electronic Stability Control (ESC)*ESC* reduces the risk of skidding and increa-ses the vehicle stability by braking individualwheels under specific driving conditions.ESC* detects critical handling situations,such as understeer, oversteer and wheelspinon the driven wheels. The system stabilises »

157

Driving

the vehicle by braking individual wheels or byreducing the engine torque.

The ESC* has limits. It is important to realisethat ESC* is also subject to the laws of phys-ics. ESC* will not be able to deal with all sit-uations with which drivers may be faced. Forexample, if the road surface changes sud-denly then ESC* will not be useful in all ca-ses. If the vehicle suddenly enters a sectioncovered by water, mud or snow then ESC*will not provide assistance in the same wayas on dry ground. If the vehicle loses its gripon the ground and moves on a film of water(“aquaplaning”), the ESC* will not be able tohelp the driver control the vehicle due to theloss of adherence with the road surface pre-venting braking and steering. If the vehicle isdriven through series of bends at high speed,the ESC* will not always be as effective: ag-gressive driving is not the same as slow driv-ing.

Adjust your speed and driving style to suit vis-ibility, and weather, road and traffic condi-tions. ESC* cannot push the limits of the lawsof physics; improve the transmission availableor maintain the vehicle on the road if a lack ofdriver attention creates an inevitable situa-tion. Otherwise, ESC* assists in maintainingvehicle control in extreme situations and usesthe movements of the steering made by the

driver to maintain the vehicle moving in thedesired direction. If the vehicle is driven atsuch a speed that it will leave the road beforeESC* can intervene then the system cannotprovide assistance.

The ABS, BAS, ASR and EDL systems are in-corporated into the ESC*. The ESC* is al-ways on1).

Anti-lock system (ABS)ABS can prevent the wheels from locking dur-ing braking until just before the vehicle stopsthus helping the driver to steer the vehicleand maintain control. This means that, evenduring full braking, the risk of skidding is re-duced:

● Press and hold the brake pedal fully. Do notremove your foot from the brake pedal or re-duce braking force!● Do not “pump” the brake pedal, or reducebraking force!● Maintain vehicle direction when brakingfully.● When the brake pedal is released or whenthe brake force is reduced, ABS is turned off.

ABS control can be observed by vibration ofthe brake pedal and noise. You should neverexpect the ABS to reduce the braking dis-

tance under any circumstances. This dis-tance will increase when driving on gravel, re-cent snow or on icy or slippery ground.

Brake assist system (BAS)The brake assistance system may reduce therequired braking distance. The brake assis-tance system boosts the braking force if youpress the brake pedal quickly in an emergen-cy. As a result, the braking pressure increasesrapidly, the braking force is multiplied and thebraking distance is reduced. This enables theABS to be activated more quickly and effec-tively.

Do not lift your foot off the brake pedal!When the brake pedal is released or whenthe brake force is reduced, brake assist auto-matically turns off the brake servo.

Traction control system (ASR) or TractionControl (TC)*In the event of wheelspin, the traction controlsystem ASR or TC reduces the engine torqueto match the amount of grip available. TheASR or TC makes some situations easier, forexample, when starting, accelerating or go-ing uphill, even in unfavourable road condi-tions.

1) Depending on the version.158

Start and driving

Electronic differential lock (EDS)EDL is available when driving in straight linesunder normal conditions. When the EDL de-tects wheelspin, it brakes the spinning wheeland directs the power to the other one. Toprevent the disc brake of the braked wheelfrom overheating, the EDL cuts out automati-cally if subjected to excessive loads. The EDLwill switch on again automatically when thebrake has cooled down.

WARNINGDriving at high speed on icy, slippery or wetground can result in loss of vehicle controland serious injury to the driver and passen-gers.● Adjust your speed and driving style to vis-ibility, road, traffic and weather conditions.Even though the brake assist systems, ABS,BAS, EDL, ASR and ESC* provide more se-curity, do not take unnecessary risks whiledriving.● Brake assistance systems can not over-come the laws of physics. Even with ESC*and other systems, slippery and wet roadswill always be dangerous.● Driving to quickly on wet ground can re-sult in the wheels losing contact with theground in an effect known as “aquaplan-ing”. Without adherence, it is impossible tobrake, steer or control the vehicle.● Brake assistance systems cannot avoidaccidents if, for example, the driver does

not respect safety distances or drives toquickly in difficult conditions.● Even though brake assistance systemsare extremely effective and help controlthe vehicle in difficult situations, rememberthat the vehicle stability depends on tyregrip.● When accelerating on a slippery surface,for example on ice or snow, press the ac-celerator carefully. The wheels can still slipeven with brake assistance systems result-ing in loss of vehicle control.

WARNINGThe effectiveness of the ESC* can be con-siderably reduced if other components andsystems affecting driving dynamics are notmaintained or are not functioning correct-ly. This includes, among others, brakes,tyres and other systems already men-tioned.● Remember that changing and fitting oth-er components to the vehicle can affectoperation of the ABS, BAS, ASR TC, EDL andESC*.● Changes to the vehicle suspension or us-ing unapproved wheel/tyre combinationscan affect operation of the ABS, BAS, ASR,TC, EDL and ESC* and their effectiveness.● Likewise, the effectiveness of ESC* de-pends on the use of suitable tyres››› page 207.

Note● To ensure that the ESC*, ASR and TCwork properly, all four wheels must be fit-ted with identical tyres. Any differences inthe rolling radius of the tyres can cause thesystem to reduce engine power when this isnot desired.● If a malfunction should occur in the ABS,the ESC*, ASR, TC and EDL will also be af-fected.● Noises may be heard while any of theabove systems are operating.

Changing gear

Introduction

When reverse gear is engaged and the ig-nition is switched on the following takesplace:● Reverse lights light up.● The rear wiper blade performs one move-ment when the windscreen wiper is activated.● If necessary, connect the parking distancewarning system.

WARNINGRapid acceleration can cause loss of trac-tion and skidding, especially on slipperyground. This could cause loss of control of »

159

Driving

the vehicle resulting in an accident andconsiderable damage.● Use rapid acceleration only when visibili-ty, weather, road conditions and traffic per-mit.

WARNINGDo not allow the brakes to “rub” for a pro-longed period of time, or brake frequentlyor for long periods of time. Continuousbraking heats up the brakes. This could sig-nificantly reduce braking power, increasebraking distance or even result in the totalfailure of the brake system.


It lights up

Place the automatic gearbox lever in the position and do not press the brake pedal.Press the brake pedal to select a list of gears.

Near the blinking display on the instrument paneldisplay: the gearbox level of automatic transmissionis not in position , which is required to start the en-gine.Move the gearbox lever to position and start the en-gine.

Flashes

An automatic gearbox in the vehicle does not guar-antee that the vehicle will not roll away.Engage the handbrake.

Flashes

On the instrument panel display, near the requiredcontrol lamp, press the brake pedal : requirementto start the engine.Move the gearshift lever to the position and startthe engine.

On the instrument panel display: while driving for-ward, try to move the gearbox level to position .Stop the vehicle and move the gearbox lever to posi-tion in order to change the position afterwards .

On the instrument panel display: the gearbox lever ofan automatic transmission mas moved to position or , but the brake pedal was not operated.Operate the brake pedal, move the gearbox lever toposition and then to the desired position or .

When switching on the ignition some warningand indication lamps light up for a short timeto check the operations. They will switch offafter a few seconds.

Manual gear change

Fig. 165 Gear shift pattern of a 5-speed man-ual gearbox


Shifting down a gearShifting down a gear while driving must becarried out gear by gear, i.e. to the gear im-mediately preceding the current gear and atan engine speed that is not excessive ››› . Athigh speeds, or high engine speeds, skippingone or various gears when shifting down agear can cause damage to the clutch andthe gearbox, even if the clutch is not engagedduring the process ››› .

WARNINGWhen the engine is running, the vehicle willstart to move as soon as a gear is engagedand the clutch released.

160

Start and driving

● Never engage the reverse gear when avehicle is moving forward.

WARNINGAs a consequence of shifting down a gearincorrectly, you may lose control of the ve-hicle and cause an accident with seriousconsequences.

CAUTIONIf, at high speeds or high engine speeds,the gear lever is shifted down to a gear thatis too low, serious damage can be causedto the clutch and gearbox. This may alsohappen if you press the clutch pedal and itdoes not engage.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage and avoid prematurewear, please observe the following:● While driving, do not leave your handresting on the gear stick. The pressure ap-plied by your hand is transmitted to thegearbox selector forks.● Always ensure that the vehicle is com-pletely stopped before engaging the re-verse gear.● When changing gear, always make surethe clutch pedal is pushed right to the floor.● Never hold the vehicle “on the clutch” onhills with the engine on.

Automatic gear change

Fig. 166 Automatic gearbox diagram of gears


Move the selector lever to the N position to:

● Starting up the engine● Remove the key from the ignition switch● Engage the steering wheel lock

Move the selector lever to the D or R positionto:

● Park the vehicle● Repair a puncture● Changing a wheel

To move the gear selector lever from the po-sition N to D or to R, first press and hold thebrake pedal.

In the instrument panel display, with the igni-tion switched on, the selected gear range orthe gear engaged in the gearbox is shown.

- Reverse gearReverse gear is selected. Engage only whenthe vehicle is stopped.

- NeutralThe gearbox is in neutral. No movement istransmitted to the wheels and the enginedoes not act as a brake.

- Standard driving positionThe gears are changed (up and down) auto-matically. The gear shifts are determined bythe engine load, your individual driving styleand the speed of the vehicle.

- Tiptronic driving position (manual shiftprogramme)All gears can be changed (up and down)manually ››› page 162. This is possible aslong as the system is not changing gear au-tomatically due to a traffic situation.

WARNINGPlacing the selector lever in an incorrectposition may cause loss of control of thevehicle and a serious accident.● Do not press the accelerator when en-gaging a range of gears. »

161

Driving

● With the engine running and a gear rangeselected, the vehicle will move when theaccelerator is pressed.● Never engage reverse gear while driving.● Unintentional movements of the vehiclecould cause serious injury.● As a driver, you should never leave yourvehicle if the engine is running and a gearrange is engaged. If you have to leave yourvehicle while the engine is running, youmust always apply the handbrake and putthe selector lever in position N.● Never engage the R gear range when thevehicle is moving.● Never leave the vehicle without applyingthe handbrake. With the engine running thevehicle moves downhill regardless of thegear range selected.

NoteIf, while driving, the selector lever is acci-dentally placed in position N, lift your footoff the accelerator. Wait until the engine isrunning at idle speed before selecting anew gear range.

Engaging gear with Tiptronic

Fig. 167 Lever in the Tiptronic position

With Tiptronic, the gears can be changed upor down manually with the automatic gear-box. When you change to the Tiptronic pro-gramme, the vehicle remains in the currentlyselected gear. This is possible as long as thesystem is not changing gear automaticallydue to a traffic situation.

Using Tiptronic● Place the lever in the position D to the lefton the Tiptronic shift gate M ››› in Auto-matic gear change on page 161.● Press the lever forwards + or backwards

– to move up or down a gear ››› Fig. 167.● Place the lever back to the position M to theleft on the Tiptronic shift gate, to leave Tip-tronic mode ››› in Automatic gear changeon page 161.

With the lever in the position D, and pressingforwards + or backwards – the Tiptronicprogramme can be selected M.

CAUTION● When accelerating, the gearbox auto-matically shifts up into the next gear short-ly before the maximum engine speed isreached.● When reducing speed manually, thegearbox only shifts gear when the enginecan no longer exceed the maximum enginespeed.

Driving with automatic gearbox

The gearbox changes gear ratios automati-cally as the vehicle moves.

Driving down hillsThe steeper the gradient, the lower the gearyou will need to select. The lowest gears in-crease the engine braking work. Never godown hills with the selector lever in neutral N.

● You should reduce speed accordingly.● Place the lever in the position D to the lefton the Tiptronic shift gate M ››› page 162.● Gently pull the selector lever back – tochange down a gear.

162

Start and driving

Starting when going up a slopeThe steeper the gradient, the lower the gearyou will need.

When stopping on a slope with a gear rangeengaged, the vehicle must be prevented fromrolling backwards by always pressing thebrake pedal or pulling the handbrake leverup. When starting, release the brake pedal orthe handbrake ››› .

Kick-downThe kickdown system provides maximum ac-celeration when the gear selector lever is inthe position D, or in the Tiptronic position M.

When the accelerator pedal is pressed rightdown, the automatic gearbox will shift downto a lower gear, depending on road speedand engine speed. This takes advantage ofthe maximum acceleration of the vehicle››› .

When the accelerator is pressed to the floor,the automatic gearbox shifts to the next gearonly after the engine reaches the specifiedmaximum engine speed.

WARNINGRapid acceleration can cause loss of trac-tion and skidding, especially on slipperyground. This could cause loss of control ofthe vehicle resulting in an accident and se-rious injury.

● Always adapt your driving style to suitthe flow of traffic.● Only use the kick-down function or rapidacceleration if visibility, weather, road andtraffic conditions so permit.● Never put other road users in danger byaccelerating or with your driving style.

CAUTIONIf you stop on a hill with a gear range en-gaged, do not try to prevent the vehiclefrom rolling back by pressing on the accel-erator. Otherwise, the automatic gearboxmay overheat causing damage.

Automatic gearbox malfunction

Control lamps

It lights up red

Fault in the automatic gearbox. Do not drive on!Seek professional advice. Failure to do so could re-sult in considerable damage to the transmission.

It lights up yellow

In the automatic gearbox the gears can engage in-correctly.Switch the ignition on and off. When the control lampdoes not light up, find the nearest specialised work-shop and have the automatic gearbox checked.

The automatic gearbox overheats temporarily.Let the transmission cool with the gearbox lever inthe position . When the control lamp does not lightup, find the nearest specialised workshop and havethe automatic gearbox checked.

It lights up

Along with the yellow control lamp for transmissiontemperature : the automatic gearbox overheats.Press the brake pedal and let it cool down. Avoidpressing the accelerator. When the control lampdoes not light up, find the nearest specialised work-shop and have the automatic gearbox checked.

Back-up programmeWhen automatic gearbox warning and indi-cation lamps light up on the instrument panel,there may be a system malfunction››› page 159. In the event of some faults theautomatic gearbox functions using a backupprogramme. When the programme is activa-ted, it is possible to drive the vehicle, however,at low speeds and within a selected range ofgears.

With the manual gearbox, in some cases it isnot possible to drive with all the gears. »

163

Driving

In all cases the automatic gearbox must bechecked at a specialised workshop.

Automatic gearbox overheatingThe automatic gearbox can overheat with aprolonged start up, or when stopping andstarting continuously. This overheating is dis-played with a warning lamp in the instru-ment panel. Additionally, an audible warningcan be heard. Stop and let the gearbox cool››› .

The vehicle moves forward or back de-spite having selected a gear rangeWhen the vehicle does not move in the re-quired direction, the system may not have thegear range correctly engaged. Press thebrake pedal and engage the gear rangeagain. If the vehicle still does not move in therequired direction, there is a system malfunc-tion. Seek specialist assistance and have thesystem checked.

CAUTION● When the gearbox is displayed as over-heating for the first time, the vehicle mustbe parked safely or must be driven at aspeed of more than 20 km/h (12 mph).● When the warning lamp lights up and theaudible warning is heard, the vehicle mustbe parked safely and the engine switchedoff. Let the gearbox cool down.

● To prevent damage to the gearbox, driv-ing must only be continued when the warn-ing lamps are no longer lit up. While thegearbox is overheated, starting up anddriving, even at a slow speed should beavoided.

Recommended gear display

In some vehicles, the recommended gear forreducing fuel consumption is displayed onthe instrument panel:

Display Meaning

Optimum gear.

Recommendation to change up agear.

Recommendation to change down agear.

WARNINGThe recommended gear display is intendedas a guideline only; it should never replacethe driver's attention to driving carefully.● Responsibility for selecting the correctgear for each situation continues to lie withthe driver, for example when overtaking orclimbing a hill.

For the sake of the environmentSelecting the most appropriate gear for thesituation will help you to save fuel.

NoteThe recommended gear display is switchedoff when the clutch pedal is pressed.

Steering

Introduction

The power steering* is not hydraulic but elec-tromechanical. The advantage of this steer-ing system is that it disposes of hydraulictubes, hydraulic oil, the pump, filter and othercomponents. The electromechanical systemsaves fuel. While a hydraulic system requiresoil pressure to be maintained, electrome-chanical steering only requires energy whenthe steering wheel is turned.

With the power steering system, the assistedsteering function automatically adjusts ac-cording to the vehicle speed, the steering tor-que and the wheel turning angle. The powersteering only works when the engine is run-ning.

164

Start and driving

WARNINGIf the power steering is not working then thesteering wheel is much more difficult toturn and the vehicle more difficult to con-trol.● The power steering only works when theengine is running.● Never allow the vehicle to move when theengine is switched off.● Never remove the key from the ignition ifthe vehicle is in motion. The steering maylock and it will not be possible to turn thesteering wheel.


It lights up red

Faulty electromechanic steering.The steering system should be checked by a special-ised workshop as soon as possible.

It lights up yellow

Hindereed operation of the electromechanic steer-ing.The steering system should be checked by a special-ised workshop as soon as possible.If, after restarting the engine and driving for a shortdistance, the yellow warning lamp no longer comeson, it will not be necessary to take the vehicle to aspecialised workshop.

Flashes red

Fault in the steering column electronic lock. Do not continue driving! Seek specialist assis-tance.

It flashes yellow

Twisted steering column.Swing the steering wheel a few times.

Not unlocked or blocked steering column.Remove the key from the ignition and then switch theignition back on. If necessary, check the messagesdisplayed on the instrument panel display.Do not drive on, if the steering column remainslocked after the ignition has been switched on. Seekspecialist assistance.




Information on the steering

To prevent theft, we recommend you lock thesteering before leaving the vehicle.

Steering column mechanical lockLock the steering column by removing the keyfrom the ignition when the vehicle is stopped.

Please engagesteering lock

Unlocking thesteering

Parking the vehicle››› page 152.

Insert the key in the igni-tion lock.

Remove the key from theignition.

Turn the steering wheelslightly to release thesteering lock.

Turn the steering wheelslightly until you hear thesteering lock.

Hold the steering wheelin this position andswitch on the ignition.

Electromechanical power steeringWith the power steering system, the assistedsteering function automatically adjusts ac-cording to the vehicle speed, the steering tor-que and the wheel turning angle. The power »

165

Driving

steering only works when the engine is run-ning.

You should remember that you will need con-siderably more power than normal to steerthe vehicle if the power steering is not work-ing correctly or not at all.

Run-in and economical driv-ing

Running in

Please observe the instructions for running-innew components.

Running-in the engineThe engine needs to be run in over the first1,500 km. During its first few hours of running,the internal friction in the engine is greaterthan later on when all the moving parts havebedded down.

How the vehicle is driven for the first 1,500 kminfluences the future engine performance.Throughout the life of the vehicle, it should bedriven at a moderate speed, especially whenthe engine is cold, as this will reduce enginewear and increase its useful life. Never driveat extremely low engine speeds. Changedown to a lower gear when the engine no

longer runs “smoothly”. Up to 1,000 kilome-tres the following instructions apply:

● Do not use full throttle.● Do not force the engine above two thirds ofits maximum speed.

Between 1,000 and 1,500 kilometres,gradually increase power until reaching themaximum speed and high engine speeds.

Running in new tyres and brake pads● Replacement of wheel rims and new tyres››› page 207● Notes on the brakes ››› page 152

For the sake of the environmentIf the engine is run in gently, the life of theengine will be increased and the engine oilconsumption reduced.

Environmental compatibility

Environmental protection is a top priority inthe design, choice of materials and manufac-ture of your new SEAT.

Constructive measures to encourage re-cycling● Joints and connections designed for easydismantling.

● Modular construction to facilitate disman-tling.● Increased use of single-grade materials.● Plastic parts and elastomers are marked inaccordance with ISO 1043, ISO 11469 andISO 1629.

Choice of materials● Use of recycled materials.● Use of compatible plastics in the same partif its components are not easily separated.● Use of recycled materials and/or materialsoriginating from renewable sources.● Reduction of volatile components, includingodour, in plastic materials.● Use of CFC-free coolants.

Ban on heavy metals, with the exceptionsdictated by law (Annex II of ELV Directive2000/53/EC): cadmium, lead, mercury,hexavalent chromium.

Manufacturing methods● Reduction of the quantity of thinner in theprotective wax for cavities.● Use of plastic film as protection during vehi-cle transport.● Use of solvent-free adhesives.● Use of CFC-free coolants in cooling sys-tems.

166

Start and driving

● Recycling and energy recovery from resi-dues (RDF).● Improvement in the quality of waste water.● Use of systems for the recovery of residualheat (thermal recovery, enthalpy wheels,etc.).● The use of water-soluble paints.

Economical and environmentallyfriendly driving

Fig. 168 Fuel consumption in litres per 100 kmat 2 different outside temperatures

Fuel consumption, environmental impact andengine, brake and tyre wear depend largelyon three factors:

● Personal driving style.● Conditions of use (weather, road surface).● Technical requirements.

Savings of up to 25% in fuel consumption arepossible with an appropriate driving style andthe adoption of certain simple tips.

Changing gear earlyGeneral remarks: the highest gear is alwaysthe most economical. As a guide, for most ve-hicles at a speed of 30 km/h (19 mph), drivein third gear, at 40 km/h (25 mph) in fourthgear and at 50 km/h (31 mph) in fifth gear.

In addition, “skipping” gears when shifting uphelps to save fuel, weather and traffic condi-tions permitting.

Do not wait until the last moment beforechanging gear. Only use first gear when youmove off and change to second gear quickly.Avoid the kick-down function in vehicles withautomatic gearbox.

Vehicles with a gear display help to achievean economical driving style as the display in-dicates the best moment to change gear.

Let the vehicle rollIf you take your foot off the accelerator, thefuel supply is stopped and consumption is re-duced.

Allow the vehicle to roll without accelerating,for example when approaching a red trafficlight. However, if the vehicle is rolling tooslowly or the distance is too long, the clutch

pedal should be pressed to declutch. The en-gine will then operate at idle speed.

If the vehicle is going to be at a standstill for aperiod of time, switch off the engine; for ex-ample, while waiting at a level crossing.

Think ahead and “flow” with the trafficFrequent acceleration and braking consider-ably increase fuel consumption. If you thinkahead as you drive and keep a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front, it is possible to slowdown by simply lifting your foot off the accel-erator. This eliminates the need for constantbraking and acceleration.

Calm and steady drivingA constant driving style is more importantthan speed: a constant driving style will entaillower fuel consumption.

When driving on the motorway, it is more effi-cient to drive at a constant and more moder-ate speed than to be continuously accelerat-ing and braking. As a general rule, you willreach your destination just as quickly whenyou drive at a constant speed.

The cruise control function helps you to ach-ieve a constant style of driving. »

167

Driving

Moderate use of additional devicesIt is important to travel in comfort, but con-venience systems should be used ecological-ly.

Some equipment, when connected, increasefuel consumption considerably, for example:

● Air conditioning cooling system: If the airconditioning system is required to cool to sig-nificantly lower temperatures than the trueoutside temperature, it will require a largeamount of energy from the engine. Therefore,we recommend that the selected tempera-ture for the vehicle is not too different to theoutside temperature. It is a good idea to airthe vehicle before starting your journey andto drive a short distance with the windowsopen. Then you can close the windows andswitch on the air conditioning. Keep windowsclosed when travelling at high speeds. Driv-ing with the windows open increases fuelconsumption.● Switch off the seat heating when the seatshave warmed up.● Switch off the heated rear window when itis not moist or covered in ice.

Avoid short journeysFuel consumption is much higher when theengine is cold, immediately after it has beenstarted. It takes a few kilometres of driving forthe engine to warm up and to normalise con-sumption.

The engine and catalytic converter need toreach their proper working temperature inorder to minimise fuel consumption and emis-sions. The ambient temperature has a deci-sive influence.

Fig. 168 shows the difference in consumptionfor the same journey at +20°C (+68°F) and at-10°C (+14°F).

Therefore, unnecessary short journeys shouldbe avoided. Try to combine trips.

The vehicle uses more fuel in winter than insummer, even when other conditions are thesame.

The engine takes a long time to warm upwhen it is idling. In addition, mechanical wearand pollutant emissions are also especiallyhigh during this initial warm-up phase. It istherefore best to drive off immediately afterstarting the engine. Doing this avoids runningthe engine at a high speed.

Adjusting type pressures.Having the correct pressure in your tyreshelps to reduce rolling resistance and, as aresult reduces fuel consumption. Increasingthe tyre pressure slightly (+0.2bar/+3 psi/+200 kPa) can help to save fuel.

When you buy new tyres, make sure they areoptimised for minimum rolling resistance.

Use low friction engine oilThe use of low viscosity totally synthetic oils,known as low friction engine oil, helps to re-duce fuel consumption. These oils reduce theresistance caused by friction in the engine,they flow around the engine more quicklyand efficiently, particularly in cold starts. Theeffect is particularly noticeable in vehiclesfrequently used for short journeys.

Always check the engine oil level and ob-serve service intervals (engine oil change in-tervals).

When purchasing engine oil, always observelegal requirements and ensure that the oil isapproved by SEAT.

Avoid carrying unnecessary loadsThe lighter the vehicle, the more economicaland ecological the driving style. For example,an additional weight of 100 kg will increasefuel consumption up to 0.3 l/100 km.

Remove any unnecessary objects or loadsfrom the vehicle.

Remove optional equipment and unneces-sary accessoriesThe more aerodynamic the vehicle, the lowerthe fuel consumption. Optional equipmentand accessories (such as roof racks or bikecarriers) reduce the aerodynamic benefits ofthe vehicle.

168

Start and driving

Therefore, we recommend you remove all op-tional and unnecessary equipment andracks, especially if you intend to drive at highspeeds.

Other factors which increase fuel con-sumption (examples):● Fault in engine management.● Driving on hills.

WARNINGAlways adapt your speed and the distanceto the vehicles ahead in line with visibility,weather conditions, the condition of theroad and the traffic situation.

Engine management and ex-haust gas purification sys-tem

Introduction

WARNINGThe components of the exhaust systemreach very high temperatures. This couldcause a fire.● Always park your vehicle so that no partof the exhaust system can come in contact

with flammable materials (such as driedgrass).● Never apply additional underseal or anti-corrosion coatings to the exhaust pipes,catalytic converter or the heat shields onthe exhaust system.


It lights up

Fault in the management of the gasoline engine.Have the engine checked by a specialised workshopas soon as possible.

It lights up

Fault in the emission control system.Reduce speed and drive carefully to the nearest spe-cialised workshop to have the engine checked.

Flashes

Combustion fault which could damage the catalyticconverter.Reduce speed and drive carefully to the nearest spe-cialised workshop to have the engine checked.


CAUTIONAlways pay attention to any lit controllamps and to the corresponding descrip-tions and instructions to avoid damage tothe vehicle.

NoteWhile the or control lamps remain lit,the engine may have faults, there will behigher fuel consumption and a possibleloss of engine power.

Catalytic converter

The catalytic converter permits the subse-quent treatment of the exhaust gases thus re-ducing contaminating gas emissions. To en-sure a longer working life for the exhaust sys-tem and catalytic converter in a petrol en-gine:

● Always use unleaded petrol.● Never run the fuel tank completely dry.● Do not top up with too much engine oil››› page 196.● Do not tow-start the vehicle; use the startercables ››› page 45.

If you should notice misfiring, uneven runningor loss of power when the car is moving, re-duce speed immediately. Have the car »

169

Driving

inspected by a specialised workshop. If thishappens, unburnt fuel can enter the exhaustsystem and escape into the atmosphere. Thecatalytic converter can also be damaged byoverheating.

For the sake of the environmentEven when the emission control system isworking perfectly, there may be a smell ofsulphur under certain conditions. This de-pends on the sulphur content of the fuelused.

Driving tips

Driving abroad

In some countries, certain safety regulationsand requirements are in force relating to ex-haust gas emissions, which differ from thetechnical characteristics of the vehicle. Be-fore travelling abroad, SEAT recommendsyou consult a technical service about the le-gal requirements and the following points:

● Does the vehicle need technical modifica-tions for driving abroad, for example, adjust-ment of the headlamps?● Does the vehicle have all the tools, diag-nostics equipment and spare parts requiredfor inspections and repairs?

● Are there any SEAT dealers in the destina-tion country?● For petrol vehicles: Is unleaded petrol avail-able at the right octane rating?● For diesel engines: is diesel fuel availablewith a low sulphur content?● Are a suitable engine oil (››› page 196) andother engine fluids complying with SEATspecifications available in the destinationcountry?● Are special tyres required in the destinationcountry?

CAUTIONSEAT does not accept liability for any dam-age to the vehicle due to the use of a lowerquality fuel, an inadequate service or thenon-availability of genuine spare parts.

Driving through flooded roadways

To prevent damage to the vehicle when driv-ing through water, for example, along a floo-ded road, please observe the following:

● Check the depth of the water before enter-ing the flooded zone. The water should nevercome above the lower edge of the bodywork››› .● Do not drive faster than a pedestrian.

● Do not stop in the water, use reverse gearor switch off the engine.● Oncoming traffic will cause waves whichraise the level of the water, making it difficultto cross the water.● Disconnect the Start-Stop system whenev-er crossing water.

WARNINGWhen driving through water, mud, meltedsnow, etc., please remember that due todamp or frozen brake discs and shoes inwinter, the braking effect may be delayed,therefore the required braking distance isgreater.● “Dry the brakes and remove ice” by brak-ing carefully. Ensure that you are not en-dangering other road-users or breakingtraffic regulations in the process.● After driving through water, avoid suddensharp manoeuvres.

CAUTION● Driving through flooded areas may se-verely damage vehicle components suchas the engine, transmission, drive train orelectrical system.● Never drive through salt water as saltcauses corrosion. Always rinse any parts ofthe vehicle which have been in contact withsalt water.

170

Driver assistance systems


Start-Stop system

Control lamps

It lights up

The Start-Stop system is enabled.

Flashes

The Start-stop system is not available.Go to a specialised workshop.

It lights up

The Start-Stop system is enabled but the enginecannot be automatically stopped.Go to a specialised workshop.

It lights up

The Start-stop system cannot start the engine.Start the vehicle manually with the key ››› page 150.

There is a fault in the alternator. ››› page 203

Some control and warning lamps will light upbriefly when the ignition is switched on tocheck certain functions. They will switch offafter a few seconds.


Start-Stop system

Fig. 169 In the centre console, top section:Start-stop system.

With the Start-Stop system enabled, the en-gine is automatically stopped when the vehi-cle is at a standstill. It will start again auto-matically as required.

This function remains enabled while the igni-tion is switched on. The instrument panel dis-play shows information on the current status››› page 171.

Disconnect the Start-Stop system by handwhenever crossing water.

Vehicles with a manual gearbox● When the vehicle is stopped, put it into neu-tral and release the clutch pedal. The enginewill stop.● To restart, simply engage the clutch.

Vehicles with an automatic gearbox● When the vehicle is at a standstill, depressthe brake or keep it pressed down. The en-gine switches off.● The engine will start again as soon as yourelease the brake pedal.● With the selector lever set to position N, theengine will not start until a range of gears isselected or the accelerator pedal is de-pressed.

Important conditions for the engine to stopautomatically● The driver's seat belt must be fastened.● The driver door must be closed.● The bonnet must be closed.● The engine must have reached a minimumtemperature.● The vehicle must have moved since the lasttime the engine was stopped.● The vehicle's battery must be sufficientlycharged.● The battery temperature must not be toolow or too high. »

171

Driving

● The vehicle must not be on a very steepslope.

Conditions for the engine to restart auto-maticallyThe engine can be automatically restarted inthe following cases:

● If the vehicle starts to moves.● If the battery voltage drops.

Conditions requiring engine start-up usingthe keyThe engine has to be manually started in thefollowing cases:

● If the driver unbuckles his/her seat belt.● If the driver door is opened.● If the bonnet is opened.

Switching the Start-Stop system on andoff● Press the button situated in the centreconsole ››› Fig. 169.● The button will light up when the Start-Stopsystem is switched off.

The engine will start immediately if the vehi-cle is in Stop mode when the system isswitched off by hand.

WARNINGThe smart technology included in the hillhold cannot change the laws of physics. Donot let the extra convenience afforded bythe hill hold tempt you into taking any riskswhen driving.● Any accidental movement of the vehiclecould result in serious injury.● The hill hold is not a replacement for driv-er awareness.● Adjust your speed and driving style to vis-ibility, weather, road and traffic conditions.● The hill hold cannot always keep the ve-hicle at a standstill on a slope or brake suf-ficiently when travelling downhill (e.g. onslippery or frozen surfaces).

WARNINGThe brake servo and the electromechani-cal steering do not work when the engine isswitched off.● The vehicle must never be allowed tomove with the engine switched off.● Disconnect the Start-Stop system beforeworking in the engine compartment.

CAUTIONThe vehicle's battery could be damaged ifthe vehicle is used for long periods at veryhigh outside temperatures.

NoteIn some cases, it may be necessary to startthe engine by hand using the key. Refer tothe corresponding control lamp on the in-strument panel.

Cruise control system(CCS)*

Control lamp

It lights up

This cruise control system maintains the set speed ofthe vehicle.


WARNINGIf the warning lamps are ignored, the vehi-cle may stall in traffic, or may cause acci-dents and severe injuries.● Never ignore the warning lamps.

172



Cruise control operation


The cruise control system (CCS) is able to in-dividually maintain the set speed when driv-ing forwards from approx. 20 km/h (15 mph).

The CCS only slows down by reducing theaccelerator but not by braking ››› .

Travelling down hills with the CCSWhen travelling down hills the CCS cannotmaintain a constant speed. Slow the vehicledown using the brake pedal and reducegears if required.

Automatic offThe cruise control system (CCS) is switchedoff automatically or temporarily:

● If the system detects a fault that could af-fect the working order of the CCS.● If you increase the stored speed by press-ing the accelerator pedal for a certain time.● If the brake pedal is pressed.

● If the gear is changed with the manualgearbox.● If the airbag is triggered.

WARNINGUse of the cruise control could cause acci-dents and severe injuries if it is not possibleto drive at a constant speed maintainingthe safety distance.● Do not use the cruise control in heavytraffic, if the distance from the vehicle infront is insufficient, on steep roads, withseveral bends or in slippery circumstances(snow, ice, rain or loose gravel), or on floo-ded roads.● Never use the CCS when driving off-roador on unpaved roads.● Always adapt your speed and the dis-tance to the vehicles ahead in line with visi-bility, weather conditions, the condition ofthe road and the traffic situation.● To avoid unexpected operation of thecruise control system, turn it off every timeyou finish using it.● It is dangerous to use a set speed which istoo high for the prevailing road, traffic orweather conditions.● When travelling down hills, the CCS can-not maintain a constant speed. The vehicletends to accelerate under its own weight.Select a lower gear or use the foot brake toslow the vehicle.

Parking distance warningsystem*

Introduction

The parking distance warning system assiststhe driver when parking. If the rear of the ve-hicle is approaching an obstacle, an intermit-tent audible warning is emitted. The shorterthe distance, the shorter the intervals be-tween tones. If the vehicle is too close to theobstacle, the audible warning becomes con-stant.

If you continue to approach an obstaclewhen the sound is continuous, this means thesystem can no longer measure the distance.

Sensors situated on the rear bumper transmitand receive ultrasound. Using the ultrasoundsignal (transmission, reflection from the ob-stacles and reception), this system continu-ously calculates the distance between thebumper and the obstacle.

WARNINGThe parking distance warning system can-not replace the driver's assessment of thesituation.● The sensors have blind spots in which ob-stacles and people are not registered. »

173

Driving

● Always observe the area around the vehi-cle, as the sensors do not always detectsmall children, animals or objects.● The surface of certain objects and someclothing do not reflect the ultrasound sig-nals from the parking distance system. Thesystem cannot detect or incorrectly de-tects these objects and people wearingthese types of clothes.● External sound sources can affect theparking distance aid signals. In this case,under certain circumstances, people andobjects will not be detected.

CAUTION● The sensors may not always be able todetect objects such as trailer draw bars,thin rails, fences, posts, trees and openboots, etc. This could result in damage toyour car.● Although the parking distance warningsystem detects and warns of the presenceof an obstacle, the obstacle could disap-pear from the angle of measurement of thesensors if it is too high or low and the sys-tem would no longer show it. Therefore, itwill not warn you of these objects. Ignoringthe warnings of the parking sensor systemcould cause considerable damage to thevehicle.● The bumper sensors may become dam-aged or misaligned, for example, whenparking.

● To ensure that the system works properly,the bumper sensors must be kept clean,free of ice and snow and uncovered.● When cleaning the sensors with high-pressure or steam cleaning equipment,spray the sensors briefly at a distance ofno less than 10 cm.● Different sources of noise can produceerrors in the parking distance warning sys-tem, e.g. parking distance warning systemsfrom other vehicles, inductive loops or con-struction works machines.● Retrofitting of components to the vehicle,such as a bicycle carrier, may interfere withthe function of the parking distance warn-ing system.

Parking distance warning system

Fig. 170 Parking distance warning system sen-sors on the rear bumper

The sensors of the parking distance warningsystem are situated on the rear bumper››› Fig. 170.

Switching the parking distance warningsystem on and off● Switch on: With the ignition switched on, se-lect reverse gear. A short audible warningconfirms that the parking distance warningsystem is switched on and functioning.● Switch off: Release reverse gear.

Special features of the parking distancewarning system● The parking distance warning systemsometimes registers water on the sensors asan obstacle.● If the distance does not change, the warn-ing signal will sound less loudly after a fewseconds. If the continuous signal sounds, thevolume will remain constant.● When the vehicle moves away from the ob-stacle, the beeping sound automaticallyswitches off. When getting close again, it re-connects.● Your SEAT dealership can adjust the volumeof the warning signals.

NoteA fault in the parking distance warning sys-tem is indicated through a brief audiblewarning that is constant for about 3

174


seconds when switching it on the first time.Check the parking distance warning sys-tem at a Specialised workshop as soon aspossible.

Optical parking system* (OPS)

Fig. 171 On-screen OPS display

An obstacle was detected in the collisionareaAn obstacle was detected in the segmentZone behind the vehicle registered

The optical parking system is an extension ofthe parking distance warning system››› page 174.

The radio screen displays the area behindthe vehicle recorded by the sensors. Any ob-stacles are displayed in relation to the vehicle››› .

A

B

C


Switching thedisplay on:

Switching on the ››› page 174parking distance warning system.The OPS switches on automati-cally.

Switching thedisplay offmanually:

Release reverse gear.

Zones exploredBehind the vehicle ››› Fig. 171 C , the zone an-alysed reaches a distance of up to 150 cmand around 60 cm to the sides.

Screen displayThe image displayed represents the super-vised zones in several segments. As the vehi-cle approaches an obstacle, it approachesthe displayed vehicle segment A or B . Ulti-mately, when the second-to-last segment isshown, the collision area has been reached.Stop the vehicle!

Distancefrom the vehi-cle to the ob-stacle

Audiblewarn-

ing

Colour of thesegment if an

obstacle is rec-ogniseda)

behind:approx. 31-150cm

beepingsound Yellow

Distancefrom the vehi-cle to the ob-stacle

Audiblewarn-

ing

Colour of thesegment if an

obstacle is rec-ogniseda)

behind:approx. 0-30 cm

perma-nent

soundRed

a) Displayed in colour on the screen.

WARNINGDo not be distracted from traffic to look atthe screen.

Note● SEAT recommends practising using theparking distance warning system in a traf-fic-free zone or in a car park to familiariseyourself with the system and its operation.● The display on the radio screen of thearea explored by the sensors may take upto 5 seconds.

City safety assist (Safety As-sist)*

Introduction

The City Safety Assist function covers drivingsituations at a distance of about 10 metres in »

175

Driving

front of the vehicle, in a speed range of ap-proximately 5-30 km/h (3-19 mph).

When the system detects a possible collisionwith a vehicle in front, the vehicle prepares fora possible emergency braking ››› .

If the driver does not react to an imminentcollision, the system can automatically brakethe vehicle in order to reduce speed facedwith a possible collision. The system can helpto reduce the consequences of an accident.

If the City Safety Assist function determinesthat the driver has braked insufficiently whenfaced with an imminent collision, the systemcan increase the brake force in order to re-duce speed. The system can help to reducethe consequences of an accident.

WARNINGThe smart technology in the City Safety As-sist system cannot change the limits im-posed by the laws of physics and by thesystem itself. The increased convenienceoffered by the City Safety Assist systemshould never prompt you to take risks. Thedriver always assumes the responsibility ofbraking in time.● The City Safety Assist function cannotprevent accidents or serious injury by itself.● The City Safety Assist system may carryout unwanted brake interventions in com-plex driving situations e.g. when a vehiclecrosses at a short distance.

WARNINGRelying on the City Safety Assist system incity driving as part of one's driving behav-iour may cause accidents and serious in-jury. The system is not a replacement fordriver awareness.● Always adapt your speed and the dis-tance to the vehicles ahead in line with visi-bility, weather conditions, the condition ofthe road and the traffic situation.● The City Safety Assist function does notreact to people, animals or vehicles thatcross or move in the opposite direction inthe same lane.● If after switching on the City Safety Assistfunction the vehicle begins to move, slowthe vehicle with the foot brake.

CAUTIONIf you suspect that the City Safety Assist la-ser sensor is damaged, switch it off. Thiswill avoid additional damage.● Any reparation of the laser sensor re-quires specialist knowledge. SEAT recom-mends taking your car in for technical serv-ice.

Note● If the City Safety Assist function activatesa brake, the brake pedal range is reduced.This makes the brake pedal seem “harder”.

● Automatic brake intervention by the CitySafety Assist function can be cancelled bypressing the clutch pedal, the acceleratorpedal or by a corrective intervention.● During automatic braking by the CitySafety Assist function you may hear unusu-al noises. This is normal and is produced inthe brake system.

Warning and control lamp

The City Safety Assist function is switched onevery time the ignition is switched on. No spe-cial indication is produced.

If the City Safety Assist function is switchedoff or on, or if there is an error in the system, itwill be shown by a control lamp on the instru-ment panel display.

It lights up

The city safety assist function has been switched onwith the button ››› Fig. 174.The control lamp automatically switches off after 5seconds.

Flashes

Fast: the City Safety Assist system function brakesautomatically or has braked automatically.The control lamp switches off automatically.

176


Flashes

Slow: City Safety Assist function currently not availa-ble.If the vehicle stops, turn the engine off and on again.If necessary, inspect the laser sensor (dirt, frost)››› in Laser sensor on page 177. If it still does notfunction, refer to a Specialised workshop to have thesystem inspected.

Flashes

Within the 5-30 km/h (3-19 mph) operating range:the city safety assist has been switched off with the button ››› Fig. 174.Switch the city safety assist function on with button ››› Fig. 174.

Several warning and control lamps shouldlight up for a few seconds when the ignition isswitched on, signalling that the function is be-ing verified. They will switch off after a fewseconds.



Laser sensor

Fig. 172 On the windscreen: laser sensor forthe City Safety Assist function.

Fig. 173 Laser sensor detection area.

A laser sensor on the windscreen ››› Fig. 172allows the system to detect driving situationsin front of the vehicle.

Vehicles ahead can be detected up to a dis-tance of about 10 m.

WARNINGThe laser beam on the sensor can produceserious injuries to the eyes.● Never focus optical devices, e.g. a cam-era, a microscope or a magnifying glasscloser than 100 mm from the laser sensor.● Note that the laser beam can stay activewhen the City Safety Assist system isswitched off or unavailable. The laserbeam is not visible to the human eye.

CAUTIONIf the windscreen is dirty or frosted in thearea of the laser sensor, e.g. due to rain,mist or snow, the City Safety Assist systemmay fail to operate as a result.● Always keep the laser sensor area free ofdirt and ice.● Use a small brush to remove snow and ade-icer spray to remove ice.

CAUTIONA damaged windscreen in the laser sensorarea may cause the City Safety Assistfunction to stop working. »

177

Driving

● Replace the windscreen if it is scratched,cracked or chipped by stones in the lasersensor area. Only use a windscreen author-ised by SEAT. Carrying out repairs is notpermitted (e.g. in the case of damage suf-fered in an impact from a stone).● When replacing the windscreen wipers,only use windscreen wipers authorised bySEAT.● Do not paint the laser sensor area on thewindscreen or cover it with adhesives orother materials.

Function

Fig. 174 In the lower part of the centre console:button for the city safety assist function.

Switching on and off the City Safety Assistfunction● Press the ››› Fig. 174 button on the centreconsole.

When the City Safety Assist function isswitched on, the control lamp lights upon the dash panel within the operationalrange, i.e. for speeds between 5-30 km/h(3-19 mph).

Switch off the City Safety Assist function inthe following situationsSwitching off the City Safety Assist function isrecommended in the following situations››› :

● While the vehicle is being towed.● If the vehicle has been taken to an auto-matic car wash.● If the vehicle is above a test bed.● If the laser sensor is faulty.● After the laser sensor has been involved in acollision.● When driving off road (overhangingbranches).● If objects are protruding above the bonnet,e.g. a load carried on the roof that significant-ly protrudes over the front.● If the windscreen is damaged in the lasersensor area.

WARNINGFailure to switch off the City Safety Assistfunction in the above situations may resultin accidents and serious injury.

● Switch off the City Safety Assist functionin critical situations.

178


Special driving situations

Fig. 175 A: Vehicle on a bend. B: Motorcyclistdriving ahead out of range of the laser sensor.

Fig. 176 Other vehicles changing lanes

The City Safety Assist function is limited bythe laws of physics and by the nature of the

system itself. For this reason, this may pro-duce reactions from the City Safety Assistsystem in certain circumstances that are lateor unexpected by the driver. For this reason,always pay due attention and if necessary,intervene.

For example, the following driving situa-tions require special attention:

Driving through a bendWhen entering or leaving a “long” bend, thevehicle may decelerate when the laser sen-sor detects a vehicle travelling in the oppositelane ››› Fig. 175 A. To interrupt the decelera-tion, you can step on the gas pedal, turn thesteering wheel or operate the clutch.

Narrow vehicles in frontThe laser sensor will only detect narrow vehi-cles in front if they are in the sensor's detec-tion zone ››› Fig. 175 B. This applies particu-larly to narrow vehicles such as motorcycles.

Other vehicles changing lanesVehicles moving into your lane in close prox-imity can cause unexpected braking from theCity Safety Assist system ››› Fig. 176. To inter-rupt deceleration you can accelerate, turnthe steering wheel or press the clutch.

Possible malfunction in the laser sensorIf laser sensor operation is impaired, for ex-ample due to heavy rain, mist, snow or dirt,the City Safety Assist system function is tem-porarily switched off. On the instrument paneldisplay the control lamp flashes.

When the fault in the laser sensor has beenrectified, the City Safety Assist system func-tion automatically becomes available again.The control lamp switches off.

The following conditions could prevent theCity Safety Assist system from functioning:● Tight bends.● Accelerator pressed all the way down tothe floor.● If the City Safety Assist system is switchedoff or there is a fault ››› page 176.● If the laser sensor is dirty, covered or over-heated ››› page 177.● In the event of snow, heavy rain or densefog.● If there are vehicles in front.● Vehicles changing lanes.● Vehicles moving in the opposite direction inthe same lane.● Very dirty vehicles with a low degree of re-flection.● Presence of thick dust.

179

Driving

Hill driving assistant*

Operation

This function is only included in vehicles withESC.

The hill driving assistant helps the driver tomove off and upward on a hill when the vehi-cle is stationary.

The system maintains brake pressure for ap-proximately two seconds after the drivertakes his foot off the brake pedal to preventthe vehicle from lurching backward when it isstarted. During these 2 seconds, the driverhas enough time to release the clutch pedaland accelerate without the vehicle movingand without having to use the handbrake,making start-up easier, more comfortableand safer.

These are the basic operation conditions:

● being on a ramp or hill/slope,● doors closed,● vehicle completely stationary,● engine running and foot on the brake,● besides having a gear engaged or being inneutral for manual gear change and with theselector lever at positions S, D or R in vehicleswith an automatic gearbox.

This system is also active when reversing up-hill.

WARNING● If you do not start the vehicle immediate-ly after taking your foot off the brake pedal,the vehicle may start to roll back undercertain conditions. Depress the brake ped-al or use the hand brake immediately.● If the engine stalls, depress the brakepedal or use the hand brake immediately.● When following a line of traffic uphill, ifyou want to prevent the vehicle from rollingback accidentally when starting off, holdthe brake pedal down for a few secondsbefore starting off.

NoteThe Official Service or a specialist work-shop can tell you if your vehicle is equip-ped with this system.

Towing bracket device

Driving with a trailer

Information on driving with a trailer

The vehicle is not certified for trailer coupling.The vehicle is not factory-equipped with atowing bracket, nor is it possible to retrofit it.

WARNINGInstalling a towing bracket on the vehiclemay cause accidents and serious injurieswhile operating the vehicle.● Never install a towing bracket on the ve-hicle.● The trailer may be released from the ve-hicle when the vehicle is moving.

CAUTIONAny type of towing bracket installed on thevehicle can cause serious and costly dam-age that are not covered under the SEATguarantee.

180

Care and maintenance

Practical tips


Accessories, replacement ofparts and modifications

Introduction

WARNINGThe use of spare parts and accessories, orincorrectly performed modifications or re-pairs may result in damage to the vehicle,accidents and serious injury.● SEAT strongly recommends you to onlyuse SEAT approved accessories and SEAT®

original spare parts. These parts and ac-cessories have been specially tested bySEAT for suitability, reliability and safety.● Have any repairs or modifications carriedout at a specialised workshop. These work-shops have the necessary tools, diagnos-tics equipment, repair information andqualified personnel.● Only mount parts with the same specifi-cations as the parts fitted at factory.● Never mount, fasten or fit objects such asdrink holders or telephone cradles over thecovers of the airbag modules or within theirdeployment zones.

● Only use wheels and tyre combinationswhich have been approved by SEAT foryour vehicle type.

Accessories and spare parts

SEAT recommends you consult an OfficialService before purchasing accessories andspare parts or consumables. For example,when fitting accessories at a later date, orwhen replacing a component. A SEAT OfficialService will advise you as to the legal require-ments and manufacturer's recommendationsregarding accessories, spare parts and othercomponents.

SEAT recommend you use only approvedSEAT accessories and genuine SEAT spareparts®. These parts and accessories havebeen specially tested by SEAT for suitability,reliability and safety. In addition, SEAT techni-cal services will guarantee that assembly isperformed professionally.

Although we continually monitor the market,SEAT cannot guarantee that products notapproved by SEAT are reliable, safe or suita-ble for the vehicle. Therefore, SEAT cannotaccept liability, even in those cases author-ised by an officially recognised technical in-spection office or other official body.

Any retro-fitted equipment which has a di-rect effect on vehicle control must be ap-

proved by SEAT for use in your vehicle andbear the e mark (the European Union's au-thorisation symbol). This includes cruise con-trol systems or electronically controlled sus-pension.

If any additional electrical devices are fit-ted which do not serve to control the vehicleitself, these must bear the mark (EuropeanUnion manufacturer conformity declaration).This includes refrigerator boxes, laptops orventilator fans.

WARNINGUnprofessional repairs or modifications tothe vehicle may affect the performance ofthe airbags, and may cause operatingfaults or fatal accidents.● Never mount, fasten or fit objects such asdrink holders or telephone cradles over ornext to the covers of the airbag modules orwithin their deployment zones.● Objects placed over the airbag covers, orwithin their deployment zones, could leadto serious injury or loss of life if the airbagsare triggered.

Service fluids and components

All vehicle fluids and consumables, such asnotched belts, tyres, coolant fluids, engineoils, spark plugs and batteries are continuallybeing developed. Therefore all fluids and »

181

Practical tips

consumables should be changed at a speci-alised workshop. Technical services are per-manently informed of any modifications.

WARNINGThe incorrect use or handling of fluids orconsumables may result in accident, seri-ous injury, burns or intoxication.● Therefore, fluids must always be storedclosed in their original container.● Never store fluids in empty food contain-ers or bottles as other people may acci-dentally drink the fluid.● Keep all fluids and consumables out ofreach of children.● Read and observe the information andwarnings given on the fluid containers.● Only work in the open air or in well-venti-lated zones, when using products whichgive off harmful vapours.● Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil,acetone or any other volatile liquid in themaintenance of the vehicle. These are toxicand highly flammable. They could lead tofire or explosions!

CAUTION● Only use appropriate fluids. Do not con-fuse fluids as this can cause serious mal-functions or engine damage.● Accessories and other componentsmounted in front of the air inlet reduce the

cooling effect of the coolant. If the engineis running under great strain in high outsidetemperatures, it could overheat.

For the sake of the environmentLeaking fluids could pollute the environ-ment. Collect any spilt fluids in suitablecontainers and dispose of them in accord-ance with legislation and with respect forthe environment.

Repairs and technical changes

When performing repairs and technicalmodifications, SEAT's directives must beobserved! ››› Unauthorised modifications to the electroniccomponents or software in the vehicle maycause malfunctions. Due to the way the elec-tronic components are linked together in net-works, other indirect systems may be affec-ted by the faults. This may significantly affectthe vehicle's performance, increase compo-nent wear and could mean that the vehicleregistration documents are no longer valid.

Your SEAT Official Service cannot be held lia-ble for any damage caused by technicalmodifications or repairs performed incorrect-ly.

The SEAT Official Service does not accept li-ability for damage resulting from technical

modifications or repairs performed incorrect-ly; neither is the SEAT warranty valid in thesecases.

SEAT recommends you have any technicalmodifications or repairs performed at a SEATOfficial Service and that you use genuineSEAT spare parts®.

Vehicles with special accessories andequipmentThe manufacturers of additional equipmentguarantee that the equipment complies withapplicable laws and regulations with respectto the environment, in particular Directives2000/53/CE and 2003/11/CE. The first di-rective governs the disposal of end-of-life ve-hicles while the second refers to the restric-tions on the marketing and use of certaindangerous substances and preparations.

The vehicle owner should keep the documen-tation for the additional equipment safelyand hand it over to the scrap yard at the endof the vehicle's service life. This ensures thatany additional equipment mounted in end-of-life vehicles is correctly disposed of with re-spect for the environment.

WARNINGRepairs or modifications which are not per-formed correctly may result in damage orerrors in the vehicle operation, affectingthe effectiveness of the driver assistance

182


systems. This could result in serious acci-dent.● All repairs and modifications to the vehi-cle should only be performed by a special-ised workshop.

Repairs and malfunctions in theairbag system

When performing repairs and technicalmodifications, SEAT's directives must beobserved! ››› Modifications and repairs to the front bumper,doors, front seats, and repairs to the roof orchassis should only be carried out in a speci-alised workshop. These components maycontain parts or sensors belonging to the air-bag system.

If work is carried out on the airbag system orparts have to be removed and fitted on thesystem when performing other repair work,parts of the airbag system may be damaged.The consequence may be that, in the eventof an accident, the airbag inflates incorrectlyor does not inflate at all.

So that the effectiveness of the airbag is notreduced and that removed parts do notcause any injuries or environmental pollution,regulations must be observed. These require-ments are known to specialised workshops.

Modifications to the vehicle suspension mayaffect the operation of the airbag system inthe event of collision. For example, if wheeland tyre combinations not approved by SEATare used, or if the vehicle height is lowered,the suspension is stiffened or the suspensionsprings, telescopic arms, dampers, etc., aremodified, the results received by the airbagsensors and sent to the control unit may notbe accurate. For example, some modifica-tions to the suspension could increase theforce measured by the sensors and result inthe triggering of the airbag systems in colli-sions. Under normal conditions, the measuredvalues would be lower and the airbag wouldnot have been triggered. Other modificationsmay reduce the forces measured by the sen-sors and prevent the airbags from being trig-gered when they should.

WARNINGRepairs or modifications which are not per-formed correctly may result in damage orerrors in the vehicle operation, affectingthe effectiveness of the airbag systems.This could result in serious or fatal acci-dents.● All repairs and modifications to the vehi-cle should only be performed by a special-ised workshop.● Airbag modules must never be repaired:they have to be replaced.

● Never fit recycled or reused airbag com-ponents in your vehicle.

WARNINGModifications to the vehicle suspension, in-cluding the use of unauthorised wheel andtyre combinations, may affect the perform-ance of the airbags and increase the risk ofserious or fatal injury in the event of acci-dent.● Never fit suspension components whichare not identical to the original parts in thevehicle.● Never use wheel and tyre combinationsnot approved by SEAT.

Retrofitting of mobile phones

An exterior aerial is required for the use oftwo-way radios in the vehicle.

The retro-fitting of electrical or electronic ap-pliances in the vehicle is subject to their ap-proval for use in your vehicle. Under certaincircumstances, this could mean that your ve-hicle registration documents are no longervalid.

SEAT has approved your vehicle for use withtwo-way radios providing the following con-ditions are observed: »

183

Practical tips

● The exterior aerial must be mounted pro-fessionally.● The maximum transmitting power is 10watts.

The optimal reach of the equipment is onlyachieved with an external aerial.

Check first with a specialised workshop thatunderstands the technical possibilities of in-stallation if you wish to use a two-way radiowith a transmitting power of over 10 watts.SEAT recommends taking your car in fortechnical service.

All legal requirements, together with the in-structions for the use of two-way radios mustbe observed.

WARNINGIf the two-way radio is not securely fas-tened in position, it could be sent flyingaround the vehicle in the event of sharpbraking, sudden manoeuvres or accident,causing injury.● While driving, two-way radios must besecurely fastened in position, outside theairbags deployment zones, or safely stow-ed away.

WARNINGWhen using a two-way radio without a con-nection to an exterior aerial, the maximumpermitted levels of electromagnetic radia-

tion may be exceeded. This is also the caseif the aerial has not been correctly instal-led.● You should only use a two-way radio in-side the vehicle if it has first been correctlyconnected to an exterior aerial.

Using a mobile telephone in a vehi-cle without connection to an exteri-or aerial

Mobile telephones transmit and receive radiowaves also called high-frequency energy,both when in use and when on stand-by. Sci-entific studies state that radio waves exceed-ing certain values may be harmful to the hu-man body. International committees and au-thorities have established limits and direc-tives in order to ensure electromagnetic radi-ation from mobile phones remains within cer-tain limits that do not endanger health. Nev-ertheless, there is no conclusive scientific evi-dence that wireless telephones are totallysafe.

That is why some experts recommend mod-erate use of the mobile telephone, and theappliance of measures to reduce radiation onthe human body.

When a mobile phone not connected to anexterior aerial is used inside the vehicle, theelectromagnetic radiation may be greater

than if the mobile phone were connected to abuilt-in aerial or to another exterior aerial.

If the vehicle is fitted with a suitable hands-free device that allows the employment ofnumerous additional mobile telephone func-tions with compatible Bluetooth technology®,it will comply with the legislation in manycountries which only permits the use of mo-bile phones inside vehicles using a hands-free device.

Mobile telephones must be placed in a suita-ble telephone support or stored safely in thevehicle. If a support is used for the telephone,it must be securely fastened to the baseplate. The mobile will be secure on the instru-ment panel and always within reach of thedriver only by following these procedures.Mobile telephone connection with an exter-nal aerial is carried out subject to the hands-free device, via the telephone support or bythe Bluetooth® connections present in themobile telephone and the vehicle.

If the mobile phone is connected to an aerialincorporated into the vehicle or an exterioraerial connected to the vehicle, it will help re-duce the electromagnetic radiation transmit-ted and the risk to human health. It will alsoimprove the quality of the connection.

If the phone is used inside the vehicle withoutthe hands-free system, it will not be securelyfastened and will not be connected to the ex-terior aerial of the vehicle telephone. Nor will

184


the telephone charge if it is not on the sup-port. In addition, some calls may break offand the quality of the connection will be af-fected.

Mobile telephones should only be used insidethe vehicle if they are connected to a hands-free system. SEAT recommends using an ex-ternal aerial should you wish to use a mobiletelephone inside the vehicle.

Bluetooth® is a registered trademark of Blue-tooth® SIG, Inc.

WARNINGIf the mobile phone is not securely fastenedin position, it could be sent flying aroundthe vehicle in the event of sharp braking,sudden manoeuvres or accident, causinginjury.● While driving, the mobile telephone, oth-er equipment including telephone acces-sories such as telephone supports, note-pads and navigators must be correctly se-cured, away from the airbags deploymentzones, or stored in a safe place.

WARNINGWhen using a mobile telephone or two-wayradio without connecting an external aer-ial, the maximum permitted levels of elec-tromagnetic radiation in the vehicle may beexceeded, thus putting the driver and therest of the vehicle occupants in danger.

This is also the case if the aerial has notbeen correctly installed.● A minimum of 20 centimetres should bekept between mobile phone aerials and ar-tificial pacemakers, as mobile telephonesmay affect the working of pacemakers.● Do not keep mobile phones in breastpockets directly above pacemakers.● Immediately switch off the mobile tele-phone if you suspect any interference withpacemakers or other types of medicalequipment.

Support points for raising the vehi-cle

Fig. 177 Front jacking points for raising vehiclewith lifting platform or jack

Fig. 178 Rear jacking points for raising vehiclewith lifting platform or jack

Always use the jacking points indicated in thefigures ››› Fig. 177 and ››› Fig. 178 when rais-ing the vehicle. If the vehicle is not lifted atthese points, it could be seriously damaged››› or lead to serious injury ››› .

The vehicle should not be lifted using liftingplatforms with lift pads containing fluid.

When raising a vehicle using a platform orjack, a series of precautionary measures arerequired. Do not raise the vehicle with a liftingplatform or jack unless you have receivedtraining in how to do so and know how to doso safely.

Notes on raising the vehicle with a jack››› page 73. »

185

Practical tips

WARNINGThe improper use of the lifting platform orthe jack when raising the vehicle may resultin accidents or serious injury.● Before raising the vehicle, please observethe manufacturer's instructions for theplatform or jack, and the legal require-ments, where applicable.● There should not be anyone inside thevehicle when it is being raised or once it isin the air.● Only use the jacking points indicated inthe figures ››› Fig. 177 and ››› Fig. 178 whenraising the vehicle. If the vehicle is not liftedat the indicated points, it may fall from theplatform while the engine or gearbox is be-ing dismounted, for example.● The jacking points should be centrallyaligned and firmly positioned on the plat-form support plates.● Never start the engine when the vehicle israised! The vehicle may fall from the plat-form due to the engine vibrations.● If it is necessary to work underneath thevehicle while it is raised, you should checkthat the supporting stands have an ade-quate load capacity.● Never climb onto the lifting platform.● Always make sure that the weight of thevehicle does not exceed the lifting platformload capacity.

CAUTION● Never raise the vehicle at the engine oilsump, the gearbox or the rear or frontaxles.● Always use an intermediate rubber sup-port to prevent damage to the vehicle un-derbody. Check that the arms of the liftingplatform are able to move with obstruction.● The arms should not come into contactwith the side running boards or other partsof the vehicle.

186

Checking and refilling levels

Checking and refilling lev-els

Fuel

Identification of the fuel1)

Fig. 179 Sticker on the tank cap (identificationof the fuel)

Fuels are identified with different symbols.Depending on the fuel, the different symbolsare on the pump and the tank lid of your vehi-cle. The identification serves to prevent con-fusion when choosing the fuel.

Petrol with ethanol (“E” stands for Etha-nol). The number indicates the percent-

1

age of ethanol in the petrol. “E5” means,for example, an ethanol ratio of 5% max.Diesel with biodiesel (“B” stands for Bio-diesel). The number indicates the per-centage of biodiesel in the diesel. “B7”means, for example, a proportion of bio-diesel of max. 7%.Natural gas: “CNG” means CompressedNatural Gas.

Type of petrol3 Applies to vehicles: with petrol engine

The correct grade of petrol is listed inside thefuel tank flap.

The vehicle is equipped with a catalytic con-verter and must only be run on unleadedpetrol. The petrol must comply with thestandard EN 228 and be sulphur-free. Fuelswith a 10% ethanol ratio can be refuelled(E10)2). The types of petrol are differentiatedby using the octane numbers (RON) or viathe anti-knock index (AKI).

The following pieces of text show the infor-mation included in the corresponding stickerson the tank lid (examples):

2

3

Super unleaded petrol 95 octane petrol ornormal 91 octane petrol at leastWe recommend refuelling with super 95 oc-tane petrol (91 AKI). If not available: normal 91octane petrol (87 AKI) (with a slight powerloss).

Super unleaded petrol, 95 octanes atleastYou should use super 95 octane petrol (91AKI) at least.

If super is not available, if necessary, use nor-mal 91 octane petrol (87 AKI). In this case onlyuse moderate engine speeds and a lightthrottle. Refuel with super as soon as possi-ble.

Unleaded super plus 98 octane petrol orsuper 95 octane petrol at leastWe recommend refuelling with super plus 98octane petrol (93 AKI). If not available: super95 octane petrol (91 AKI) (with a slight powerloss).

If super is not available, if necessary, use nor-mal 91 octane petrol (87 AKI). In this case onlyuse moderate engine speeds and a light »

1) Depending on country2) Follow the regulations of the country you aredriving in.

187

Practical tips

throttle. Refuel with super as soon as possi-ble.

CAUTION● Fuels high percentage of ethanol, e.g.E30 - E100 button must not be used. Thefuel system would be damaged. Exception:vehicles with Totalflex engine ››› page 188,Ethanol fuel.● A single refuelling with leaded fuel orother metal additives entails a permanentdeterioration of the effectiveness of thecatalytic converter.● Only use fuel additives that have beenapproved by SEAT. The products that con-tain substances to increase the octane rat-ing or decrease knocking may contain met-al additives that damage the engine andcatalytic converter. This type of productsmust not be used.● Do not use fuels shown in the pump ascontaining metals. LRP (lead replacementpetrol) fuels contain high concentrations ofmetal additives. Risk of engine damage!● High engine speed and full throttle candamage the engine when using petrol withan octane rating lower than the correctgrade for the engine.

Note● Fuel with an octane rating higher than theone required by the engine can be used.● In countries in which there is no sulphur-free fuel, it is also allowed to use low sul-phur content fuel.

Ethanol fuel3 Applies to vehicles: with Totalflex engine

You can recognise vehicles with Totalflex en-gines1) by the label on the fuel tank lid withthe marking “Petrol/ethanol”.

Vehicles with Totalflex engine can run withunleaded petrol (95 octane / 91 AKI) accord-ing to ANP No. 57 and with fuels with any highpercentage of ethanol. The vehicle is refuel-led in the same way as petrol refuelling.

Also consider that ››› page 187, Type of pet-rol

NoteSEAT recommends filling the tank exclu-sively with petrol every 10,000 km to de-crease impurities that using E100 ethanolfuel might have left in the engine.

Natural gas3 Applies to vehicles: with a natural gas engine

Natural gas can be compressed or in liquidform, addition to others.

Use of compressed natural gas (CNG)Vehicles with a natural gas engine must onlybe working with CNG (Compressed NaturalGas CNG ), or with a mixture of biomethaneif it complies with Regulation EN 16723-2.

Do not use fuels such as liquefied natural gas(Liquefied Natural Gas), liquified petroleumgas (LPG = Liquefied Petroleum Gas) or hy-thane (hydrogen mixed with methane) ››› .

Therefore, vehicles with a natural gas enginemust only be refuelled using compressednatural gas (CNG).

Natural gas quality and consumptionNatural gas is divided into the groups H and Ldepending on its quality.

Gas type H has a superior heating power andinferior nitrogen and carbon dioxide contentthan type L. The higher the heating power ofthe natural gas, the lower the consumptionwill be.

1) This motor is only available in some markets.188


However, the heating power and the propor-tion of nitrogen and carbon dioxide can fluc-tuate within the quality groups. Therefore, ve-hicle consumption can also vary when usinga single type of gas only.

The engine management automaticallyadapts to the natural gas used according toits quality. Therefore, different quality gasescan be mixed in the tank, without the need forcomprehensive draining before applying adifferent quality gas.

Natural gas and safetyIf you can smell gas or suspect that there is aleak ››› :

● Stop the vehicle immediately.● Switch the ignition off.● Open the doors to appropriately ventilatethe vehicle.● Extinguish cigarettes immediately.● Move away from the vehicle or switch offobjects that may cause sparks or a fire.● If you continue to smell gas, do not contin-ue driving!● Seek specialist assistance. Have the faultrepaired.

Regular checks of the natural gas systemThe natural gas tanks may be damaged orcorroded by external factors. The walls of the

gas tanks are weakened by deformations,damage or corrosion. As a result, the tankscould burst and result in serious injuries oreven death. For this reason, the vehicle ownermust have a specialised workshop check (vis-ual check) the gas system every 4 years atleast. The vehicle owner must have a speci-alised workshop replace the natural gastanks before they reach the end of their serv-ice life. For further information about the serv-ice life of gas tanks, go to a SEAT dealer serv-ice or a specialised workshop

WARNINGFailure to act when you can smell gas in thevehicle or when refuelling can cause seri-ous injuries.● Carry out the necessary operations.● Leave the danger zone.● If necessary, warn the emergency serv-ices.

WARNINGThe vehicle is not suitable for liquefied nat-ural gas (LNG) or liquefied petrol gas (LPG),so LNG or LPG should not be used underany circumstances. Liquid gas can causean explosion of the natural gas tanks andcause severe injuries!

WARNINGDamaged, corroded or rusted tanks can re-sult in serious injury or even death.● Have the natural gas deposits checked atleast every 4 years (visual check).● Natural gas tanks have a limited servicelife. Have the natural gas tanks replacedwhen required. You can obtain further infor-mation about this at SEAT dealers or speci-alised workshops.

WARNINGIf the vehicle underbody touches theground or in the event of a rear collision,there could be damage to the natural gastanks.● Check whether there is a smell of gas.● If you notice a smell of gas, take the vehi-cle to a specialised workshop immediatelyand have the natural gas system checked.

NoteHave the natural gas system checked regu-larly by a specialised workshop, accordingto the Maintenance Programme.

189

Practical tips

Filling the tank

Introduction

The fuel tank flap is on the rear right of thevehicle.

WARNINGRefuelling or handling fuel carelessly cancause an explosion or fire resulting in seri-ous burns and injuries.● Always make sure that you correctlyclose the fuel cap to avoid evaporation andfuel spillage.● Fuels are highly explosive and inflamma-ble substances that can cause seriousburns and injuries.● Fuel could leak out or be spilt if the en-gine is not switched off or if the filler fuelnozzle is not fully inserted into the tank fill-er neck when refuelling. This could lead toa fire, explosion and severe injuries.● When refuelling, turn off the engine andturn off the ignition for safety reasons.● Always turn off mobile telephones, radioapparatus and other radio wave emittingequipment before refuelling. Electromag-netic waves could cause sparks and leadto a fire.● Never enter the vehicle while refuelling. Ifit is absolutely necessary to enter, closethe door and touch a metal surface beforetouching the filler nozzle again. This will

prevent the generation of static electricity.Sparks could cause a fire when refuelling.● Never handle fuel close to flames, sparksor objects with slow combustion (e.g. ciga-rettes).● Avoid static electricity and electro-mag-netic radiation when refuelling.● Observe the safety regulations of theservice station.● Never spill fuel on the vehicle or in theluggage compartment.

WARNINGFor safety reasons, SEAT does not recom-mend carrying a spare fuel canister in thevehicle. Fuel could be spilled and catchfire, above all in case of an accident andthis applies to a full container as well asempty containers. This could lead to explo-sions, fires and injuries.● Observe the following if you exceptional-ly have to carry fuel in a canister:– Never place a fuel container, to fill it, in-

side the vehicle or on the vehicle, forexample, in the luggage compartment.Filling in these circumstances couldcreate an electrostatic charge andspark that could ignite fuel fumes.

– Always place the canister on theground to fill it.

– Insert the fuel nozzle into the neck ofthe canister as far as possible.

– If you are using a metal fuel canister,the nozzle must always touch the can-ister while it is being filled to avoid stat-ic electricity.

– Follow the legal requirements for theuse, storage and transport of spare fuelcanisters.

– Insure that the fuel container complieswith manufacturing standards, for ex-ample, ANSI or ASTM F852-86.

CAUTION● Always remove any fuel spilled anywhereon the vehicle to avoid damage to thewheel housing, the tyre and vehicle paint-work.● Refuelling a petrol engine with diesel cancause serious engine and fuel system dam-age; the resulting malfunctions are notcovered by the SEAT warranty. If you refuelwith the wrong type of fuel, never start theengine. This applies to even the smallestamount of the wrong fuel. Seek specialistassistance. With the engine running, thecomposition of the wrong fuel could signifi-cantly damage the fuel system and the en-gine itself.

For the sake of the environmentFuels can contaminate the environment.Collect any spilt service fluids and allow aprofessional to dispose of them.

190


Control lamps and fuel gauge

Fig. 180 On the instrument panel: Fuel gaugefor petrol.

Fig. 181 On the instrument panel: Fuel gaugefor petrol.

The fuel gauge can vary depending on thevehicle equipment ››› Fig. 180 or ››› Fig. 181.

a) It lights up

The fuel tank is almost empty. The reserve tank is be-ing used (red mark ››› Fig. 180) ››› page 33.Refuel as soon as possible ››› .

a) This only applies to vehicles with the fuel gauge onthe dash panel ››› Fig. 180.

a) It lights up

The natural gas tank is almost empty. The reservetank is being used (red mark ››› Fig. 181) ››› page 33.Refuel as soon as possible ››› .

a) This only applies to vehicles with the fuel gauge onthe dash panel ››› Fig. 180.

and the seg-

ments remain-inga)

Flashes for about 10 sec-onds

The fuel tank is almost empty. The reserve tank is be-ing used ››› page 33.Refuel as soon as possible ››› .

a) This only applies to vehicles with the fuel gauge onthe dash panel display.


In natural gas enginesDuring driving, the fuel gauge needle is in thefuel area with which the car is currently driv-ing. Whenever the ignition is switched on, theneedle changes first for a few seconds to thepetrol area in order to display the current lev-el of fuel. The needle then moves to the natu-ral gas area. After the engine is started, theneedle changes to the area corresponding tothe current operating mode.

Remark: if the vehicle is left parked for a longtime just after refuelling, the gas level indica-tor does not accurately indicate the samelevel shown after refuelling when the vehicleis started up again. This is not due to a leak inthe system, but to a drop in pressure in thegas tank for technical reasons after a coolingphase immediately after refuelling.

WARNINGDriving with insufficient fuel reserve couldresult in the vehicle breaking down in trafficand a serious accident.● If the fuel level is too low then the fuelsupply to the engine can become irregularespecially on slopes.● If the engine “is choked” or stalls due tolack of or irregularity of the fuel supply, thepower steering as well as all of the driverassistance systems including brake assis-tance will stop working. »

191

Practical tips

● Always refuel when there is only onequarter of the fuel tank left to avoid runningout of fuel.

CAUTION● Always pay attention to any lit controllamps and to the corresponding descrip-tions and instructions to avoid damage tothe vehicle.● Never run the fuel tank completely dry.An irregular fuel supply may lead to ignitionfaults and unburnt fuel could enter the ex-haust system. This could damage the cata-lytic converter.

NoteThe arrow next to the fuel pump symbol onthe instrument panel ››› Fig. 180 indicatesthe side of the vehicle on which the fueltank flap is located.

Refuelling with petrol

Fig. 182 Open fuel tank flap with tank cap inthe holder


Before refuelling, always turn off the engine,the ignition, mobile telephones, auxiliaryheating and keep them off during refuelling.

RefuellingThe correct petrol type for the vehicle is loca-ted on a sticker inside the fuel tank flap››› page 187.

● If the automatic filler nozzle is operatedcorrectly, it will switch itself off as soon as thefuel tank is full ››› .● Do not continue to refuel if it is turned off!Otherwise, this will fill the expansion chamberand fuel may leak out if the ambient condi-tions are warm.

Vehicles with a natural gas engineEvery 6 months it is necessary to run on pet-rol until the control lamp switches off andthen the tank must be refilled. This is neces-sary to ensure the efficient operation of thesystem and the fuel quality required for run-ning on gas.

WARNINGDo not continue refilling once the fuel noz-zle has switched itself off. The fuel tankmay be filled too much. As a result, fuelmay spurt out and spill. This could lead to afire, explosion and severe injuries.

CAUTION● Always remove any fuel spilled anywhereon the vehicle to avoid damage to thewheel housing, the tyre and vehicle paint-work.

For the sake of the environmentFuels can contaminate the environment.Collect any spilt service fluids and allow aprofessional to dispose of them.

192


Refuelling with natural gas

Fig. 183 Open tank lid: gas filler mouth 1 , fill-er mouth retainer 2

Before refuelling, the engine and the ignition,mobile telephone and heating must beswitched off separately ››› .

It is also essential to carefully read the in-structions for the natural gas pump.

The vehicle is equipped for refuelling onlywith Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) ››› .Refuelling with another type of natural gas isnot allowed, e.g. Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG)or hydromethane.

Opening the fuel tank capThe natural gas filler mouth is behind the fueltank cap, next to the petrol filler mouth.

● Unlock the vehicle with the key or with thecentral locking button situated on the driverdoor ››› page 97.

● Press on the rear area of the flap and openit.

RefuellingRemark: If the ambient temperature is veryhigh, the natural gas pump protection againstoverheating disconnects this automatically.

● Remove the plug from the gas filler mouth››› Fig. 183 1 .● Connect the pump filling nozzle to the gasfiller mouth.● The fuel tank will be full when the pumpcompressor automatically cuts the supply.● If you wish to finish refuelling in advance,press the button on the pump to stop the flow.

Closing the fuel tank cap● Check that the gas filler mouth retainer 2is not trapped with the filler nozzle. If neces-sary, place it in the filler mouth again.● Insert the plug in the filler mouth.● Close the tank flap. Make sure you hear itclick into place.

WARNINGNatural gas is a highly explosive, easilyflammable substance. Incorrect handlingof the natural gas can cause accidents se-rious burns and other injuries.● Before refuelling with natural gas, the fill-ing mouth must be correctly engaged. If

you can smell gas, stop refuelling immedi-ately.

WARNINGThe vehicle is not prepared to use liquefiednatural gas (LNG) and this fuel must not beadded under any circumstances. Liquefiednatural gas can cause the natural gas tankto explode, resulting in serious injury.

Note● The filling nozzles of natural gas pumpscan differ in the way they are operated. Ifyou are unacquainted with the pump, it isadvisable that a member of staff of theservice station performs the refuelling op-eration.● Noises heard when refuelling are normaland do not indicate the presence of a faultin the system.● The vehicle natural gas system is pre-pared both for refuelling with a small com-pressor (slow refuel) and a large compres-sor (fast refuel) in natural gas service sta-tions.

193

Practical tips

Bonnet

Working in the engine compart-ment


Before working in the engine compartment,make sure that the vehicle is parked on hori-zontal and firm ground.

The engine compartment of the vehicle is ahazardous area. Never work on the engine orin the engine compartment if you are not fa-miliar with the operations to be carried out,the applicable safety standards and espe-cially if you do not have the necessary instru-ments, liquids and tools ››› ! If required, haveany work carried out by a specialised work-shop. Negligent work can cause serious in-jury.

WARNINGIf the vehicle moves unexpectedly, thiscould cause serious injury.● Never work under the vehicle if it has notbeen immobilized. If you must work under-neath the vehicle with the wheels in con-tact with the ground then it should beparked on flat ground, the wheels shouldbe prevented from moving and the keyshould be removed from the ignition.

● If you have to work underneath the vehi-cle, you must use suitable stands addition-ally to support the vehicle, there is a risk ofaccident!. The jack is not intended for thiskind of work and its failure could lead to se-vere injuries.● Disconnect the Start-Stop system.

WARNINGThe engine compartment is a dangerousarea capable of causing serious injury.● For all type of work, always take the ut-most precautions, work carefully and notethe general safety standards in force. Nev-er take personal risks.● Never work on the engine or in the enginecompartment if you are not familiar withthe necessary operations. If you are notsure about procedures then visit a special-ised workshop to carry out the necessarywork. Working incorrectly can cause seri-ous injuries.● Never open the bonnet if you see steamor coolant escaping from the engine com-partment. This may cause serious burns. Al-ways wait until you cannot see or hear thesound of steam or coolant coming from theengine compartment.● Always allow the engine to cool down be-fore opening the bonnet.● Contact with hot elements of the engineand the exhaust system can cause burns.

● Once the engine has cooled, follow theinstructions below before opening the bon-net:– Engage the handbrake and place the

gear selector lever in N or the gearstick in neutral.

– Remove the key from the ignition.– Keep children away from the engine

compartment and never leave themunsupervised.

● When the engine is warm or hot, the cool-ing system is pressurised. Do not unscrewthe cap on the expansion tank when the en-gine is hot. Otherwise, coolant may sprayout under pressure causing burns and seri-ous injury.– After cooling, carefully and slowly un-

screw the cap anticlockwise, gentlypressing down on it.

– Always protect your face, hands andarms from hot coolant and steam usinga large, thick cloth.

● When refilling liquids, avoid spilling themon parts of the engine and the exhaust sys-tem. Spilled liquids could cause a fire.

WARNINGThe high voltages of the electrical systemcan give electric shocks as well as causingburns and serious injury and possibly evendeath!

194


● Never cause short circuits in the electri-cal system. The battery could explode.● To minimise the risk of electric shock andserious consequences while the engine isrunning or starting the engine, note the fol-lowing:– Never touch the electrical wiring of the

ignition system.

WARNINGIn the engine compartment, there are rotat-ing parts that could cause serious injury.● Never place your hands directly on ornear the radiator fan. Touching the rotorblades could seriously harm you. The venti-lator works according to the engine tem-perature and could start suddenly evenwhen the ignition is turned off and the key isremoved.● If any work has to be performed when theengine is started or with the engine running,there is an additional, potentially fatal,safety risk from rotating parts, such as thedrive belts, alternator, radiator fan, etc., aswell as from the high-voltage ignition sys-tem. Always work with the utmost caution.– Always make sure that no parts of your

body, jewellery, ties, loose clothing andlong hair can be trapped by the rotat-ing parts of the engine. Before anywork, remove ties and jewellery (neck-laces, etc), tie long hair back and tie allitems of loose clothing to your body to

make sure that they cannot be trappedby engine components.

– Take extreme caution when operatingthe accelerator and remain attentive.The vehicle could move, even if thehandbrake is applied.

● Always make sure you have not left anyobjects, such as cleaning cloths and tools,in the engine compartment. If any object isleft in the engine compartment, this couldcause malfunctions, engine faults and evena fire.

WARNINGRefill liquids and certain materials cancatch fire easily in the engine compart-ment, causing a fire and serious injury!● Never smoke.● Never work close to places exposed toflames or sparks.● Never pour service fluids over the engine.These fluid may ignite hot engine parts andcause injuries.● If it is necessary to work on the fuel sys-tem or the electrical system, please followthe instructions below:– Always disconnect the vehicle battery.– Never work close to heaters, heat sour-

ces or places exposed to flames orsparks.

● Always keep a recently serviced and per-fectly working fire extinguisher close by.

● Never cover the engine with additional in-sulating materials such as a blanket. Risk offire!

WARNINGIf the bonnet is not correctly closed, itcould suddenly open while driving leavingthe driver without visibility. This could re-sult in a serious accident.● After closing the bonnet, always checkthat it is properly secured by the lockingmechanism in the lock carrier piece. Thebonnet must be flush with the surroundingbody panels.● While driving, if you notice that the bon-net is not correctly closed then stop imme-diately and close it correctly.● Make sure the bonnet is opened andclosed safely (when the engine is off, nosmoke is coming from the engine compart-ment, there is enough space around thecar, no people are near, etc.).

CAUTION● When refilling or changing service liq-uids, ensure that you put the liquids into theright tank. Making a mistake when refillingcould cause serious malfunctions anddamage the engine!● To avoid damage to the bonnet and to thewindscreen wiper arms, only open it when »

195

Practical tips

the windscreen wipers are in place againstthe windscreen.● Before driving, always lower the wiperarms.

For the sake of the environmentService fluids leaks are harmful to the envi-ronment. For this reason you should makeregular checks on the ground underneathyour vehicle. Take the vehicle to a special-ised workshop to be checked if you seestains, oil or other fluids on the ground.Collect any spilt service fluids and allow aprofessional to dispose of them.

Engine oil

Introduction

WARNINGIncorrectly handling engine oil can causeinjury and serious burns.● Always protect your eyes when handlingengine oil.● Oil is toxic and must be kept out of thereach of children.● Engine oil should only be kept in its origi-nal packaging; the same goes for used oiluntil it is disposed of.

● Never store engine oil in empty food con-tainers or bottles as other people may ac-cidentally drink it.● Regular contact with engine oil can bebad for the skin. If you come into contactwith engine oil, wash your skin with soapand water.● With the engine running, the engine oilgets extremely hot and can cause severeskin burns. Always wait until the engine hasfully cooled.

For the sake of the environmentSimilar to the other service liquids, spilledengine oil can be bad for the environment.Collect these liquids in suitable containersand dispose of them while respecting theenvironment.


Flashes

Engine oil pressure too low. Stop the vehicle! Switch off the engine. Checkthe engine oil level, and if necessary, refill with››› page 197.engine oil - If the warning indicator flashes althoughthe oil level is correct, do not continue driving orleave the engine running. Otherwise, the enginecould be damaged. Seek specialist assistance.


Engine oil specifications


Replacement engine oil must strictly complywith the specifications.

The correct oil must be used to ensure thecorrect operation and long service life of theengine. The engine comes with a high-qualitymultigrade oil that can generally be used allyear round.

Only use an engine oil that complies to SEATstandards whenever possible ››› . Only refillengine oil using approved engine oil in ac-cordance with the corresponding VW stand-ard (››› page 34). All oils indicated aresynthetic multigrade oils.

Engine oils are being continuously further de-veloped. Technical services are constantlyupdated with any modifications. SEAT there-fore recommends that you have the engineoil changed by a technical service.

CAUTION● Only use engine oils whose specifica-tions are expressly approved by SEAT. The

196


use of any other type of oil could cause en-gine damage!● No additives should be used with engineoil. Any damage caused by the use of suchadditives would not be covered by the fac-tory warranty.

Checking engine oil level and top-ping up

Fig. 184 Marked engine oil dipstick

Fig. 185 In the engine compartment: engine oilfiller cap.


Preparations● Park the vehicle on flat ground so that theengine oil reading is correct.● The engine must be hot to be able to checkthe engine oil level. Stop the engine and waita few minutes for the oil to drain back into thesump.● Open the bonnet ››› page 194.● The engine oil filler neck can be recognisedby the symbol on the cap ››› Fig. 185 andthe dipstick by its coloured handle.

Check the engine oil level● Pull out the dipstick and wipe it on a cleancloth.

● Replace the dipstick, pushing it in as far asit will go. If the dipstick to measure engine oilhas a mark, when you reintroduce it this markshould slot into the corresponding groove lo-cated on the upper end of the tube.● Remove the oil dipstick again and checkthe engine oil level.● After reading the oil level, replace the dip-stick in the tube completely.

WARNINGOil could catch fire if it comes into contactwith hot engine components. This couldlead to a fire, explosion and severe injuries.● Always ensure that after topping of oil,the engine oil filler cap is correctly tight-ened. This will avoid engine oil spilling ontohot engine parts when the engine is run-ning.

CAUTION● If the engine oil level is above the area››› Fig. 184 A do not start the engine. Re-quest help from specialised staff. Other-wise catalytic converter and engine dam-age may occur.● When refilling or changing service liq-uids, ensure that you put the liquids into theright tank. Making a mistake when refillingcould cause serious malfunctions anddamage the engine! »

197

Practical tips

For the sake of the environmentThe oil level must never be above zone A .Otherwise oil can be drawn in through thecrankcase breather and leak into the at-mosphere via the exhaust system.

Engine oil consumption

The consumption of engine oil can be differ-ent from one engine to another and can varyduring the useful life of the engine.

Depending on how you drive and the condi-tions in which the vehicle is used, oil con-sumption can be up to 1 ltr./2000 km. In thecase of new vehicles, the consumption canexceed this figure over 5,000 kilometres. Forthis reason the engine oil level must bechecked at regular intervals, preferably whenfilling the tank and before a journey.

When the engine is working hard, for instanceduring sustained high-speed motorway cruis-ing in summer or when climbing mountainpasses, the oil level should preferably be keptwithin area ››› Fig. 184 A .

Topping up engine oil


The engine oil must be changed regularly ac-cording to the specifications of the Mainte-nance Programme.

Due to the problems linked with disposing ofused oil and the need for suitable tools andspecial knowledge, always visit a specialisedworkshop to have the engine oil and filterchanged. SEAT recommends taking your carin for technical service.

Detailed information on the service intervalsis shown in the Maintenance Programme.

Engine oil additives make new oil darker afterthe engine has been running for a short peri-od. This is normal and does not mean morefrequent oil changes are required.

WARNINGOnly change the engine oil yourself if youhave the specialist knowledge required!● Before opening the bonnet, read and ob-serve the warnings ››› page 194.● Wait for the engine to cool down. Hot oilmay cause burn injuries.● Wear eye protection to avoid injuries,such as acid burns, caused by splashes ofoil.● When removing the oil drain plug withyour fingers, keep your arm horizontal tohelp prevent oil from running down yourarm.

● Wash your skin thoroughly if it comes intocontact with engine oil.● Engine oil is poisonous! Used oil must bestored in a safe place out of the reach ofchildren.

CAUTIONNo additives should be used with engine oil.This could result in engine damage. Anydamage caused by the use of such addi-tives would not be covered by the factorywarranty.

For the sake of the environmentBefore changing the engine oil, find a suita-ble location or service for proper disposal.

For the sake of the environmentAlways dispose of engine oil with the ut-most respect for the environment. Neverdispose of used engine oil in places such asa garden, woods, drains, roads, paths, riv-ers and drainage systems.

198


Engine coolant

Introduction

WARNINGEngine coolant is toxic!● Only keep engine coolant in its originalcontainer, tightly shut and in a safe place.● Never store engine coolant in empty foodcontainers or bottles as other people mayaccidentally drink it.● Always keep engine coolant out of reachof children.● Ensure that the proportion of enginecoolant additive corresponds to the lowestoutside temperature to which the vehiclewill be exposed.● If the outside temperature is extremelylow, the engine coolant could freeze caus-ing the vehicle to stop. As this would alsocause the heating to stop working, vehicleoccupants without warm clothing couldfreeze.

For the sake of the environmentCoolants and additives can contaminatethe environment. If any fluids are spilled,they should be collected and correctly dis-posed of, with respect to the environment.

Coolant warning lamp


It lights up red

Excessive engine coolant temperature. Stop the vehicle! Stop the vehicle safely as soonas possible. Switch off the engine and let it cool.

Insufficient engine coolant level. Stop the vehicle! Check the engine coolantwhen the engine has cooled and, if it is low, refill withengine coolant ››› page 200.

Engine coolant system faulty. Do not continue driving. Seek specialist assis-tance.

Flashes red

Faulty engine coolant system.Request help from specialised staff.

It lights up blue

The natural gas engine coolant temperature is low.The engine has not reached service temperature.As long as the warning lamp is on, avoid high enginespeeds and pushing the engine too hard.


199

Practical tips

Checking the coolant level andtopping up

Fig. 186 In the engine compartment: Markingon coolant expansion tank

Fig. 187 In the engine compartment: Coolantexpansion tank cap


If the coolant level is low, the coolant warningindicator will light.

Preparations● Park the vehicle on even, flat and firmground.● Allow the engine to cool ››› .● Open the bonnet ››› page 194.● The coolant expansion tank is easily recog-nisable because of the symbol on the cap››› Fig. 187.

Checking the engine coolant level● When the engine is cold, check the coolantlevel using the side marking on the expansiontank ››› Fig. 186.● If the level is below the “MIN” mark, top upwith coolant. When the engine is hot it maybe slightly above the marked area.

Topping up the engine coolant level● Always protect your face, hands and armsfrom hot coolant and steam using a large,thick cloth over the coolant expansion tankcap.● Remove the cap very carefully ››› .● Only refill using new engine coolant ac-cording to SEAT specifications(››› page 34) ››› .● The engine coolant level should be be-tween the marks on the coolant expansiontank ››› Fig. 186. Do not exceed the top lev-el of the marked area ››› .

● Screw on the cap tightly.● If, in the event of an emergency, you haveno coolant that is compliant to the requiredspecifications (››› page 34), do not useanother type of additive. Instead, top up withdistilled water only ››› . Then re-establishthe correct proportion of the mixture with thecorrect additive as soon as possible››› page 34.

WARNINGHot vapours and coolant can cause seriousburns.● Never open the coolant expansion tank ifsteam or coolant is coming from the enginecompartment. Wait until you cannot see orhear any steam or coolant escaping.● Always wait until the engine has com-pletely cooled before very carefully open-ing the expansion tank cap. Contact withhot elements of the engine can cause skinburns.● When the engine is warm or hot, the cool-ing system is pressurised. Do not unscrewthe cap on the expansion tank when the en-gine is hot. Otherwise, coolant may sprayout under pressure causing burns and seri-ous injury.– Carefully and slowly unscrew the cap

anti-clockwise, gently pressing downon it.

200


– Always protect your face, hands andarms from hot coolant and steam usinga large, thick cloth.

● When refilling liquids, avoid spilling themon parts of the engine and the exhaust sys-tem. Spilled liquids could cause a fire. Un-der specific circumstances, the ethyleneglycol can catch fire.

WARNINGIf there is not enough anti-freeze in thecoolant system, the engine may fail lead-ing to serious damage.● Please make sure that the percentage ofadditive is correct with respect to the low-est expected ambient temperature in thezone in which the vehicle is to be used.● When the outside temperature is verylow, the coolant could freeze and the vehi-cle would be immobilised. In this case, theheating would not work either and inade-quately dressed passengers could die ofcold.

CAUTION● If there is no appropriate coolant liquidavailable, fill it using distilled water, andnothing else. Any other type of water maylead to considerable rusting in the enginedue to its chemical components. This couldconsequently damage the engine. If youhave not used distilled water but anothertype of water to top up the coolant, a spe-

cialised workshop must immediately re-place all of the fluid in the engine coolingsystem.● Only top up coolant to the top level of themarked area ››› Fig. 186. Otherwise the ex-cess coolant will be forced out of the cool-ing system when the engine is hot, causingdamage.● If a lot of liquid coolant has been lost,wait for the engine to cool down complete-ly before adding coolant. Extensive coolantloss is an indication of leaks in the enginecooling system. Have the engine coolingsystem inspected immediately by a speci-alised workshop. Otherwise engine dam-age may occur.● When refilling service liquids, ensure thatyou put the liquids into the right tank. Mak-ing a mistake when refilling could cause se-rious malfunctions and damage the engine!

CAUTIONThe original additives should never bemixed with coolants which are not ap-proved by SEAT. Otherwise, you run the riskof causing severe damage to the engineand the engine cooling system.● If the fluid in the expansion tank is notpurple but is, for example, brown, this indi-cates that the G13 additive has been mixedwith an inadequate coolant. The coolantmust be changed as soon as possible if this

is the case! This could result in seriousfaults and engine damage.

Brake fluid

Checking the brake fluid level


In the course of time, the brake fluid absorbswater from the ambient air. If there is toomuch water in the brake fluid, the brake sys-tem could be damaged. In addition, the boil-ing point of the brake fluid is significantly low-ered. When the brake fluid contains too muchwater and the brakes are subject to consider-able forces, bubbles of water vapour canform in the system. These bubbles can signifi-cantly reduce braking power, notably in-creasing braking distance, and could even re-sult in the total failure of the brake system. En-suring that the brake system is always func-tioning correctly is essential for your ownsafety and the safety of other road users››› .

Brake fluid specificationsSEAT have developed a special brake fluidoptimised for the brake system of their vehi-cles. To ensure the optimum working of thebrake system, SEAT recommends the use of »

201

Practical tips

brake fluid in accordance with the VW 501 14standard. If this brake fluid is not available oranother brake fluid is used for different rea-sons, use a brake fluid that complies with theUnited States standard FMVSS 116 DOT 4 orthe German standard DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4››› .

Brake fluids conforming to the standardVW 501 14, fulfil the American requirements ofthe FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard and the Ger-man DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard. How-ever, fluids that comply with the AmericanFMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard or the GermanDIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard do not nec-essarily comply with the VW 501 14 standard.Always check the information on the brakefluid container and ensure that you are usingsuitable brake fluid.

A suitable brake fluid can be obtained fromSEAT dealerships.

Brake fluid levelThe level of the brake fluid should always bebetween the MIN and MAX marks, or abovethe MIN mark ››› .

It is not always possible to check the level ofthe brake fluid, as in some models the enginecomponents make it difficult to see the brakefluid reservoir. If you cannot read the exactbrake fluid level, consult a specialist.

The brake fluid level drops slightly when thevehicle is being used due to wear of the brake

pads and the automatic readjustment of thebrake.

Changing the brake fluidThe brake fluid should be changed in accord-ance with the instructions given in the Mainte-nance Programme. Have the brake fluidchanged by a specialised workshop. SEATrecommends taking your car in for technicalservice. This means that only brake fluid com-plying with the required specifications will beused.

WARNINGIf the brake fluid level is low or unsuita-ble/old brake fluid is used, the brake sys-tem may fail or braking power may be re-duced.● Check the brake system and the brakefluid level regularly!● The brake fluid should be changed regu-larly in accordance with the instructionsgiven in the Maintenance Programme.● Always ensure that you use suitablebrake fluid. Only use brake fluid that com-plies with the VW 501 14, FMVSS 116 DOT 4or DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standards. Othertypes of brake fluids can affect the opera-tion of the brakes and decrease brakingpower. Do not use a brake fluid if the con-tainer does not specify compliance withthe VW 501 14, FMVSS 116 DOT 4 orDIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standards.

● The replacement brake fluid must benew.● Brake fluid should be stored in the closedoriginal container in a safe place out ofreach of children. Risk of poisoning!● If the brake fluid is left in the system fortoo long and the brakes are subjected toheavy use, vapour bubbles may form in thebrake system. This would seriously affectthe efficiency of the brakes and the safetyof the vehicle. This may cause an accident.

CAUTIONBrake fluid damages the vehicle paintwork.Wipe off any brake fluid from the paintworkimmediately.

For the sake of the environmentBrake fluid is an environmental pollutant.Collect any spilt service fluids and allow aprofessional to dispose of them.

Windscreen washer reservoir

Checking and topping up the wind-screen washer reservoir with water


202


Check the water level in the windscreenwasher reservoir regularly and top up as re-quired.

● Open the bonnet ››› page 194.● The washer reservoir is marked with thesymbol on the lid.● Check there is enough water in the reser-voir.● To top up, mix water with a window cleanerrecommended by SEAT ››› . Please followthe instructions for use found on the packag-ing.● In cold weather, a special antifreeze shouldalso be added to prevent the water fromfreezing.

Reservoir capacityThe washer bottle capacity is approximately3 litres.

WARNINGIf the water from the windscreen washerdoes not contain enough anti-freeze, it mayfreeze on the windscreen and rear window,reducing forward and rear visibility.● In winter, ensure the windscreen washercontains enough anti-freeze.● In cold conditions, you should not use thewindscreen wiper system unless you havewarmed the windscreen with the ventila-

tion system. The antifreeze could freeze onthe windscreen and reduce visibility.

WARNINGNever mix an unsuitable antifreeze or othersimilar additives with the windscreen wash-er water. A greasy layer may be formed onthe windscreen which will impair visibility.● Use clean water with a window cleanerrecommended by SEAT.● If necessary, add a suitable antifreeze tothe water in the reservoir.

CAUTION● Do not mix cleaning products recommen-ded by SEAT with other products. Thiscould lead to flocculation and may blockthe windscreen washer jets.● When topping up service fluids, make ab-solutely certain that you fill the fluids intothe correct reservoirs. Using the wrong flu-ids could cause serious malfunctions andengine damage!

Vehicle battery

Introduction


The battery is a component of the vehicle'selectrical system.

Never work on the electrical system withoutfully understanding the operations required,the applicable safety standards and withoutthe correct tools ››› ! If required, have anywork carried out by a specialised workshop.SEAT recommends taking your car in fortechnical service. Negligent work can causeserious injury.

Location of the vehicle batteryThe battery is located in the engine compart-ment.

Explanation of the warning indications onthe vehicle's battery

Wear eye protection!

Battery acid is very corrosive andcaustic. Always wear protective glovesand eye protection!

Fires, sparks, open flames and smokingare prohibited.

A highly explosive mixture of gases isreleased when the battery is undercharge.

Keep children away from acid and bat-teries! »

203

Practical tips

WARNINGWorking on the vehicle battery and theelectrical system can cause corrosion, fireand electric shocks. Always read and takeinto account the following warnings andsafety standards before carrying out anywork:● Before working on the battery, switch offthe engine, the ignition and all electricaldevices then disconnect the negative con-nection on the battery.● Keep children away from acid and thebattery itself!● Wear eye protection.● Battery acid is very corrosive and caus-tic. It can burn skin and cause blindness.When handling the battery, protect your-self from splashes of acids, above all yourhands, arms and face.● Do not smoke and never work close toplaces exposed to flames or sparks.● Avoid sparks and electrostatic discharg-es when working with cables and electricaldevices.● Never short the battery terminals.● Never use a damaged battery. It can ex-plode. Replace a damaged battery imme-diately.● Replaced damaged or frozen batteries assoon as possible. A flat battery can alsofreeze at temperatures close to 0°C(+32°F).

CAUTION● Never disconnect the battery if the igni-tion is switched on or if the engine is run-ning. This could damage the electrical sys-tem or electronic components.● Do not expose the battery to direct sun-light over a long period of time, as the in-tense ultraviolet radiation can damage thebattery housing.● If the car is left standing for long periods,protect the battery from extreme cold tem-perature so that it does not “freeze up” andbecome damaged.

Warning lamp

It lights up

Faulty generator.Contact a specialised workshop. Have the electricalsystem checked.Disconnect any unnecessary electrical devices. Thegenerator does not charge the battery while the ve-hicle is in motion.



Checking the electrolyte level ofthe vehicle battery

Fig. 188 In the engine compartment: removethe lid from the vehicle's battery.

The battery's electrolyte level should bechecked regularly in high-mileage vehicles, inhot countries and in older batteries. Otherbatteries do not require maintenance.

Vehicles fitted with the Start-Stop system areequipped with special batteries. For technicalreasons, the electrolyte level cannot bechecked in these batteries.

204


Preparations● Prepare the vehicle for work in the enginecompartment ››› page 194● Open the bonnet ››› page 194.● Press on the tabs ››› Fig. 188 (arrows) in thedirection of the arrows and lift the batterycover up.

Checking the battery electrolyte level● Make sure there is sufficient lighting toclearly recognise the colours. Never useflames or shiny objects as a light source.● Depending on the level of acid, the Magiceye on the top of the battery will change col-our.

Colour indi-cator

Necessary operations

Light yellow orcolourless

The electrolyte level of the vehi-cle's battery is too low. Have thebattery checked and, where ap-plicable, replaced by a special-ised workshop.

Black The electrolyte level of the vehi-cle's battery is correct.

WARNINGWorking with the vehicle battery involves arisk of corrosion, explosions and electricshock.

● Never tilt the vehicle battery. Batteryacid could spill out of the openings for therelease of gases and cause corrosion dam-age.● Never open the vehicle battery.● If battery acid splashes on you, immedi-ately rinse your eyes and skin abundantlywith water for several minutes. Then seekmedical care immediately.● If acid is swallowed by mistake, consult adoctor immediately.

Charging, replacing and connect-ing or disconnecting the battery

Charging the batteryThe vehicle battery should be charged by aspecialised workshop only, as batteries usingspecial technology have been installed andthey must be charged in a controlled environ-ment ››› . SEAT recommends taking yourcar in for technical service.

Replacing a vehicle batteryThe battery has been developed to suit theconditions of its location and has specialsafety features. If the battery must be re-placed, consult a technical service for infor-mation on electromagnetic compatibility, thesize and maintenance, performance andsafety requirements of the new battery in

your vehicle before you purchase one. SEATrecommends you have the battery replacedby a technical service.

Use only maintenance-free genuine batteriesconforming to TL 825 06 and VW 7 50 73Standards. These standards must be datedApril 2008 or later.

Vehicles fitted with the Start-Stop system areequipped with a special battery. Therefore,this battery must only be replaced by anoth-er with the same specifications.

Disconnecting the vehicle's batteryIf you must disconnect the battery from theelectrical system, please note the following:

● Switch off the ignition and all electricalequipment.● The vehicle must be unlocked before dis-connecting the battery, otherwise the alarmwill be triggered.● First disconnect the negative cable andthen the positive ››› .

Connecting the vehicle's battery● Before reconnecting the battery, switch offthe engine and all electrical devices.● First reconnect the positive cable and thenthe negative ››› .

Different control lamps may light up afterconnecting the battery and switching the »

205

Practical tips

ignition on. They will be turned off after ashort trip at a speed of between 15-20 km/h(10-12 mph). If the warning indicators remainlit, please visit a specialised workshop tohave the vehicle checked.

If the battery has been disconnected for along time, it is possible that the next servicedate is not displayed or calculated correctly››› page 88. Respect the maximum serviceintervals permitted ››› page 218.

Automatic device disconnectionThe intelligent vehicle electrical system auto-matically implements a range of measures toprevent the battery from discharging whenhigh demands are made on it:

● The idling speed is increased so that the al-ternator provides more electricity.● Where necessary, the power to the mostpowerful devices is reduced or even com-pletely disconnected.● On starting the engine, the power supplyfrom the 12-volt power sockets and the ciga-rette lighter may be interrupted for a shorttime.

The on-board management program cannotalways prevent the battery from running flat.For example, if the ignition is left on for a longperiod with the engine off or if the side lightsor parking lights are left on while the vehicle isstationary.

Why the battery runs flat:● When stationary for a long time withoutstarting the engine, particularly if the ignitionis switched on.● Use of electrical devices with the engineswitched off.

WARNINGIncorrectly securing the battery or usingthe wrong battery can cause short-circuits,fire and serious injuries.● Always use only maintenance-free bat-teries, protected to prevent a leak, andwhose properties, specifications and sizecorrespond to the standard battery.

WARNINGA highly explosive mixture of gases is re-leased when the battery is under charge.● The batteries should be charged in awell-ventilated room only.● Never charge a frozen or recently thawedbattery. A flat battery can also freeze attemperatures close to 0°C (+32°F).● Always replace a battery which has fro-zen.● Battery cables not correctly connectedmay cause a short circuit. Reconnect firstthe positive cable and then the negativecable.

CAUTION● Never disconnect the battery if the igni-tion is switched on or if the engine is run-ning. This could damage the electrical sys-tem or electronic components.● Never plug accessories that supply cur-rent, such as solar panels or a batterycharger, to the 12-volt power socket or thecigarette lighter. This could damage thevehicle's electrical system.

For the sake of the environmentDispose of the battery in an environment-friendly manner. Batteries contain toxicsubstances such as sulphuric acid andlead.

For the sake of the environmentBattery acid can contaminate the environ-ment. Collect any spilt service fluids anddispose of them correctly.

206

Wheels and tyres

Wheels and tyres

Tyres

Introduction

SEAT recommend that all work on tyres andwheels is carried out by a specialised work-shop. These workshops have the necessaryspecial tools and replacement parts, trainedpersonnel and facilities for disposing of theold tyres while respecting the environment.SEAT recommends taking your car in fortechnical service.

WARNINGThe vehicle cannot be totally controlled orbraked if the tyres (new or used) are wornor damaged.● Incorrect use of wheels and tyres couldmake driving more dangerous and result inserious accidents and damage.● All four wheels must be fitted with radialtyres of the same type, size (rolling circum-ference) and the same tread pattern.● New tyres do not give maximum grip andwill not have reached their maximum brak-ing capacity to start with, and thereforeneed running in. To prevent accidents andmajor damage, extreme caution should betaken for the first 600 km.

● Check tyre pressures regularly and en-sure they are maintained at the pressuresindicated. If the tyre pressure is too low,they could overheat, resulting in tread de-tachment or even burst tyres.● Never drive on damaged (punctured, cut,cracked or dented) or worn tyres. Drivingon damaged or worn tyres could result inburst tyres, serious accidents or damage.Worn or damaged tyres must be replacedimmediately.● Never exceed the maximum permittedspeed or loads specified for the type oftyre fitted on your vehicle.● The effectiveness of driver and brake as-sistance systems also depends on the gripof the tyres.● If you notice unusual vibration or if thevehicle pulls to one side when driving, stopthe car immediately and check the tyresand wheels for damage.● To minimise the risk of losing control ofthe vehicle or causing a serious accident,never undo the bolted joints of beadlockwheels.● Never mount used tyres or wheels if youare not sure of their previous history. Theymay be damaged, although the damage isnot immediately visible.● Old tyres, even if they have never beenused, may lose air or burst unexpectedlywhile driving, especially at high speeds, re-sulting in serious accident and injury. If

tyres are over six years old, they should on-ly be used in an emergency and with ex-treme caution.

NoteFor technical reasons, it is not generallypossible to use the wheels from other vehi-cles. In some cases, this may also be truefor the same model of wheel. Please referto the vehicle documentation or ask at atechnical service.

Handling tyres and wheels

Fig. 189 Diagram for changing wheels.

The tyres of a vehicle are the componentswhich are subjected to most stress and arethe most underestimated. Tyres are very im-portant, as the support offered by their nar-row surface is the only point of contact be-tween the vehicle and the road. »

207

Practical tips

The service life of tyres is dependent on tyrepressure, driving style, the care they receiveand the correct fitting.

The tyres and wheel rims are an essentialpart of the vehicle's design. The tyres andrims approved by SEAT are specially match-ed to the characteristics of the vehicle andour critical to good road holding and safehandling.

Avoiding damage to tyres and wheels● If you have to drive over a kerb or similarobstacle, drive very slowly and as near aspossible at a right angle to the kerb.● Inspect the tyres regularly for damage(punctures, cuts, cracks, dents).● Remove any foreign bodies found on theoutside of the tyre tread and ensure that theyhave not passed through the wall of thetyre ››› page 212.● In addition, the instructions for tyre controlsystems should always be observed.● Replace damaged or worn tyres as soon aspossible ››› page 212.● Regularly check tyres for non-visible dam-age ››› page 212.● Never exceed the maximum permittedspeed or loads specified for the type of tyrefitted on your vehicle ››› page 215.● Do not allow tyres (including the sparewheel) to come into contact with aggressive

substances, grease, oil, fuel or brake fluid››› .● Lost valve caps should be replaced imme-diately.

Tyres with directional tread patternTyres with directional tread pattern havebeen designed to operate best when rotatingin only one direction. An arrow on the tyresidewall indicates the direction of rotation ontyres with directional tread ››› page 215. Al-ways observe the direction of rotation indica-ted when mounting the wheel. This guaran-tees optimum grip and helps to avoid aqua-planing, excessive noise and wear.

If the tyre is mounted in the opposite directionof rotation, drive with extreme caution, as thetyre is no longer being used correctly. This isof particular importance when the road sur-face is wet. Change the tyre as soon as pos-sible or remount it with the correct directionof rotation.

Interchanging tyresTo ensure that the wear is equal on all tyresthe wheels should be changed round fromtime to time according to the system››› Fig. 189. The useful life of all the tyres willthen be about the same time.

SEAT recommends you take the vehicle to aspecialised workshop to have the tyreschanged.

Tyres over 6 years oldTyres are subject to an ageing process as aresult of physical and chemical processes.This may affect their performance. Tyreswhich are stored for long periods of timewithout being used, harden and becomemore fragile than tyres which are in constantuse.

SEAT recommends that tyres over six yearsold are replaced with new tyres. This also ap-plies to tyres (including the spare wheel)which appear to be in perfect condition onthe outside and which have a tread depthwithin the values stipulated by the Law ››› .

The date of manufacture, part of the tyreidentification number (TIN), indicates the ageof the tyre () ››› page 215.

Storing tyresMark tyres when you remove them to indicatethe direction of rotation (left, right, forwards,backwards). This ensures you will be able tomount them correctly when you replacethem. When removed, the wheels and/ortyres should be stored in a cool, dry and pref-erably dark location. Do not place tyresmounted on the wheel in a vertical position.

Protect tyres not mounted on wheels from dirtby storing them in suitable bags and standingthem on the ground on their tread.

208

Wheels and tyres

WARNINGAggressive fluids or substances could re-sult in visible or invisible damage with theconsequent risks.● Always ensure that tyres do not come in-to contact with chemical products, oil,grease, fuel, brake fluid or other aggressivesubstances.

WARNINGOld tyres, even if they have never beenused, may lose air or burst unexpectedlywhile driving, resulting in serious accidentor damage.● If tyres are over six years old, they shouldonly be used in an emergency and with ex-treme caution.

For the sake of the environmentOld tyres must be disposed of by qualifiedpersonnel according to the laws in thecountry concerned.

Wheels

The design of wheel bolts is matched to therims. If different rims are fitted, the correctwheel bolts with the right length and correct-ly shaped bolt heads must be used. This en-sures that wheels are fitted securely and that

the brake system functions correctly››› page 73.

For technical reasons, it is not generally pos-sible to use the wheels from other vehicles. Insome cases, this may also be true for thesame model of wheel.

The tyres and rims approved by SEAT arespecially matched to the characteristics ofthe vehicle and are critical to good roadholding and safe handling.

Wheel boltsWheel bolts must be tightened to the correcttorque ››› page 73.

Beadlock wheel rimsBeadlock wheel rims have various compo-nents. These are joined together by specialbolts using a special procedure. This ensuresgood performance, a better seal, improvedsafety and wheel run out. Therefore, wornrims should always be replaced and must on-ly be repaired in a specialised workshop.SEAT recommends visiting a technical service››› .

Wheel rims with bolted trimsWheel rims may be fitted with interchangea-ble trim parts which are attached to the rimusing self-locking bolts. Worn trims shouldonly be replaced at a specialised workshop.

SEAT recommends visiting a technical service››› .

WARNINGThe use of worn or damaged wheel rimscould make driving more dangerous andresult in serious accidents and damage.● Only wheel rims which have been ap-proved for use with your vehicle should beused.● Inspect wheel rims regularly for damageand replace as required.

WARNINGIf the bolted joints of wheel rims with boltedring trims are not correctly tightened orloosened, this could result in serious acci-dent.● Never loosen the bolted joints of wheelrims with bolted ring trims.● Any work relating to wheel rims with bol-ted rims should be carried out at special-ised workshop. SEAT recommends takingyour car in for technical service.

NoteA SEAT Service Centre should be consultedto find out whether wheels or tyres of dif-ferent sizes to those originally fitted bySEAT can be fitted, and to find out aboutthe combinations allowed between thefront axle (axle 1) and the rear axle (axle 2).

209

Practical tips

Replacement of wheel rims andnew tyres

New tyres● When tyres are new, drive with extremecaution for the first 600 km, as all tyres needto be run-in. Tyres which have not been run indo not have such good grip or ››› brakingcapacity ››› .● All four wheels must be fitted with radialtyres of the same type, size (rolling circumfer-ence) and the same tread pattern.● The tread depth of new tyres may vary, ac-cording to the type and make of tyre and thetread pattern.

Replacing tyres● Where possible, always replace bothwheels on an axle (both wheels on the frontaxle or both wheels on the rear axle) ››› .● Only replace used tyres with those author-ised by SEAT for the corresponding type vehi-cle. Pay special attention to size, diameter,and maximum load and speed capacity.● Never use tyres which are larger than SEATapproved tyres. If the tyres are too big, theymay knock or rub against the chassis or othercomponents, resulting in damage.

WARNINGNew tyres do not give maximum grip andwill not have reached their maximum brak-ing capacity to start with, and thereforeneed running in.● To prevent accidents and major damage,extreme caution should be taken for thefirst 600 km.

WARNINGThere should be adequate space betweenthe tyres and the vehicle in accordancewith the vehicle design. If this is not thecase, the tyres may rub against parts of therunning gear, chassis or brake lines, lead-ing to faults in the brake system or to treaddetachment, and the risk of burst tyres.● The true tyre dimension should not begreater than the dimensions of tyres manu-factured and approved by SEAT and shouldnot rub against parts of the vehicle.

NoteAlthough tyres may be shown as being thesame size, the true dimensions of differenttypes of tyre may vary with respect to thenominal size, or tread patterns may be dif-ferent.

NoteIf you use tyres that are approved by SEAT,you can be sure that the true tyre dimen-

sions will be correct for your vehicle. Forother tyre models, the tyre vendor shouldprovide the manufacturer's certificate withthe tyre, indicating that this type of tyre issuitable for your vehicle. This certificateshould always be carried with the vehicle.

Tyre pressures

Fig. 190 Position of tyre pressure specificationplate

The correct tyre pressures for tyres fitted atthe factory is shown on a label and is valid forsummer and winter tyres. The label

210

Wheels and tyres

››› Fig. 190 is located on the driver's door pil-lar.

Under-inflation or over-inflation will reducethe life of the tyres considerably and also im-pair the car's handling ››› . It is essential tomaintain the correct tyre pressures, especial-ly if driving at high speeds. Incorrect tyrepressure causes premature wear and couldcause tyre blow-out.

The pressure should therefore be checked atleast once a month and before starting ajourney.

As a general rule, the pressures given are forcold tyres. When the tyres are hot, the pres-sures are greater.

Never deflate a hot tyre in order to obtain therequired pressure. This could result in very lowtyre pressures which may lead to suddenblow-outs.

Tyre pressure monitoring systemCheck tyre pressures only when the vehiclehas not been driven for more than a few kilo-metres at low speeds in the past three hours.

● The tyre pressures should be checked reg-ularly, and only when the tyres are cold. Al-ways check all tyres, including the sparewheel. Tyre pressures should be checkedmore often in colder regions, and only whenthe vehicle has not been driven recently. Al-ways use a correctly-operating tyre gauge.

● Adjust tyre pressures to the loads carried inthe vehicle.● After adjusting the tyre pressure, check thatthe caps are properly screwed on.

The spare wheel or temporary spare wheelmust always be kept at the maximum pres-sure stipulated.

WARNINGIf tyre pressures are too high or too low, thetyre may deflate or burst suddenly whiledriving. This could result in a serious acci-dent.● If the tyre pressure is too low, they couldoverheat, resulting in tread detachment oreven burst tyres.● When driving at high speeds and/or fullyloaded, the tyre could suddenly overheat,burst or be subject to tread detachment,with the resultant loss of control of the ve-hicle.● Tyre pressures which are too high or toolow reduce the service life of the tyre, af-fecting the vehicle's performance.● Tyre pressures should be checked regu-larly, at least once a month and beforelong journeys.● Adjust the pressures of all the tyres to thevehicle load.● Never deflate excess pressure from hottyres.

CAUTION● Take care not to tilt the manometer whenplacing it on the valve. Otherwise, the valvemay be damaged.● If tyre valves are not protected by caps,or if the caps are not screwed on correctly,they may become damaged. Check thatthe caps are identical to the standard capsand have been correctly tightened.

For the sake of the environmentUnder-inflated tyres will increase fuel con-sumption.

Wear indicator depth profile

Fig. 191 Tyre profile: tread wear indicators.

Tread depthCertain driving conditions require a deepertread, as well as needing the tread to be »

211

Practical tips

approximately the same on the front and reartyres. This is particularly important when driv-ing in winter, in cold temperatures and on wetroads ››› .

The minimum tread depth required by law inthe majority of cases is 1.6 mm, measured inthe tread grooves next to the tread wear indi-cators. Observe legal requirements in eachcountry.

The performance of winter tyres is much re-duced when the tread has worn to 4 mm.

The tread depth of new tyres may vary, ac-cording to the type and make of tyre and thetread pattern.

Wear indicators on the tyreThe original tyres on your vehicle have1.6 mm high ››› Fig. 191 tread wear indicatorsrunning across the tread. A number of theseindicators are equally spaced around thetyre tread. Certain marks on the tyre walls(e.g. the letters “TWI” or other symbols) indi-cate the position of the wear indicators.

Tread wear indicators indicate if a tyre isworn. They must always be replaced beforethe tyre tread has worn to the level of the in-dicator.

WARNINGDriving with worn tyres is dangerous, andmay lead to loss of control of the vehiclewith serious consequences.● Tyres must be replaced before the wearindicators are at the same level as thetread pattern.● Worn tyres have significantly reducedgrip, especially on wet surfaces, increasingthe risk of “aquaplaning”.● Worn tyres make control of the vehiclemore difficult in normal or difficult drivingconditions, increasing the braking distanceand the risk of skidding.

Tyre damage

Damage to wheels and tyres is often invisibleto the naked eye. If you notice unusual vibra-tion or the car pulling to one side, this mayindicate that one of the tyres is damaged››› .

● Slow down immediately if you think youhave a damaged wheel.● Check the wheels and tyres for damage.● If tyres are worn, stop driving and seekqualified assistance.● If there is no visible exterior damage, driveslowly and carefully to the nearest special-ised workshop and have the vehicle checked.

Foreign bodies in the tyre● Do not remove foreign bodies if they havepenetrated through the tyre wall!● You should obtain professional assistanceimmediately.

Tyre wearThe wear of tyres depends on a number offactors, for example:

● Driving style.● Unbalanced wheels.● Running gear settings.

Driving style: driving round bends quickly orsudden acceleration or braking speed accel-erates tyre wear. When the driving style isnormal, if the tyres wear too quickly, have therunning gear settings checked at a special-ised workshop.

Eccentricity of the wheels: the wheels of anew vehicle are balanced. However, certaincircumstances may lead to imbalance (run-out), which is detected as vibrations in thesteering wheel. Run-out leads to wear of thesteering and suspension. In the event of runout, the wheels should be balanced again.When a new wheel is fitted, it should be bal-anced again.

Adjustments of the running gear: misalignedrunning gear increases the wear of the tyresand affects safety while driving. If tyres wear

212

Wheels and tyres

too quickly, have the wheel alignmentchecked at a specialised workshop.

Low profile tyresLow profile tyres, compared to other rim andtyre combinations, offer a broader tread anda greater rim diameter along with a lowerheight of the tyre sidewall. This results in amore agile driving behaviour. However, onroads that are in poor condition, this might af-fect comfort and cause more noise.

Low profile tyres may deteriorate more quick-ly than standard tyres, for instance due tostrong knocks, potholes, manhole covers andkerbs. Therefore, maintaining the correct tyrepressure is particularly important››› page 210.

To avoid damage to tyres and wheels, drivewith special care when driving on roads inpoor condition.

Visually inspect your tyres every 3,000 km re-garding damage, e.g. flattening/cracks onthe tyre sidewall or deformations/cracks onthe rims.

If the rims and tyres have received a heavyimpact or have been damaged, have themchecked and, if required, replaced at a speci-alised workshop.

Low profile tyres may deteriorate more quick-ly than standard tyres.

WARNINGIf you notice unusual vibration or the carpulls to one side while driving, this may in-dicate that one of the tyres is damaged.● Reduce speed immediately and stop,while observing the highway code.● Check the wheels and tyres for damage.● Never carry on driving on worn tyres orwheels. Request qualified assistance im-mediately.● If there is no visible exterior damage,drive slowly and carefully to the nearestspecialised workshop and have the vehiclechecked.

Tyre monitor system*

Fig. 192 Centre console: tyre monitoring sys-tem button.

Control lamp

It lights up

The tyre pressure of a wheel is much lower than thevalue set by the driver ››› .

The tyre pressure loss indicator compares therevolutions and thus the wheel diameter ofeach wheel using the ESC. If the wheel diam-eter of a wheel changes, the control indicatorof the tyres informs of this fact . The wheeldiameter changes when:

● Tyre pressure is insufficient.● The tyre structure is damaged.● The vehicle is unbalanced because of aload.● The wheels of one axle are under morepressure (for example, driving with a trailer oron steep slopes).● The vehicle is fitted with snow chains.● The temporary spare wheel is fitted.● The wheel on one axle is changed.

Tyre pressure adjustmentOn adjusting tyre pressure or changing oneor more wheels, the ››› Fig. 192 button mustbe kept pressed down, with the ignition on,until an acoustic signal is heard.

If the wheels are under excessive load (for ex-ample, driving with a trailer or heavy load),the tyre pressure must be increased to the »

213

Practical tips

recommended value for a full load (see thesticker on the inside of the fuel flap). If the tyremonitor system button is pressed down, thenew tyre pressures are confirmed.

WARNING● When the tyre pressure control lamplights up, reduce speed immediately andavoid any sudden turning or braking ma-noeuvre. Stop when possible, and checkthe tyre pressure and status.● The driver is responsible for maintainingcorrect tyre pressures. For this reason, tyrepressure must be regularly checked.● Under certain circumstances (e.g. whendriving in a sporty manner, in winter condi-tions or on a dirt track) the tyre controllamp may light up belatedly or may func-tion incorrectly.

NoteIf the battery is disconnected, the yellowwarning lamp lights up after turning theignition on. This should turn off after a briefjourney.

Spare wheel or temporary sparewheel*

Fig. 193 In the boot: hand controlled wheel forsecuring the spare wheel

Removing the spare wheel● Open the rear lid and lift the luggage com-partment shelf ››› page 123.● If necessary, remove the boot variable floor››› page 123.● Lift up the carpet from the recess and re-move it from the luggage compartment.● If necessary, take out the vehicle tool kitwith the container.● Completely remove the hand controlledwheel from the centre of the spare wheel››› Fig. 193 by turning it in an anticlockwise di-rection, and take out the spare wheel.

Storing the replaced wheel● Pull back the carpet.● With the wheel rim facing downwards, sit-uate the replaced wheel in the spare wheelwell so that the wheel rim central hole coin-cides with the opening.● Turn the hand controlled wheel with theshank screwed clockwise until the replacedwheel is secured.● If necessary, store the vehicle tool in thecontainer, inside the boot.● Replace the carpet on the boot floor.● Lower the rear shelf.● Close the rear lid.

If the spare wheel is different to the rest ofthe vehicle tyresIf the spare tyre is not the same as the tyresthat are mounted on the vehicle - for examplewith winter tyres or the temporary sparewheel - you should only use the spare tyre fora short period of time and drive with extracare ››› .

Refit the normal road wheel as soon as possi-ble.

Please observe driving advice:● Do not drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph).● Avoid heavy acceleration, hard braking andfast cornering.

214

Wheels and tyres

● Snow chains on the temporary spare wheelare not permitted ››› page 43.● After mounting the spare wheel or the tem-porary spare wheel, check the tyre pressureas soon as possible ››› page 210.

It is advisable to check the spare wheel ortemporary spare wheel tyre pressure whenchecking the rest of the vehicle wheels atleast once a month. The spare wheel shouldhave the highest pressure allowed for the ve-hicle ››› page 210. The sticker situated on thetemporary spare wheel shows the tyre pres-sure.

WARNINGIncorrect handling of the spare wheel orthe temporary spare wheel can cause lossof vehicle control, producing collisions orother serious accidents and injury.● Never use the spare wheel or the tempo-rary spare wheel if it is damaged or worn tothe wear indicator.● In some vehicles the spare wheel issmaller than the original tyres. This can beseen on a sticker showing the text“80 km/h” and “50 mph”. This text indi-cates the maximum velocity permitted forthis type of tyre.● Never drive faster than 80 km/h(50 mph). Avoid powerful acceleration,hard braking and taking corners at highspeed.

● Never drive more than 200 km with atemporary spare wheel fitted to the driveaxle.● Replace the temporary spare wheel for anormal wheel as soon as possible. Thecompact temporary spare wheel is only in-tended for temporary use over short dis-tances.● The temporary spare wheel must alwaysbe secured with the factory supplied wheelbolts.● You should never use more than one tem-porary spare wheel.● After mounting the temporary sparewheel, check the tyre pressure as soon aspossible ››› page 210.● Snow chains on the temporary sparewheel are not permitted.

NoteWherever possible, secure the spare wheel,temporary spare wheel or the replacedwheel safely in the luggage compartment.In vehicles with anti-puncture kit, it is notpossible to secure the defective wheel.

Tyre code

Fig. 194 Universal code on tyres

RadialRim diameter codeLoad index & speed ratingDOT tyre identification numberSevere snow conditionsTyre ply composition and materials usedMax. load ratingTreadwear, traction and temperaturegradesMax. permissible inflation pressurePassenger car tyreNominal width of tyre in millimetres »

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11215

Practical tips

Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)

Tyre code (example): Meaning

P185 / 55 R 15: Size:

P Passenger vehicle code.

185 Nominal width between walls, inmm.

55 Height/width ratio in %

R Tyre type (R indicates "radial").

15 Rim diameter in inches

109 H Load index ››› page 217 andspeed rating ››› page 217.

XL Reinforced tyres (“Reinforced”).

M+S or M/S or

Winter tyres code (mud and snowtyres).

RADIALTUBELESS

Radial tyre without inner tube.

E4 ... E-mark certifying tyre complieswith international legislation fol-lowed by a number denoting thecountry granting the authorisa-tion. The authorisation number( several digits) is shown below.

DOT BT RA TY5 1716: Tyre identification number(TINa), maybe only on exterior wall of the wheel) anddate of manufacture.

12 Tyre code (example): Meaning

DOT The tyre complies with the legalrequirements of the US Depart-ment of Transport, responsible fortyre safety regulations.

BT Place of manufacture code.

RA Information about manufacturerand tyre size.

TY5 Manufacturer's tyre specifica-tions.

1716 Manufacturing date: week 17 of2016.

TWI This identifies the position of theTread Wear Indicator ››› page 211.

MAX LOAD615 KG(1356 LBS)

US load rating, indicating maxi-mum permitted load per tyre.

MAX INFLATION350 KPA(51 PSI)

US limit, indicating maximum per-mitted tyre pressure.

SIDEWALL 1 PLYRAYON

Information about tyre wall com-ponents: 1 layer of rayon (artificialsilk).

TREAD 4 PLIES1 RAYON +2 STEEL + 1 NY-LON

Information about tread compo-nents: In the example, there are 4layers below the tread: 1 layer ofrayon (artificial silk), 2 layers ofsteel reinforcement and 1 layer ofnylon.

Tyre code (example): Meaning

Information for the end consumer concerning thecomparative values of the established base tyres(standardised test procedures):

TREAD-WEAR 280

Relative service life of the tyre,with respect to specific US stand-ard test.

TRACTION A Braking capacity of tyre on wetsurface (AA, A, B or C).

TEMPERA-TURE A

Tyre temperature resistance athigher test speeds (A, B or C).

If there are different letters, they are specific co-des of the tyre manufacturer or specific nationalcodes.

a) The letters TIN refer to the tyre serial number.

Tyres with directional tread patternTyres with directional tread pattern havebeen designed to operate best when rotatingin only one direction. An arrow on the tyresidewall indicates the direction of rotation ontyres with directional tread. Always observethe direction of rotation indicated whenmounting the wheel. This guarantees opti-mum grip and helps to avoid aquaplaning,grip, noise and wear.

If the tyre is mounted in the opposite directionof rotation, drive with extreme caution, as thetyre is no longer being used correctly. This is

216

Wheels and tyres

of particular importance when the road sur-face is wet. Change the tyre as soon as pos-sible or remount it with the correct directionof rotation.

Tyre load ratingThe load rating code indicates the maximumload in kilogrammes each wheel can carry(load capacity).

425 kg462 kg487 kg515 kg545 kg615 kg

Speed ratingThe speed rating indicates the maximumspeed permitted for the tyres.

max. 150 km/h (93 mph)max. 160 km/h (99 mph)max. 170 km/h (106 mph)max. 180 km/h (112 mph)max. 190 km/h (118 mph)max. 200 km/h (124 mph)max. 210 km/h (130 mph)max. 240 km/h (149 mph)max. 240 km/h (149 mph)

788183858791

PQRSTUHVZ

max. 270 km/h (168 mph)max. 300 km/h (186 mph)

Some manufacturers use the letters “ZR” fortyres with a maximum authorised speedabove 240 km/h.

WY

217

Maintenance

Maintenance

SEAT Maintenance Pro-gramme

Service intervals

Servicing and Digital MaintenancePlan

Log of services performed (“Digital Main-tenance Plan”)The SEAT dealership or a specialised work-shop records Service receipts in a centralsystem. Thanks to this comprehensive docu-mentation of the service history, it is possibleto reproduce the services performed anytime. SEAT recommends requesting a Servicereceipt after every service carried out con-taining all the services carried out on the sys-tem.

Whenever there is a new service the receipt isreplaced with a current one.

The Digital Maintenance Plan is not avail-able in some markets. In this case, yourSEAT dealer will inform you about the cur-rent documentation of the work.

Service worksIn the Digital Maintenance Plan, your SEATauthorised service or specialised workshopdocuments the following information:

● When each one of the services was carriedout.● Whether a specific repair has been sugges-ted, e.g. changing the brake pads in the nearfuture.● If you have expressed a special request forthe maintenance. Your Service Advisor willwrite the work order.● The components or fluids that werechanged.● The date of the next service.

The Long Life Mobility Warranty is valid untilthe next inspection. This information is docu-mented in all checks performed.

The type and the volume of the service mayvary from one vehicle to another. A special-ised workshop will be able to provide specificinformation on the jobs for your vehicle.

WARNINGIf the services are insufficient or not per-formed and if the service intervals are notobserved, the vehicle may be immobilisedin traffic cause an accident and severe in-juries.

● Make sure that any repairs are carriedout by a SEAT authorised service or speci-alised workshop.

CAUTIONSEAT cannot be held liable for any damageto the vehicle due to insufficient work or oflack of availability of spare parts.

NoteRegular services on the vehicle not onlymaintain its value, but also its correct oper-ation and road safety. For this reason, con-duct the services in accordance with SEATguidelines.

Fixed Service or Flexible Service

Services are classified as oil change serviceand inspection. The service interval displayon the instrument panel display serves as areminder of the next service.

Depending on the features, the engine andthe conditions of use of the car, either theFixed service or the Flexible service will beapplied for an oil change service..

How to know which type of service needsto his vehicle● Consult the tables below:

218

SEAT Maintenance Programme

Oil change servicea)

PR No. Type ofservice Service interval

QI1

Fixed

Every 5000 km or after1 yearb)

QI2 Every 7500 km or after1 yearb)



QI6 Flexible According to the service in-terval display

a) The data are based on normal conditions of use.b) Whatever happens first.

Inspection Servicea)

According to the service interval display

a) The data are based on normal conditions of use.

Bear in mind the information about the speci-fications of the engine oil according to theVW standard ››› page 33.

Particular characteristics of the FlexibleServiceRegarding the Flexible Service, the oilchange service only has to be performedwhen the vehicle needs it. To calculate when

you have to carry out this service, take intoaccount the individual conditions of use andpersonal driving style. A major component ofthe flexible service the use of LongLife oil in-stead of conventional engine oil.

Bear in mind the information about the speci-fications of the engine oil according to theVW standard ››› page 33.

If you do not want to the flexible serviceyou can select the fixed service However,a fixed service may affect service costsThe Service Advisor will gladly advise you.

Service intervals displayAt SEAT, the dates of the services are indica-ted by the service interval display on the in-strument panel display ››› page 90. Theservice interval display gives information forservice dates that involve an engine oilchange or an inspection. When the time forthe corresponding service comes, additionalwork required, such as the change of brakefluid and the spark plugs, can be carried out.

Information on the conditions ofuse

The service intervals and groups are usuallybased on normal conditions of use.

If, on the other hand, the vehicle is under ad-verse conditions of use, some of the work

must be carried out before the next serviceperiod or even between service intervals.

Conditions of use adverse include:

● The use of fuel with a high sulphur content.● Frequent short trips.● Letting the engine idle for a long period oftime, as in the case of taxis.● Using the vehicle in areas with thick dust.● Frequent driving with a trailer (dependingon equipment).● Using the vehicle mostly in situations with alot of traffic and stops (e.g. in a city).● Using the vehicle mostly in winter.

This applies especially for the followingparts (depending on equipment):

● Dust and pollen filter● Air Care allergen filter● Air filter● Toothed chain● Particulate filter● Engine oil

The Service Advisor of your specialisedworkshop will gladly inform you about theneed of performing service work betweennormal service intervals, always consideringthe conditions of use of your vehicle. »

219

Maintenance

WARNINGIf the services are insufficient or not per-formed and if the service intervals are notobserved, the vehicle may be immobilisedin traffic and cause accidents and severeinjuries.● Have the services conducted at author-ised SEAT services or specialised work-shops.

CAUTIONSEAT cannot be held liable for any damageto the vehicle due to insufficient work or oflack of availability of spare parts.

Sets of services

Sets of services include all the maintenanceworks needed to ensure the safety and thesmooth running of the vehicle (depending onthe conditions of use and the features ofthe vehicle, such as the engine, gearbox, oroperating fluids). Maintenance services aredivided into inspection and review services.Consult the details of the jobs required foryour vehicle at:

● Your SEAT authorised service● Your specialised workshop

Due to technical reasons (continuous devel-opment of components) the sets of services

may vary. Your SEAT authorised service orspecialised workshop is always receiving up-dates in time.

Additional service offers

Approved spare parts

Original SEAT Spare Parts have been con-ceived for their vehicles and approved bySEAT, with a special emphasis on safety.These parts correspond exactly to the manu-facturer's requirements in terms of design,accuracy of the measurements and materi-als. The original SEAT Spare Parts have beenconceived exclusively for your vehicle. For thisreason, we always recommend the use ofOriginal SEAT Spare Parts. SEAT cannot beheld liable for the safety and suitability ofparts from other manufacturers.

Approved spare parts

Approved spare parts, following the manu-facturer's requirements, are an additionalservice to you, offering the possibility of re-placing complete sets, such as: light engine,gearboxes, heads, control units, electricalcomponents, etc.

These parts are, approved parts, and are thesame as the factory parts, which are also ap-proved spare parts.

Original accessories

We recommend you only use SEAT OriginalAccessories and SEAT approved accessoriesfor your vehicle. The reliability, safety andsuitability of these accessories have been in-spected specifically for this type of vehicle.SEAT cannot be held liable for the safety andsuitability of parts from other manufacturers.

SEAT Service Mobility (SEATService Mobility)

Since the moment you purchase your SEATvehicle you will be able to enjoy the benefitsand coverage of the SEAT Mobility Service.

For the first two years after the purchase,your new SEAT vehicle is automatically cov-ered by the SEAT Mobility Service without ad-ditional costs.

If you wish to enjoy this service after this peri-od, you can extend SEAT Mobility as long asyou carry out the recommended Inspectionand Maintenance Services at a SEAT Author-ised Service.

220

Vehicle maintenance

When to extend the Mobility Service, is docu-mented in the inspection and maintenanceplan the right to the service.

If your SEAT vehicle is immobilised due to afault or an accident, our assistance serviceswill help you keep moving.

Take into account that the SEAT MobilityService differs depending on the country inwhich the vehicle was purchased. For furtherinformation ask your SEAT dealership or theSEAT website in your country.

Warranty

Fault-free operation warranty

SEAT Authorised Services ensure the perfectcondition of new vehicles. Check the pur-chase agreement or complementary addi-tional documentation provided by your Tech-nical Service to see the conditions and theterms of the warranty. Consult further infor-mation in this regard in your SEAT OfficialService.

Vehicle maintenance

Maintenance and cleaning

Basic considerations

Regular and careful care helps to maintainthe value of your vehicle. In addition, it maybecome a prerequisite to demand the war-ranty in the event of corrosion damage anddeficiencies in the paint coat of the body-work.

Specialised workshops have the necessarycare products. Please follow the instructionsfor application on the packaging.

WARNING● Cleaning products and other materialsused for car care can be damaging to yourhealth if misused.● Always keep care products in a safeplace, out of the reach of children. Dangerof poisoning!

For the sake of the environment● When purchasing car care products,chose products that are compatible withthe environment.● The waste from car-care products shouldnot be disposed of with ordinary householdwaste.

Washing the vehicle

The longer you take to clean the tanks, e.g.remains of insects, bird excrements, tree resinor anti frost salt adhered to your vehicle, themore damage it can cause to the surface.High temperatures, for instance strong sun-light, further intensify the damage.

Before washing the car, soften the dirt usingplenty of water.

To remove encrusted dirt such as insects, birddroppings or tree resin, use a lot of water anda microfibre cloth.

Have the underside of the vehicle washed af-ter the end of the anti frost salts in winter.

High pressure cleanersWhen washing the vehicle with a high-pres-sure cleaner, always follow the operating in-structions for the equipment. This appliesparticularly to the operating pressure and thedistance between the spraying water. Do notaim the jet directly to the side window gas-kets, doors, covers or the panoramic sun-roof*; the same applies to tyres, rubber ho-ses, soundproofing material, sensors* orcamera lenses*. Keep a distance of at least40 cm.

Do not remove snow and ice with a high-pressure cleaner. »

221

Maintenance

Do not use a nozzle that sprays the water outin a direct stream or one that has a rotatingjet for forcing off dirt.

The water temperature must not exceed60°C.

Automatic car wash tunnelsSpray the vehicle before starting the carwash.

Make sure that the windows and the panor-amic sunroof* are closed and the windscreenwipers are deactivated. Bear in mind the in-structions of the car wash tunnel operator,especially if your vehicle has detachableparts.

Use of car washes without brushes if possible.

Washing by handClean your vehicle from top to bottom with asoft sponge or with a brush. Only use clean-ing products that do not contain solvents.

Washing vehicles with a matte paint byhandTo prevent damage to the vehicle whenwashing it, first remove the thicker dust anddirt. To remove traces of insects, grease andfingerprints, it is best to use a special cleanerfor matte paint.

Apply the product with a microfibre cloth. Toavoid damaging the surface of the paint, donot apply too much pressure.

Rinse with plenty of water. Then clean it witha neutral cleaning product and a soft microfi-bre cloth.

Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of waterand then leave it to dry. Remove traces ofwater with a leather cloth.

WARNING● Only wash the vehicle with the ignitionswitched off or according to the specifica-tions of the car wash tunnel operator. Riskof accident!● When cleaning the underbody or the in-side of the wheel arches, protect yourselffrom sharp or pointy metal parts. Risk ofcut!● After cleaning the brakes could act moreslowly due to moisture or, in winter, the iceon the brake discs and pads. Risk of acci-dent! In this case the brakes should bedried by pressing the brake pedal severaltimes.

CAUTION● Before washing the vehicle in an auto-matic car wash, please make sure to re-tract the exterior mirrors to prevent themfrom being damaged. Electric exterior rear-

view mirrors must always be folded/de-ployed electrically!● Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight.Risk of damaging the paint job!● Do not use sponges, abrasive householdsponges or similar to clean insect remains.Risk of damaging the surface!● Vehicle parts with matte paint:– Do not use polish or hard wax. Risk of

damaging the surface!– Never select washing programs that in-

clude the use of wax. This could dam-age the appearance of matte paint.

– Do not put stickers or magnets on partswith matte paint, as removing themmay damage the paint.

For the sake of the environmentThe car should only be washed in specialwash bays. These places are prepared toprevent oily water from getting into thepublic drains.

Cleaning and maintenance instruc-tions

The cleaning and maintenance of individualcomponents of the vehicle can be checked inthe following tables. The contents should beunderstood merely as a recommendation. Goto your specialised workshop if you have

222

Vehicle maintenance

special questions or parts that are not listed.Take he general considerations into account››› in Take special care with... onpage 226.

Exterior cleaning

Windscreen wipers

Problem Solution

Dirt Soft cloth with wipers

Headlights / Tail lights

Problem Solution

Dirt Soft sponge with neutral soapsolutiona)

a) Neutral soap solution: two tablespoons maximum in1 litre of water

Sensors / Camera lenses

Problem Solution

Dirt

Sensors: soft cloth with clean-ing product which does notcontain solventsCamera lenses - soft cloth withcleaning product with no alco-hol content

Snow/ice Hand brush/Anti frost spraywith no solvents

Wheels

Problem Solution

Anti frost salt Water

Brake abrasiondust

Acid-free special cleaningproduct

End exhausts

Problem Solution

Anti frost salt Water, if a steel cleaning prod-uct is required

Covers / Trims

Problem Solution

Dirt Neutral soap solutiona), if asteel cleaning product is re-quired


Paint

Problem Solution

Flaws in the paintCheck the paint's colour codein an authorised service and re-store with a touch-up pencil

Spilled fuel Immediately rinse with water

Environmental rusttank

Apply rust remover and thenapply hard wax. Go you yourspecialised workshop if youhave any queries

Problem Solution

Corrosion Have your specialised work-shop take care of this

The water doesnot create drop-lets on the cleanpaint

Maintain with hard wax (atleast 2 times a year)

No shine de-spite sober main-tenance/paint

Treat with suitable wax and ap-ply paint preservative after-wards if the wax used does notcontain preservative ingredi-ents

Tanks, e.g. insectremains, birddroppings, treesap, road salt

Immediately soften with waterand remove with a microfibrecloth

Fat-based dirt,e.g. cosmeticproducts orsunscreen

Delete immediately with a neu-tral soap solutiona) and a softcloth


Parts carbon fibre

Problem Solution

Dirt Clean the same way as pain-ted parts ››› page 221 »

223

Maintenance

Decoration slides

Problem Solution

Dirt Soft sponge with neutral soapsolutiona)


Interior cleaning

Windows

Problem Solution

Dirt Apply windscreen cleaner andthen dry with a cloth

Covers / Trims

Problem Solution

Dirt Neutral soap solutiona)


Plastic parts

Problem Solution

Dirt Damp cloth

Encrusted dirt Neutral soap solutiona), if pos-sible solvent-free plastic clean-er


Displays/instrument panel

Problem Solution

Dirt Soft cloth with a liquid crystaldisplay cleaner

Control panels

Problem Solution

Dirt Soft brush, then soft cloth withneutral soap solutiona)


Seat belts

Problem Solution

Dirt Neutral soap solutiona), al-lowed to dry before retracting


Fabrics, artificial, Alcantara leather

Problem Solution

Dirt particles ad-hered to the sur-face

Vacuum cleaner

Water-based dirt,e.g. coffee, tea,blood etc.

Absorbent cloth and neutralsoap solutiona)

Problem Solution

Grease-baseddirt, e.g. oil, make-up, etc.

Apply a neutral soap solutiona).Absorb the dissolved greaseand paint particles drying withan absorbent cloth, in case youmust treat it with water after-wards

Special dirt, e.g.pens, nail polish,dispersion paint,shoe cream etc.

Special stain remove: dry withan absorbent cloth, if applica-ble, apply neutral soap solutionafterwardsa)


Natural leather

Problem Solution

Recent dirt Cotton cloth with neutral soapsolutiona)

Water-based dirt,e.g. coffee, tea,blood etc.

Recent stains: absorbent clothDry stains: leather cleaner

Grease-baseddirt, e.g. oil, make-up, etc.

Recent stains: absorbent clothand leather cleanerDry stains: grease dissolvingspray

Special dirt, e.g.pens, nail polish,dispersion paint,shoe cream etc.

Stain remover suitable forleather

224

Vehicle maintenance

Problem Solution

Care Apply preservative cream regu-larly to protect from sunlight.Use a colour preservative if re-quired


Carbon fibre parts

Problem Solution

Dirt Clean like plastic parts

Take special care with...

Headlights/tail lights● Do not clean the headlights/tail lights witha dry cloth or sponge.● Do not use cleaning products that containalcohol. Risk of cracks!

Wheels● Do not use for paint wax or other abrasiveproducts.● If the protective coating on the paint of therim has been damaged due to stone impacts,scratches, etc., the damage should be re-paired immediately.

Camera lenses● Do not use hot or warm water to remove iceor snow from the camera lenses. Risk ofcracking the lens!● To clean the camera lens, never use abra-sive cleaning products or products with alco-hol. Risk of scratches and cracks!

Windows● Remove snow and ice from windows andexterior mirrors with a plastic scraper only. Toavoid scratches, the scraper should only bepushed in one direction and not moved toand fro.● Never remove snow or ice from windowsand rearview mirrors with warm or hot water.Risk of cracks on the windows!● To prevent damage to the heating of therear window, do not put stickers over theheating elements.

Covers/trims● Do not use cleaning products or chromebased cleaning agents.

Paint● The vehicle must be free from dirt and dustbefore applying wax or care products. Risk ofscratches!● Do not apply wax or care products if thevehicle is exposed to direct sunlight. Risk ofdamaging the paint job!

● The ambient rust deposits must not be re-moved through friction. Risk of damaging thepaint job!● Remove cosmetic products and sunlightimmediately. Risk of damaging the paint job!

Displays/instrument panel● The screens, the instrument panel and thetrim around it must not be cleaned dry. Risk ofscratches!● Make sure that the instrument panel isswitched off and cooled down before clean-ing.● Make sure that no liquid leaks between theinstrument panel and the trim. Risk of dam-age!

Control panels● Make sure that no liquid leaks into the con-trol panels. Risk of damage!

Seat belts● Do not remove the seat belts to clean them.● Seat belts and their components must nev-er be cleaned with chemical products, norshould they be allowed to come into contactwith corrosive liquids, solvents or sharp ob-jects. Risk of damaging the fabric!● If you find any damage to the belt webbing,belt fittings, the belt retractor or the buckle,ask your specialised workshop to replace thebelt in question. »

225

Maintenance

Fabrics/artificial leather/Alcantara leath-er● Do not treat artificial leather/Alcantaraleather with leather cleaning products, sol-vents, wax polish, shoe cream, stain removersor similar products.● If the stain is very hard to remove, take thevehicle to a specialised workshop to have itremoved there. This will prevent damage.● Do not use steam cleaners, brushes, hardsponges, etc. to clean.● Do not turn on seat heating* to dry theseats.● Sharp objects on clothing, such as zips, riv-ets or belts can damage the surface.● Open Velcro, e.g. on clothes can damagethe seat upholstery. Make sure that Velcrofasteners are closed.

Natural leather● Never use solvents, wax polish, shoe cream,spot removers or similar products on leather.● Sharp objects on clothing, such as zips, riv-ets or belts can damage the surface.● Do not use steam cleaners, brushes, hardsponges, etc. to clean.● Do not turn on seat heating* to dry theseats.● Avoid exposing leather to direct sunlight forlong periods, otherwise it may tend to losesome of its colour. If the car is left for a pro-

longed period in the bright sun, it is best tocover the leather.

WARNINGDo not use water-repellent coatings on thewindscreen. In bad visibility conditionssuch as humid weather, darkness or whenthe sun is in its lowest point, visibility maybe impacted. Risk of accident! Such coat-ings can also cause the windscreen wiperblades to make noise.

Note● Remains of insects can be removed muchmore easily with previously treated paint.● Regular car care treatments can preventdeposits of ambient rust.

Remove the vehicle from traffic

If you want to leave your vehicle stationaryfor a long period of time, contact a qualifiedworkshop. They will gladly inform you aboutthe necessary measures, such as anti-corro-sion protection, Service and storage.

Also take into account instructions regardingthe vehicle's battery ››› page 205.

226

Information stored in control units

Information for the user

Information stored in con-trol units

Description and operation

Your vehicle is fitted at the factory with a ser-ies of electronic control units responsible forthe engine and gearbox management. In ad-dition, the control units supervise the per-formance of the exhaust gas system and theairbag systems.

Therefore, while the vehicle is being driven,these electronic control units are continuous-ly analysing the vehicle data. In the event offaults or deviations from the theoretical val-ues, only this data is stored. Normally, thewarning lamps on the instrument panel lightup in the event of faults.

This data can only be read and analysed us-ing special equipment.

The storing of the data allows specialisedworkshops to detect and repair faults. Storeddata may include:

● Data relating to the engine or the gearbox● Speed● Direction of travel● Braking force

● Detection of seat belt

The vehicle control units never record conver-sations held by passengers in the vehicle.

In vehicles equipped with an emergency callfunction via the mobile phone or other appli-ances connected in the vehicle, it is possibleto send the vehicle position. If the control unitrecords an accident with airbag activation,the system may automatically send a signal.This will depend on the network operator.Normally, transmission is only possible inareas with good coverage.

Event Data RecorderThe vehicle is not fitted with an event data re-corder.

An event data recorder temporarily stores thevehicle information. Therefore, in the event ofan accident, it is possible to obtain detailedinformation about how the accident occur-red. Vehicles with airbag systems can storedata relating to impact speed, seat belt sta-tus, seat positions and airbag activation timesmay be stored, etc. The volume of data de-pends on the manufacturer.

Event data recorders can only be mountedwith authorisation from the vehicle ownerand, in some countries, they are governed bylocal legislation.

Reprogramming control unitsOn the whole, all the data required for thecomponent management is stored in thecontrol units. The programming of certainconvenience functions, such as the turn sig-nals, individual door opening and instructionson the display can be modified using specialequipment at the workshop. If the comfortfunctions are reprogrammed, the informationand Instruction Manual descriptions will notcoincide with the modified functions. There-fore, SEAT recommends that any modifica-tions be recorded in the section “Other work-shop notes” in the Maintenance Programme.

The SEAT Official Service must have a recordof any modification to the programming.

Reading the vehicle fault memoryThere is a diagnostics connector in the vehi-cle interior for reading the vehicle fault mem-ory. The fault memory documents errors anddeviations from the theoretical values of theelectronic control units.

The diagnostics connector is in the driver sidefootwell area, next to the lever for openingthe bonnet, below a cover.

The fault memory should only be read andreset by a specialised workshop.

227


Other important informa-tion

Introduction

WARNINGFailure to treat the vehicle with the correctcare increases the risk of accident and in-jury.● Observe legal requirements.● Observe the Instruction Manual.

CAUTIONIf the vehicle is not properly cared for,damage may occur.● Observe legal requirements.● Carry out regular maintenance of the ve-hicle, according to specifications in theMaintenance Programme.● Observe the Instruction Manual.

Labels and plates

Fig. 195 Warnings relating to handling of theCity Safety Assist system laser sensor function.

Some parts in the engine compartment comefrom the factory with certificates of safety, la-bels or plates containing important informa-tion regarding the operation of the vehicle, forexample, on the fuel tank flap, on the pas-senger's sun visor, on the driver door strut, oron the floor of the boot.

● Never remove these certificates of safety,labels or plates, and ensure they are kept ingood condition and are legible.● If a vehicle part, bearing a certificate ofsafety, label or plate, is replaced, the special-ised workshop should attach the informationback in the same place.

Certificate of safetyA certificate of safety on the door strut statesthat all the safety standards and regulationsestablished by the national traffic authoritiesresponsible for road safety were met at thetime of manufacture. It may also give themonth and year of manufacture, togetherwith the chassis number.

Warning of high voltage labelThere is a label close to the bonnet lockwhich warns of high voltage in the vehicle'selectrical system.

Warning relating to the City Safety Assistsystem laser sensorThere are some warning and informationsigns on the City Safety Assist system lasersensor ››› Fig. 195.

Using your vehicle in other coun-tries and continents

The vehicle is manufactured at the factory foruse in a particular country in accordancewith the national legislation in force at thetime of manufacture.

If the vehicle is sold in another country orused in another country for an extended peri-od of time, the applicable legislation of thatcountry should be observed.

228

Other important information

It may be necessary to fit or remove certainpieces of equipment or to deactivate certainfunctions. Service work may also be affected.This is particularly true if the vehicle is used ina different climate for an extended period oftime.

CAUTION● SEAT does not accept liability for anydamage to the vehicle due to the use of alower quality fuel, an inadequate service orthe non-availability of genuine spare parts.● SEAT does not accept liability if the vehi-cle does not comply in part or in full withthe legal requirements of other countries orcontinents.

Radio and antenna reception

For factory-fitted radio equipment, the aerialfor radio reception is fitted to the roof of thevehicle.

NoteIf electrical equipment such as mobile tele-phones, is used near a roof aerial, you mayobserve interference in the reception of AMstations.

Notes on SEAT repairs

WARNINGRepairs or modifications which are not per-formed correctly may result in damage orerrors in the vehicle operation, affectingthe effectiveness of the driver assist andairbag systems. This could result in seriousaccident.● Have any repairs or modifications carriedout at a specialised workshop.

Conformity certification

The respective manufacturer hereby de-clares that the products indicated belowcomply with basic requirements and the fol-lowing provisions and important legislation onthe date of manufacture of the vehicle,among others FCC Part 15.19, FCC Part 15.21and RSS-Gen Issue 1:

Radio frequency equipment● Electronic gearbox lock.● Vehicle key

Electrical equipment● 12 volt power socket

Collection and scrapping of end-of-life vehicles

Collection of end-of-life vehiclesSEAT is already prepared for the momentwhen you wish to scrap your vehicle and of-fers you an environmentally-friendly solution.An extensive network of used car receptioncentres already exists in much of Europe. Af-ter the vehicle has been delivered, you will re-ceive a certificate of destruction describingthe environmentally friendly scrapping of thevehicle in accordance with applicable legis-lation.

We will collect the used vehicle free ofcharge, provided it complies with all nationallegislation.

Please see your technical service for furtherinformation about the collection and scrap-ping of end-of-life vehicles.

ScrappingThe relevant safety requirements must be ob-served when the vehicle or components ofthe airbag or belt tensioner systems arescrapped. These requirements are known tospecialised workshops.

229


Information about the EUDirective 2014/53/EU

Simplified EU compliance declara-tion

Your vehicle has different radioelectrical devi-ces. The manufacturers of these devices de-clare that they comply with Directive2014/53/EU when legally required.

The full text of the EU compliance declarationis available online at the following address:

www.seat.com/generalinfo

Table of correspondences

The table of correspondences will help you toassociate the name of the device in the dec-laration of compliance with the features ofthe vehicle and the terminology used in theon-board documentation.

Features of thevehicle

Name of the deviceaccording to the dec-laration of compli-ance

Radiofrequency re-mote control (vehicle)

FS09, FS12A, FS12P, FS1477,FS94



Radio frequency re-mote control (auxili-ary heater)

Sender STH SEAT -50000914

Telestart

Auxiliary heating 50000864 / D208L VW

Telestart

Bluetooth MIB2 Entry

MIB Standard 2

MIB2 Main-Unit

A580 / A270

Wireless hotspot MIB2 Main-Unit

A580 / A270

Keyless Access Sys-tem

MQB-B B

Radar sensors for as-sistance systems

ARS4-B

MRRevo14F

BSD3.0

Central control unit 5WK50254

5WK50474



Infotainment system MIB2 Entry

MIB Standard 2

MIB2 Main-Unit

A580 / A270

Wireless charging WCH-183

WCH-185

5G0.980.611

Connection to the ex-ternal antenna of thecar

UMTS/GSM-MMC

UMTS/GSM-MMC-AG2

Instrument panel eNSF

Immobilizer integrated indashboard moduleinstrument cluster

Antenna FM/AM Antenna Base

Antennas MQB27 Small/Bigfamily

Antennas KSA Small Fam III

5Q0.035.507 Roof Antenna

GNSS Antenna VAG720166002

8S7.035.503.B230

Information about the EU Directive 2014/53/EU



Antenna amplifiers 6F0.035.2256F9.035.2253V5.035.577.A7N0.035.552.J7N0.035.552.K7N0.035.552.Q5F4.035.2255F4.035.225.A5F4.035.225.B5F9.035.2255F9.035.225.A5F9.035.225.B575.035.225575.035.225.A575.035.225.B

Addresses of the manufacturers

According to the Directive 2014/53/EU, allrelevant components must include the ad-dress of the manufacturer.

The address of the manufacturers of compo-nents that, due to their size or nature, cannotinclude a sticker are listed below, as long as itis legally required:

Radioelectricalequipment fittedin the vehicle

Addresses of themanufacturers

Radiofrequency remotecontrol key

Hella KGaA Hueck & Co.Rixbecker Straße 7559552 Lippstadt,GERMANY

Radioelectricalequipment fittedin the vehicle

Addresses of themanufacturers

Radio frequency re-mote control (auxiliaryheater)

Digades gmbHÄußere Weberstraße 2002763 Zittau, GERMANY

Webasto Thermo &Comfort SEFriedrichshafener Str. 982205 Gilching, GERMANY

Radar sensors for as-sistance systems

ADC Automotive DistanceControl Systems GmbHPeter-Dornier-Straße 1088131 Lindau, GERMANY

Robert Bosch GmbHPostfach 16 6171226 Leonberg,GERMANY

Frequency bands, station power

Radioelectrical equipmenta) Frequency band Max. station power Valid for models

Radiofrequency remote control (vehicle)

433.05-434.78 MHz 10 mW (ERP)

All SEAT models433.05-434.79 MHz 10 mW

868.0-868.6 MHz 25 mW

434.42 MHz 32 µW

Radio frequency remote control (auxiliary heater)868.7-869.2 MHz (869.0 MHz) 0.24 mW, / –6.3 dBm e.r.p. Ateca

868.0-868.6 MHz (868.3 MHz) 3.1 mW, / 4.8 dBm e.r.p. Alhambra »231


Radioelectrical equipmenta) Frequency band Max. station power Valid for models

Auxiliary heating868.0-868.6 MHz (868.3 MHz) 23.5 mW, / 13.7 dBm e.r.p. Alhambra

868.7-869.2 MHz (869.0 MHz) 23.5 mW, / 13.7 dBm e.r.p. Ateca

Bluethooth2402-2480 MHz 6 dBm

All SEAT models2400-2483.5 MHz 10 dBm

Wireless hotspot 2400-2483.5 MHz 10 dBm Leon and Ateca

Connection to the external antenna of the car

GSM 900: 880-915 MHz 33 dBm

Ibiza, Arona, Leon, Ateca and AlhambraGSM 1800: 1710-1785 MHz 30 dBm

WCDMA FDD I: 1920-1980 MHz 24 dBm

WCDMA FDD lll: 1710-1785 MHz 24 dBm

Keyless Access 434.42 MHz 32 µW Ibiza, Toledo, Arona, Leon and Ateca

Radar sensors for assistance systems76 GHz-77 GHz

28.2 dBm Toledo, Leon and Alhambra

35.0 dBm Ibiza, Arona and Ateca

24050-24250 MHz 20 dBm Arona, Ateca and Alhambra

Wireless charging 110-120 kHz 10 W Ibiza, Arona, Leon and Ateca

Instrument panel 125 kHz 40 dBµA/m All SEAT models

a) The commissioning or authorisation of radioelectrical technology may be restricted in some European countries, forbidden or only allowed with additional requirements.

232

Technical features

Technical data

Technical features

Important information

Introduction

The information in the vehicle documentationalways takes precedence over the informa-tion in this Instruction Manual.

All technical specifications provided in thisdocumentation are valid for the standardmodel in Spain.

The figures may be different dependingwhether additional equipment is fitted, for dif-ferent models, for special vehicles and forother countries.

Abbreviations used in the Technical Speci-fications section

kW Kilowatt, engine power measurement.

PS Pferdestärke (horsepower), formerlyused to denote engine power.

rpm, 1/min Revolutions per minute - engine speed.

Nm Newton metres, unit of engine torque.

CZ Cetane number, indication of the die-sel combustion power.

RON Research octane number, indication ofthe knock resistance of petrol.


Fig. 196 Vehicle identification number.

Vehicle identification numberThe vehicle identification number (chassisnumber) can be read from outside the vehicle

through a viewer in the windscreen››› Fig. 196. This viewer is located in the lowerpart of the windscreen. The vehicle identifica-tion number (chassis number) is also stam-ped on the right water drain channel. The wa-ter drain channel is located between the sus-pension tower and the wing. Open the bonnetto read the vehicle identification number .

Specific vehicle weight information

The instructions in the official vehicle docu-ments take precedence. All the technical da-ta provided in this documentation is applica-ble to the basic model.

The figures may be different dependingwhether additional equipment is fitted, for dif-ferent models and for special vehicles.

Kerb weight values shown in the following ta-ble apply to a vehicle with driver (75 kg), liq-uids including a fuel tank 90% full, in additionto tools and a spare wheel ››› . The kerbweight indicated increases with optionalequipment and retrofitting of accessories,while proportionally reducing carrying ca-pacity.

The load is equivalent to the followingweights:

● Passengers.● Total equipment. »

233

Technical data

● Roof load, included in the carrier.

WARNINGExceeding the maximum authorised weightand the load on the axles could causedamage to the vehicle, accidents and seri-ous injuries.● The real load on the axles should neverexceed the maximum permitted.● The load and its distribution in the vehiclehave effects on the vehicle handling andthe braking ability. Always drive at a suita-ble speed.

CAUTIONDistribute the load as uniformly and as lowdown on the vehicle as possible. Whentransporting heavy objects in the luggagecompartment, these should be placed asfar forward as possible or over the rear axleto have as little influence on handling aspossible.

Fuel consumption

Approved consumption values are derivedfrom measurements performed or supervisedby certified EU laboratories, according to thelegislation in force at the time (for more infor-mation, see the Publications Office of the Eu-ropean Union on the EUR-Lex website: © Eu-

ropean Union, http://eur-lex.europa.eu/) andapply to the specified vehicle characteristics.

The values relating to fuel consumption andCO2 emissions can be found in the documen-tation provided to the purchaser of the vehi-cle at the time of purchase.

Fuel consumption and CO2 emissions de-pend on the equipment/features of each indi-vidual vehicle, as well as on the driving style,road conditions, traffic conditions, environ-mental conditions, load or number of passen-gers.

NoteIn practice, and considering all the factorsmentioned here, consumption values candiffer from those calculated in the currentEuropean regulations.

Wheels

Tyre pressure, snow chains andwheel bolts

Tyre pressureThe sticker with the tyre pressure values canbe found on the back of the left front doorframe ››› page 210. The tyre pressure valuesgiven there are for cold tyres. Do not reduce

the slightly raised pressures of warm tyres››› .

Snow chainsSnow chains may be fitted only to the frontwheels.

Consult section ››› page 43, Snowchains.

Wheel boltsAfter the wheels have been changed, thetightening torque of the wheel bolts shouldbe checked as soon as possible with a torquewrench ››› . The tightening torque for steeland alloy wheels is 110 Nm.

WARNING● Check the tyre pressure at least once permonth. Checking the tyre pressure is veryimportant. If the tyre pressure is too high ortoo low, there is an increased danger of ac-cidents - particularly at high speeds.● If the tightening torque of the wheel boltsis too low, they could loosen while the vehi-cle is in motion. Risk of accident! If thetightening torque is too high, the wheelbolts and threads can be damaged.

NoteWe recommend that you ask your Techni-cal Service for information about appropri-ate wheel, tyre and snow chain size.

234

Technical features

Engine data

Petrol engines

1.0 MPI 1.0 MPIEcomotive

1.0 MPIStart-StopEcomotive

1.0 MPI 1.0 MPIStart-Stop

1.0 MPIStart-StopEcomotive

Power output in kW (PS) at rpm 44 (60)/5,000-6,000 55 (75)/6,200

Maximum torque (Nm at rpm) 95/3,000-4,300 95/3,000-4,300

No. of cylinders/displacement (cm3) 3/999 3/999

Fuel Super 95 RON / Normal 91 (with a slight power loss) RON

Gearbox manual automatic manual manual manual automatic manual manual

Top speed (km/h) 161 (4) 161 (4) 161 (4) 161 (4) 172 (4) 172 (4) 172 (4) 172 (4)

Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (sec-onds) 9.1 10.9 9.1 10.9 8.7 10.1 8.7 10.1

Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (sec-onds) 14.4 16.7 14.4 16.7 13.5 14.9 13.5 14.9

Maximum authorised weight (kg) 1,320 1,330 1,330 1,330 1,330 1,300 1,330 1,330

Weight in running order (with driver)(kg) 926 937 934 940 928 931 936 936

Maximum authorised weight on frontaxle (kg) 680 680 680 680 680 680 680 680

Maximum authorised weight on rearaxle (kg) 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640

235

Technical data

Natural gas / gasoline engines

1.0 MPI

Power output in kW (PS) at rpm 50 (68)/6,200

Maximum torque (Nm at rpm) 90/3,000

No. of cylinders/displacement (cm3) 3/999

FuelCNG

Super 95 RON / Normal 91 (with a slight power loss) RON

Gearbox manual

Top speed (km/h) 164 (4)

Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (seconds) 10.3

Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (seconds) 16.3

Maximum authorised weight (kg) 1,380

Weight in running order (with driver) (kg) 1,033

Maximum authorised weight on front axle (kg) 680

Maximum authorised weight on rear axle (kg) 640

236

Technical features

Dimensions

Fig. 197 Dimensions.

Mii 3-door Mii 5-door

A/B Front and rear projection (mm) 595/542

C Wheelbase (mm) 2,420

D Length (mm) 3,557

E/F Front/reara) track width (mm) 1,428/1,424

G Width (mm) 1,641 1,645

H Height at kerb weight (mm) 1,478

Turning radius (m) approx. 9.8

a) This data will change depending on the type of wheel rim.

237

Index

IndexAAbroad

extended stay abroad with your vehicle . . . 228sale of vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

ABSsee Anti-lock brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Acoustic alarm

control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27seat belt unfastened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Adjustfront seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Adjustinglights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107rear head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 112seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Adjusting the head restraintsrear head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Advice for drivingspare wheel or temporary spare wheel . . . . 214

Airbag covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 61

activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 64functioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63locking the vehicle after deployment . . . . . . . 95repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18use of child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129air recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131climatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 129instructions for use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132water under vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Air recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Climatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30how it works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Alcantara leather: cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183, 229Anti-freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Anti-lock brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Anti-lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Anti-puncture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 74Anti-puncture kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 74

check after 10 minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75do not use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Anti-puncture set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Anti-theft security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Aspects to take into account before starting

the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49ASR

see Traction control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Assistance systems

brake assist system (BAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172electronic differential lock (EDS) . . . . . . . . . . 159optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174parking distance warning system . . . . . . . . . . 174safety Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175traction control (ASR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Assisted starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Assist systems

traction control (TC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Audible warning

lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Automatic belt retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Automatic car wash tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Automatic device disconnection

battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Automatic dipped beam control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Automatic gearbox

driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162ignition key removal lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151kick-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163starting on a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163stopping on a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Automatic gear change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161AUX-IN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145AUX-IN multimedia source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Axle loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

BBag support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117BAS

see Brake assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Battery

changing in the vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Battery acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Before starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

239

Index

Belt tension deviceservice and disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Belt tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Belt tension limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Belt tightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 194Brake assistance system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Brake assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

brake assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155brake servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155changing the brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153running in new brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155warning and control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Brake servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155, 157Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Braking

brake assistance system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Bulb fault

See "Changing bulbs" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

CCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

natural gas tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193windscreen washer liquid reservoir . . . . . . . . 203

Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

CCSsee cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94emergency locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11opening doors individually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Central locking systemafter airbag deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95remote control key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38, 73

subsequent tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80front bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81number plate light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84rear lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83side turn signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159automatic gear change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160engaging the gears (automatic gearbox) . . 161tiptronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Changing the blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Changing the wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Charging the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Child safety seat

securing with the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Child seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 68

Child seatsdisabling the front passenger front airbag . . 17ISOFIX system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 70mounting child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19mounting systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19on the front passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69on the rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 67Top Tether system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22transporting children in the vehicle . . . . . . . . . 68weight categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Cigarette lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120City safety assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175City Safety Assist function

control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177special driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

CleaningAlcantara leather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224carbon fibre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223, 225control panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224decorative sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224exhaust tail pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224headlights / tail lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223high pressure cleaners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224leather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224paint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223plastic parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224sensors/camera lenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

240

Index

special care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225the radio screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224trims/covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223, 224washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224windscreen wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Climatronicadjusting the temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30air distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30air recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30AUTO (automatic mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29cooling mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30removing ice from windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30switch off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Clothes hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Code number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Coming Home Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116glove compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 118passenger side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 118Sunglasses storage compartment . . . . . . . . . 117

Conformity certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169engine oil sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196ESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153for the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171indication of brake pad wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103locking the steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165on the driver door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191, 192tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Controls for the windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 101Control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

reprogramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Coolant

checking the level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199filler neck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Cooling systemchecking the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199topping up with coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Correct position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Correct sitting position

driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 172

control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

DDangers in not using the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Data registry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Data storage during the journey . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Diagnostics connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Digital clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Direction of rotation

tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Disabling the front passenger front airbag . . . . 17Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88, 89Disposal

belt tension device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Door cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Door release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

childproof locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Emergency closing or opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

241

Index

Drink holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Driversee Correct sitting position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Drivingautomatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162data storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170driving through water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170economical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191fuel level too low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191parking downhill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154parking uphill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154safe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49starting on a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163stopping on a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163through salt water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Driving abroadheadlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Driving in winterfuel consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43traces of salt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212tyre pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Driving through water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Driving tips

For a loaded vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Duplicate keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Dust filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Dynamic headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

EE10

see Ethanol (fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188EDL

see Electronic differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157EDS

see "Brake assist system" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Electrical devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120, 121Electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101see Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Electronic differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Electronic immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

operating fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38emergency towing of the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 44fire extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71first aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106jump leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45puncture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37replacing a blown fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71warning triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Emergency closing or openingdriver door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10passenger door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . 78rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Emergency unlockingrear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Emission control systemcontrol and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Emissions data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Engine

assisted starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45noises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151running in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Start-Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Engine and ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15012 Volt sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150stopping the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151unauthorised vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 194battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 203brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 201coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 199engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 198windscreen washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . 35, 202

Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34checking the level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199G 12 plus-plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34G 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Engine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

242

Index

Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 196changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196checking oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197, 198control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196dipstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Environmentenvironmental compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Environmentalecological driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Environmental tipsrefuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

ESCelectronic stability control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Ethanol (fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Event Data Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Exhaust gas purification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Exterior mirrors

adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Exterior rear view mirrors

control of the function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111electric exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Exterior view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 8

FFabrics: cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Fastening rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Fault

parking distance warning system . . . . . . . . . . 175

Fault memoryconnector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Filling the tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190, 192Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71First-aid kit

storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Fluid level control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 64Front passenger front airbag

control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65disabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Front seatsmanual adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112manually adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Front wiper bladeschange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 187ethanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187natural gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187savings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Fuel gaugecontrol lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Fuel tank capopening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Fuel tank flapopening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 79fuse box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80identifying blown fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36identifying by colours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36preparation before replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

GGearbox lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Gear change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29changing gears manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160gear recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164manual gear change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28putting the vehicle in gear (manual gear-

box) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Gear engaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28General instrument panel

instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Glove compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 118

HHandbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 106Head-on collisions and their laws of physics . . 57Headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Headlights

driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Head rest

adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Head restraints

adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112rear head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

243

Index

Heated rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 32Heating and fresh air

controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Heating and fresh air system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Heating of the rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 32Hill driving assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Hill hold

control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Start-Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87How to jump start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Hubcaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

IIce

removing from the windscreen . . . . . . . . . . 30, 31Identification of the fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Identifying letter on engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

see "Engine and ignition" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

removal lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151unauthorised vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

In case of emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Indications on the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89recommended gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91seat belt status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90selector lever positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Start-Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Information for the user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Infotainment systemintroduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Infotainment Systemadjusting the playback volume . . . . . . . . . . . . 145anti-theft password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138AUX-IN connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144change the Media source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142changing station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Drive Mii App . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148frequency bands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140frequency change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140general considerations about operation . . . 138general equipment panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136, 137Media mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142mobile phone connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146phone calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148power management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138preset buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Radio mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140saving stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141SD card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143switching on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138tune station frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88, 89general instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25service intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Instrument panel lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Interior rear vision mirror

anti-dazzle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Interior view

left-hand drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20ISOFIX System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

JJack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38, 71, 73

mounting points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Jump leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

KKeys

control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93duplicates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93mechanical key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92replacing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93spare key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92synchronising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94unlocking and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 95, 97vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Kick-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

LLabels and plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Laser sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Leaving Home Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Lift platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

244

Index

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 103audible warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103AUTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Coming home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103control lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104dipped beam headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107instrument panel lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Leaving home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105light controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108main beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23main beam headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103main beam lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105parking light remains on both sides . . . . . . . . 104side lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Load compartment in the luggage compart-mentsee Loading the luggage compartment . . . 123

Loadinggeneral advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114loaded vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115transporting the load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Loading the luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . 123driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Loading the vehicleclass N1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126fastening rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11retaining hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Locking and unlockingin the door cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Luggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 99, 123

closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114luggage compartment variable floor . . . . . . 125manual release mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100see also Loading the luggage compart-

ment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Luggage compartment floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Luggage compartment variable floor . . . . . . . . 125

MMain beam lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Main panel

turn signal and main beam lever . . . . . . . . . . 105Maintenance

see Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Malfunction

air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169rain and light sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Manual air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129adjusting the temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31air distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31cooling mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

MEDIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142external data storage device connected to

a USB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144smartphone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Mobile phone

Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Mobile telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

use without an exterior aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Model plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

NNatural gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

fuel tank cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188, 193smell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Navigationsmartphone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Noisesbrake assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

OOctane rating (petrol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

245

Index

Odometerpartial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Open and closepanoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13fuel tank flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192, 193luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 92bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12by remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97fuel tank flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193in the door cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 102rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11tank flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Opening doors individually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Original SEAT Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Overview

Control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

PPanoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 102

anti-trap function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152, 154downhill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154uphill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175sensors and camera: cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Parking aid systemsee Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Parking distance warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . 173fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175see also Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Parking light remains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104ParkPilot

see Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Passenger door emergency locking . . . . . . . . . . . 11Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 54Petrol

fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Phone managementBluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Pollen filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Pollution filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Positioning the seat belt

for pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Power brake systemanti-lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Power outlet12 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Products for vehicle maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . 221Puncture

action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Pushing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

RRadio-operated remote control

see Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Radio DISPLAY: clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Radio Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Radio reception

antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229operating faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Rain and light sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Raising the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41lift platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Rearheadrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Rear backrestfolding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124lifting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . . . . . 12see also Luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Rear seat bench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Rear view mirror

adjusting the exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Rear vision mirror

interior anti-dazzle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Rear windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Recommended gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Recycled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229refuelling

Petrol additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191mistakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

246

Index

natural gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193opening fuel tank flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Remote control keyunlocking and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182, 229airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Repair work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Replacement

parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Replacement parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Replacing bulbs

See "Changing bulbs" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Reprogramming control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Retaining hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Revolution counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Rims

changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Roof carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

fastening the supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Running in

brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155new engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

SSAFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97, 152Safe driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Safety

child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66disabling the front passenger front airbag . . 17safe driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Safety Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Safety equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Safety instructions

using child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 67using seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Sale of vehiclein other countries / continents . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Scrapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229vend-of-life vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

SD card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 58automatic belt retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60belt tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60belt tension limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60protective function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56twisted belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56unfastened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Seat belt tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Seat belt tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113SEAT information system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113incorrect position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51rear backrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

SEAT Service Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Service

conditions of use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219digital maintenance plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218fixed service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

flexible service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218oil change service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Service proof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218sets of services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Service fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Service interval display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Service intervals display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Side airbags

description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Smartphone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Smartphone holder

removing and inserting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Smell of gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 234

temporary spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Spare fuel canister . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Spare wheel

removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Spare wheel or temporary spare wheel

advice for driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Speed limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Speed rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Start-Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165electromechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165steering column lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165tendency to pull to one side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

247

Index

Steering wheeladjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 51

Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118driver side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116other storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Sunglasses storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . 117Sun protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Switch

hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Switching lights off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Switching lights on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Switching the ignition on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Symbols

see Control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

TTC

see Brake assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Technical data

axle loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233engine oil specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196kerb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233roof load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128total weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233windscreen washer reservoir capacity . . . . 203windshield washer fluid container capacity . 33

Technical features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Technical modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Technical specifications

dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Temperature gaugecoolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

temporary spare wheelSnow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Tightening torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

TIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Tiptronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Top Tether . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Top Tether system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Tow-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 76Towing

things to note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Towing bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Towing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 76, 150

front towline anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78tow bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77tow rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Towline anchorages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Traction control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Traction control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Traction Control (TC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Transporting

driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114loaded vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Transporting children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Transporting items

fastening rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126roof carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Transporting objectsroof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Turn signal convenience function . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 105Tyre load rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Tyre Mobility Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Tyre Mobility System

components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75inflating a tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75sealing a tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75see also Anti-puncture kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Tyre pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234spare wheel or temporary spare wheel . . . . 211

Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Tyre profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Tyre repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Tyre repair kit

see Anti-puncture kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Tyres

avoiding damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212eccentricity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212foreign bodies in the tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207interchanging tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208new . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210old . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43speed rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216, 217storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

248

Index

technical details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215tyre code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215tyre identification number (TIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . 216tyre load rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210tyres with directional tread pattern . . . . . . . 208valve caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212wear indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212wheel alignment issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Wheel balancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209with compulsory direction of rotation . . . . . . . 43with directional tread pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Tyre tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Tyre wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

UUnfastening the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 58Unlocking and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

by remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

USBconnecting an external data storage de-

vice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

USB socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

VValve caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Vehiclechassis number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233identification data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114raising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41recycling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 203acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205assisted starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45automatic device disconnection . . . . . . . . . . 206charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205checking the battery electrolyte level . . . . . 204connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205running flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Vehicle careantenna incorporated in window . . . . . . . . . . 229

Vehicle key set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Vehicle maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Vehicle paint

maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38, 71

components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Vibrationssteering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

WWarning and control lamps

ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157ESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Warning triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71, 106Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Washing the vehicle

external vehicle maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221high pressure cleaners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Wear indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233What negatively affects driving safety? . . . . . . 49Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73, 234

anti-theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39loosening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Tightening torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Wheel load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Wheel rims

beadlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209bolted trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207, 209, 234changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38, 42changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73hubcaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39spare wheel or temporary spare wheel . . . . 214storing the replaced wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Wheel trimhubcaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Wheel trimsFull hub caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

249

Index

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Window wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Window wiper lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Window wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Windscreen

heat-insulating glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108infrared coating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108removing ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 31

Windscreen and rear window wiper blades . . . 76Windscreen washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 108

rain and light sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Windscreen washer water

checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Windscreen wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 108cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109heated windscreen washer jets . . . . . . . . . . . 109lifting the wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47replacing the wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47service position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Windscreen wipers service position . . . . . . . . . . . 47

250

SEAT S.A. is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models. For this reason we ask you to understand, that at any given time, changes regarding shape, equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered. For this reason no right at all may derive based on the data, drawings and descriptions in this current handbook.All texts, illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing. Except for error or omission, the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print.Re-printing, copying or translating, whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form.SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the “Copyright” Act.All rights on changes are reserved.

❀ This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose.

© SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.07.18


Model:

Vehicle Registration:

Vehicle identification number:

Date of vehicle registration or vehicle delivery:

SEAT Official Service:

Service advisor:

Telephone:

Confirmation of receipt of documentation and vehicle keys

The following items were delivered with the vehicle: YES NO

On-board documentation

First key

Second key

Correct working order of all keys was checked

Location: Date:

Signature of owner:

Owner’s manualSEAT Mii

1SL012720BK

Ingl

és 1

SL01

2720

BK (

07.18

)

SEA

T M

ii In

glés

(07

.18)

SEAT Mii - Owner's manual

Documents

Transcript of SEAT Mii - Owner's manual